TWI637237B - Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix and image display device - Google Patents
Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix and image display device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI637237B TWI637237B TW104122601A TW104122601A TWI637237B TW I637237 B TWI637237 B TW I637237B TW 104122601 A TW104122601 A TW 104122601A TW 104122601 A TW104122601 A TW 104122601A TW I637237 B TWI637237 B TW I637237B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- bond
- compound
- substituent
- formula
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/20—Filters
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/028—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
- G03F7/031—Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/09—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
- G03F7/105—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
Abstract
本發明係提供一種分散性優越,且不論感光性樹脂組成物中之色材含有比例均可形成高精細之細線的感光性樹脂組成物。本發明之感光性樹脂組成物係含有色材(a)、分散劑(b)、光聚合起始劑(c)、鹼可溶性樹脂(d)及溶劑(e),分散劑(b)係含有具親溶媒基及吸附基之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1);聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)係含有式(i)所示之部分構造;光聚合起始劑(c)係含有肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)。 The present invention provides a photosensitive resin composition having excellent dispersibility and capable of forming high-definition fine lines regardless of the color material content ratio in the photosensitive resin composition. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a coloring material (a), a dispersant (b), a photopolymerization initiator (c), an alkali-soluble resin (d), and a solvent (e), and the dispersant (b) contains Polyurethane dispersant (b-1) with a solvent-based group and an adsorption group; the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) contains a part of the structure represented by formula (i); photopolymerization The initiator (c) contains an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1).
Description
本發明係關於感光性樹脂組成物、硬化物、黑色矩陣及影像顯示裝置。詳言之,係關於分散性、顯影性、耐熱性優越,可形成高精細之細線的感光性樹脂組成物。本發明之感光性樹脂組成物尤其具有高遮光性,適合於可形成高精細之細線的黑色矩陣(Black Matrix。以下有時簡稱為「BM」。)用的感光性樹脂組成物。又,本發明係關於此感光性樹脂組成物之硬化物、與其用途。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition, a cured product, a black matrix, and an image display device. Specifically, it relates to a photosensitive resin composition which is excellent in dispersibility, developability, and heat resistance and can form high-definition fine lines. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has particularly high light-shielding properties, and is suitable for a photosensitive resin composition for a black matrix (hereinafter referred to as "BM") that can form high-definition fine lines. Moreover, this invention relates to the hardened | cured material of this photosensitive resin composition, and its use.
彩色濾光片通常係於玻璃或塑膠等之透明基板的表面上形成黑色之黑色矩陣,接著,依序將紅、綠或藍等3種以上的不同顏色之畫素,形成條紋狀或馬賽克狀等之圖案。圖案尺寸係視彩色濾光片的用途及各自的顏色而異,通常為5~700μm左右。 The color filter is usually formed on the surface of a transparent substrate such as glass or plastic to form a black matrix. Then, three or more different colors of pixels such as red, green, or blue are sequentially formed into a stripe or mosaic shape. And other patterns. The pattern size varies depending on the use of the color filter and each color, and is usually about 5 to 700 μm.
作為彩色濾光片的代表性製造方法,目前已知有顏料分散法。在藉由顏料分散法製造彩色濾光片時,首先將含有黑色顏料之感光性樹脂組成物塗布於透明基板上後使其乾燥,進而進行影像曝光、顯影後,以200℃以上之高溫處理使其硬化,藉此形成BM。將此依紅、綠或藍等各色重複進行而形成彩色濾光片。 As a typical method for producing a color filter, a pigment dispersion method is currently known. When a color filter is manufactured by the pigment dispersion method, a photosensitive resin composition containing a black pigment is first coated on a transparent substrate and then dried, and then subjected to image exposure and development, and then treated at a high temperature of 200 ° C or higher. It hardens, thereby forming BM. This is repeated for each color such as red, green, or blue to form a color filter.
BM一般係於紅、綠或藍等之畫素之間配置成格子狀、條紋狀或馬賽克狀,具有藉由抑制各畫素間之混色而提高對比 度或防止漏光的功能。因此,對BM係要求高遮光性。 BM is generally arranged in a grid, stripe or mosaic between pixels such as red, green or blue, and has the advantage of improving contrast by suppressing color mixing between pixels. To prevent light leakage. Therefore, a high light-shielding property is required for the BM system.
再者,於BM形成後所形成之紅、綠或藍等之畫素的邊緣部,由於與此BM重疊,故受到BM膜厚的影響,在重疊部分形成段差。於此重疊部分,係畫素之平坦性受損,發生液晶格間隙之不均勻化或液晶配向混亂,引起顯示能力降低。 Furthermore, the edge portions of the pixels of red, green, or blue formed after the formation of the BM are overlapped with this BM, and therefore are affected by the thickness of the BM film, and a step is formed at the overlapping portion. At this overlapping portion, the flatness of the pixel is damaged, unevenness of the liquid crystal lattice gap or disordered liquid crystal alignment occurs, causing a reduction in display capability.
因此,近年來特別要求BM膜厚之薄膜化,為了在經薄膜化時仍表現充分之遮光性,有使感光性樹脂組成物中之顏料含有比例增加的傾向。 Therefore, in recent years, thinning of the thickness of the BM film is particularly required. In order to exhibit sufficient light-shielding properties even after thinning, there is a tendency to increase the pigment content ratio in the photosensitive resin composition.
另一方面,為了省能源化及攜帶式電池的長壽命化,有降低背光源之輸出的傾向,為了於此種條件下仍可依高輝度進行影像顯示,而進行屬於遮光部之BM的細線化。 On the other hand, in order to save energy and prolong the life of portable batteries, there is a tendency to reduce the output of the backlight. In order to still display images with high brightness under such conditions, thin lines of BM belonging to the light-shielding section are performed. Into.
再者,近年來於液晶顯示器之市場中,平板電腦等之小型化成為主流,在大型電視方面則對高解析度的要求變高,基於此等理由,對BM之高細線化的期望亦變高。近年來,BM細線之線寬已由習知之10μm左右,進展為目前要求之6μm左右。 Furthermore, in recent years, in the liquid crystal display market, the miniaturization of tablets and the like has become mainstream, and the requirements for high resolution have become higher in large TVs. For these reasons, the expectations for the high fineness of BM have also changed. high. In recent years, the line width of BM thin wires has been changed from the conventionally known about 10 μm to about 6 μm currently required.
一般而言,在製造使用於顏料分散法的感光性樹脂組成物時,首先將含有色材、分散劑或溶劑等的組成物,藉玻璃珠等進行分散而調製分散液。其後,將該分散液與鹼可溶性樹脂或光聚合起始劑等進行攪拌混合而調製感光性樹脂組成物。 Generally, when producing a photosensitive resin composition used in a pigment dispersion method, a composition containing a color material, a dispersant, a solvent, and the like is first dispersed by glass beads or the like to prepare a dispersion liquid. Thereafter, this dispersion is stirred and mixed with an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerization initiator, or the like to prepare a photosensitive resin composition.
作為彩色濾光片用之分散劑,已提案有丙烯酸系、聚胺基甲酸酯系、聚乙烯亞胺系或聚酯系等,又,在構造方面則有無規型、嵌段型或接枝型(梳形)等各式各樣者(例如專利文獻1~3)。 As dispersants for color filters, acrylics, polyurethanes, polyethyleneimines, or polyesters have been proposed. In terms of structure, random, block, or bonded Various types of branches (comb) (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
此等之中,聚胺基甲酸酯系之分散劑由於可藉由胺基甲酸乙酯鍵於末端加成具有羧基、1、2級胺基或硫醇基的化合物, 故已開發有各種形態者作為分散劑(例如專利文獻4~9)。 Among these, a polyurethane-based dispersant can add a compound having a carboxyl group, a secondary amine group, or a thiol group to the terminal by a urethane bond, Therefore, various forms have been developed as dispersants (for example, Patent Documents 4 to 9).
專利文獻1:日本專利特開2002-031713號公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-031713
專利文獻2:日本專利第3509512號公報 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent No. 3509512
專利文獻3:日本專利第3789965號公報 Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent No. 3789965
專利文獻4:日本專利特開昭57-162723號公報 Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 57-162723
專利文獻5:日本專利特表2002-503746號公報 Patent Document 5: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2002-503746
專利文獻6:日本專利特表2003-506538號公報 Patent Document 6: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2003-506538
專利文獻7:日本專利特表2005-538192號公報 Patent Document 7: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2005-538192
專利文獻8:日本專利特表2010-511752號公報 Patent Document 8: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-511752
專利文獻9:日本專利特表2011-514411號公報 Patent Document 9: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-514411
本發明者等人經檢討後發現,專利文獻1~3記載之分散劑存在有視顏料種類等而無法分散、或分散後發生增黏、或若未選擇適當者或條件則無法獲得充分之分散效果等問題。又,此等習知之分散劑中即便使用高感度之起始劑,亦無法形成目前所要求之更加高細微的細線。 The present inventors and others have found that the dispersants described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 cannot be dispersed depending on the type of pigment, or thickened after dispersion, or that adequate dispersion cannot be obtained unless an appropriate one or condition is selected. Effects and other issues. In addition, even if a conventional high-sensitivity initiator is used in these conventional dispersants, it is not possible to form the finer and finer lines that are currently required.
又,專利文獻4~9記載之分散劑,係在目前所要求的更高遮光度條件下,亦即顏料含有比例較高之條件下,不足以形成更細的細線。 In addition, the dispersants described in Patent Documents 4 to 9 are insufficient to form finer fine lines under the conditions of higher light-shielding conditions currently required, that is, the conditions of higher pigment content.
因此,本發明之課題在於提供分散性優越,且不論色 材含有比例均可形成高精細之細線的感光性樹脂組成物,及使用此感光性樹脂組成物的硬化物、黑色矩陣及影像顯示裝置。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide superior dispersibility regardless of color. A photosensitive resin composition which can form high-definition fine lines in a material content ratio, and a cured product using the photosensitive resin composition, a black matrix, and an image display device.
本發明者等人為了解決上述課題而潛心研究,結果發現,藉由將具有某特定構造之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑與高感度之光聚合起始劑組合,則不論感光性樹脂組成物中之色材含有比例,均可形成目前所要求之高細微之細線。 The present inventors made intensive research in order to solve the above-mentioned problems, and as a result, they found that by combining a polyurethane dispersant having a specific structure and a high-sensitivity photopolymerization initiator, regardless of the photosensitive resin composition The proportion of the color material in the medium can form the fine and fine thin lines currently required.
本發明係根據此種見解而達成者,其要旨如下。 The present invention has been achieved based on such findings, and the gist thereof is as follows.
1.一種感光性樹脂組成物,係含有色材(a)、分散劑(b)、光聚合起始劑(c)、鹼可溶性樹脂(d)及溶劑(e)者,其中,分散劑(b)係含有具親溶媒基及吸附基之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1);該聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)係含有下式(i)所示之部分構造;光聚合起始劑(c)係含有肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1);
[式(i)中,Ra表示亦可具有取代基之碳數1~20之伸烷基、碳數6~20之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之碳數7~20之基;*表示鍵結基]。 [In the formula (i), R a represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon in which the above alkylene group is connected to the above alkylene group. The base of the number 7 ~ 20; * represents the bond base].
2.如前項1記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,上述聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)係含有:含有上述親溶媒基之含親溶媒基部分構造、與含有上述吸附基之含吸附基部分構造;該含親溶媒基部分構造與該含吸附基部分構造係藉由上式(i) 所示之部分構造所連結。 2. The photosensitive resin composition according to the above item 1, wherein the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) contains: a structure containing a portion of a solvent-soluble group containing the solvent-soluble group; and a structure containing the adsorbent group. The structure of the adsorption group-containing portion; the structure of the solvent-containing portion and the structure of the absorption portion are formed by the above formula (i) The parts shown are connected.
3.如前項1或2記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,上述聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)係具有主鏈,該主鏈係含有上式(i)所示之部分構造。 3. The photosensitive resin composition according to the above item 1 or 2, wherein the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) has a main chain, and the main chain contains a portion represented by the above formula (i) structure.
4.如前項1至3中任一項記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,上述親溶媒基係含有聚醚鏈及聚酯鏈之至少一者。 4. The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the foregoing paragraphs 1 to 3, wherein the solvent-based system contains at least one of a polyether chain and a polyester chain.
5.如前項1至4中任一項記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,上述吸附基係選自包含3級胺基、4級銨鹽基及含氮原子雜環基之群組中之至少1種。 5. The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the foregoing paragraphs 1 to 4, wherein the adsorption group is selected from the group consisting of a tertiary amine group, a tertiary ammonium salt group, and a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic group. At least one.
6.如前項2至5中任一項記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,上述含吸附基部分構造係具有下式(1)所示之部分構造;
[式(1)中,R1表示亦可具有取代基之烷基或芳基,R2及R3分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、伸芳基伸烷基或伸芳基;*表示鍵結基]。 [In formula (1), R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group which may also have a substituent, and R 2 and R 3 each independently represent an alkylene group, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group which may also have a substituent; * Indicates bonding base].
7.如前項2至6中任一項記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,上述含吸附基部分構造係具有下式(2-1)~(2-3)所示之至少1種之部分構造;
[式(2-1)中,Rα及Rβ分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之烷基或芳基;Rγ、Rδ及Rε分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基;其中,在Rγ為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基時,構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分亦可藉由選自包含酯鍵、醚鍵、胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵、硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、硫醚鍵及硫酯鍵之群組中之至少1個鍵所取代;又,Rγ亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之至少任一個N原子一起進行脲鍵結,或經由羰基而進行醯胺鍵結;*為鍵結基];
[式(2-2)中,Rα及Rβ分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之烷基或芳基;Rγ及Rη分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基;其中,在Rγ及Rη分別獨立為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基時,構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分亦可藉由選自包含酯鍵、醚鍵、胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵、硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、硫醚鍵及硫酯鍵之群組中之至少1個鍵所取代;又,Rγ及Rη亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之至少
任一個N原子一起進行脲鍵結,或經由羰基而進行醯胺鍵結;*為鍵結基];
[式(2-3)中,Rα及Rβ分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之烷基或芳基;Rγ'及Rδ分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基;其中,在Rγ'為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基時,構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分亦可藉由選自包含酯鍵、醚鍵、胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵、硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、硫醚鍵及硫酯鍵之群組中之至少1個鍵所取代;又,Rγ'亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之N原子一起進行脲鍵結,或經由羰基而進行醯胺鍵結;Rε'表示直接鍵結、亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基;Rζ表示氫原子、亦可具有取代基之烷基或芳基;其中,在Rζ為上述烷基或上述芳基時,其氫原子之至少一個亦可藉由3級胺基或含氮原子雜環基所取代;*為鍵結基]。 [In the formula (2-3), R α and R β each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent; R γ ′ and R δ each independently represent an alkylene group which may also have a substituent, or An arylene group having a substituent, or a group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned alkylene group are connected; wherein R γ ′ is an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned alkylene group At the time of the linked group, at least a part of the methylene group constituting the above-mentioned alkylene group may be selected from the group consisting of an ester bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, an amidine bond, an amidine bond, At least one bond in the group of thioaminoformate bond, thioether bond, and thioester bond is substituted; R γ ' may also be connected to the adjacent group through a -NH- (C = O)-group. The N atoms are bonded together by urea or amide through carbonyl; R ε ′ represents a direct bond, an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an alkylene group which may also have a substituent, or the above A group in which an alkyl group is connected to the above-mentioned aryl group; R ζ represents a hydrogen atom, and an alkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent; wherein, when R ζ is the above-mentioned alkyl group or the above-mentioned aryl group, its hydrogen atom At least one of them may be substituted by a tertiary amine group or a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic group; * is a bonding group].
8.如前項1至7中任一項記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)係具有亦可被取代之咔唑基。 8. The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the foregoing items 1 to 7, wherein the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) has a carbazolyl group which may be substituted.
9.如前項1至8中任一項記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,鹼可溶性樹脂(d)係含有具有羧基及乙烯性不飽和基之至少一者的鹼可溶性樹脂(d-1)。 9. The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the preceding paragraphs 1 to 8, wherein the alkali-soluble resin (d) is an alkali-soluble resin (d-1) containing at least one of a carboxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated group. .
10.如前項9記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,鹼可溶性樹脂(d-1)為環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂。 10. The photosensitive resin composition according to the item 9, wherein the alkali-soluble resin (d-1) is an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin.
11.如前項10記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,上述環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂係下述環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)及環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-2)之至少一者;(1)使α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯加成於環氧樹脂,進而使多元酸及其酐之至少一者進行反應而獲得的環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1);(2)使α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯加成於環氧樹脂,進而使多元醇、與多元酸及其酐之至少一者進行反應而獲得的環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-2)。 11. The photosensitive resin composition according to the above item 10, wherein the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is the following epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-1) and epoxy group (formaldehyde) Base) at least one of acrylate resins (D1-2); (1) adding an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group to an epoxy resin, and further An epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-1) obtained by reacting at least one of a polybasic acid and an anhydride thereof; (2) an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α having a carboxyl group, Epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-2) obtained by adding a β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester to an epoxy resin and further reacting a polyol with at least one of a polybasic acid and an anhydride thereof .
12.如前項1至11中任一項記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,色材(a)之平均一次粒徑為20~100nm。 12. The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the foregoing paragraphs 1 to 11, wherein the average primary particle diameter of the color material (a) is 20 to 100 nm.
13.如前項1至12中任一項記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,色材(a)含有碳黑。 13. The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the preceding paragraphs 1 to 12, wherein the color material (a) contains carbon black.
14.如前項13記載之感光性樹脂組成物,其中,相對於總固形份,含有上述碳黑40質量%以上。 14. The photosensitive resin composition according to the above item 13, which contains the carbon black in an amount of 40% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content.
15.一種硬化物,係使前項1至14中任一項記載之感光性樹脂組成物硬化而成。 15. A cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the preceding paragraphs 1 to 14.
16.一種黑色矩陣,係含有前項15之硬化物。 16. A black matrix containing the hardened material of item 15 above.
17.一種影像顯示裝置,係具備前項16記載之黑色矩陣。 17. An image display device comprising the black matrix described in the above item 16.
根據本發明,可提供分散性優越,且不論感光性樹脂組成物中之色材含有比例均可形成高精細之細線的感光性樹脂組成物。本發明之感光性樹脂組成物尤其為高遮光性,可用於作為可形成高精細之細線的黑色矩陣用之感光性樹脂組成物。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a photosensitive resin composition having excellent dispersibility and capable of forming high-definition fine lines regardless of the color material content ratio in the photosensitive resin composition. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is particularly highly light-shielding, and can be used as a photosensitive resin composition for a black matrix capable of forming high-definition fine lines.
10‧‧‧透明支持基板 10‧‧‧ transparent support substrate
20‧‧‧畫素 20‧‧‧ pixels
30‧‧‧有機保護層 30‧‧‧ Organic protective layer
40‧‧‧無機氧化膜 40‧‧‧ inorganic oxide film
50‧‧‧透明陽極 50‧‧‧ transparent anode
51‧‧‧電洞注入層 51‧‧‧ Hole injection layer
52‧‧‧電洞輸送層 52‧‧‧ Hole transport layer
53‧‧‧發光層 53‧‧‧Light-emitting layer
54‧‧‧電子注入層 54‧‧‧ Electron injection layer
55‧‧‧陰極 55‧‧‧ cathode
100‧‧‧有機EL元件 100‧‧‧Organic EL element
500‧‧‧有機發光體 500‧‧‧Organic luminous body
圖1為表示具備本發明之彩色濾光片的有機EL元件之一例的剖面示意圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of an organic EL element including a color filter of the present invention.
以下具體說明本發明之實施形態,但本發明並不限定於以下實施形態,在其要旨之範圍內可進行各種變更而實施。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail, but the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments, and various modifications can be made within the scope of the gist thereof.
尚且,本發明中所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」係指「丙烯酸及/或甲基丙烯酸」,關於「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」、「(甲基)丙烯醯基」亦相同。又,「酸(酐)」、「(無水)...酸」係指包括酸與其酐之兩者。 In addition, the "(meth) acrylic acid" in the present invention means "acrylic and / or methacrylic acid", and the same applies to "(meth) acrylate" and "(meth) acrylfluorenyl". In addition, "acid (anhydride)" and "(anhydrous) ... acid" mean both an acid and its anhydride.
又,本發明中所謂「總固形份」係指感光性樹脂組成物中或後述油墨中所含之溶劑以外之所有成分。 In the present invention, the "total solid content" means all components other than the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition or the ink described later.
又,本發明中,所謂數量平均分子量及重量平均分子量,係指由GPC(凝膠滲透層析)所得之聚苯乙烯換算的數量平均分子量(Mn)、重量平均分子量(Mw)。 In the present invention, the number average molecular weight and weight average molecular weight refer to the number average molecular weight (Mn) and weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene obtained by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
又,本發明中,所謂「胺價」,在未特別限定之下,係表示有效固形份換算之胺價,為與分散劑之固形份每1g之鹼量呈當量的KOH重量所示的值。又,關於測定方法係如後述。另一方面,所謂「酸價」,在未特別限定之下係表示有效固形份換算之酸價,藉由中和滴定而算出。 In addition, in the present invention, the "amine value" means an amine value in terms of effective solid content in terms of effective solid content, and is a value shown by the weight of KOH equivalent to the alkali amount per 1 g of the solid content of the dispersant. . The measurement method will be described later. On the other hand, the so-called "acid value" means an acid value in terms of effective solid content conversion without being particularly limited, and is calculated by neutralization titration.
又,本說明書中,有時使用「*」表示鍵結基。 In addition, in this specification, "*" may be used to indicate a bonding group.
又,本說明書中所謂「聚胺基甲酸酯骨架」並不僅止於由聚胺基甲酸酯所構成之骨架,亦包括由聚胺基甲酸酯脲所構成之骨架的概念。同樣地,所謂「聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑」並不僅止於具有2個以上胺基甲酸乙酯鍵的分散劑,亦包括具有2個以上脲鍵之分散劑、具有胺基甲酸乙酯鍵及脲鍵之分散劑的概念。 In addition, the "polyurethane skeleton" as used in this specification is not limited to the skeleton which consists of a polyurethane, and also includes the concept of the skeleton which consists of a polyurethane urea. Similarly, the so-called "polyurethane dispersant" is not limited to a dispersant having two or more urethane bonds, but also includes a dispersant having two or more urea bonds and a urethane bond. Bond and urea bond dispersant concept.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物係含有:色材(a)、特定之分散劑(b)、特定之光聚合起始劑(c)、鹼可溶性樹脂(d)及溶劑(e)。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a color material (a), a specific dispersant (b), a specific photopolymerization initiator (c), an alkali-soluble resin (d), and a solvent (e).
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物較佳係進一步含有光聚合性單體,進而視需要含有硫醇類、分散助劑(顏料衍生物)、密黏提升劑、塗佈性提升劑、顯影改良劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、界面活性劑等其他調配成分;通常,各調配成分係依溶解或分散於溶劑(e)之狀態使用。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a photopolymerizable monomer, and further contains a thiol, a dispersing aid (pigment derivative), a tackifier, a coatability improver, and a development improver as necessary. , Ultraviolet absorber, antioxidant, surfactant, and other formulation ingredients; usually, each formulation ingredient is used in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in the solvent (e).
本發明之特徵在於,感光性樹脂組成物含有特定之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)作為分散劑,及含有肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)作為光聚合起始劑(c)。 The present invention is characterized in that the photosensitive resin composition contains a specific polyurethane dispersant (b-1) as a dispersant, and contains an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) as a photopolymerization initiation.剂 (c).
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物,其特徵在於,含有特定之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)作為分散劑(b)。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is characterized by containing a specific polyurethane dispersant (b-1) as a dispersant (b).
上述聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)係具有親溶媒基及吸附基,進而含有下式(i)所示之部分構造。 The polyurethane dispersant (b-1) has a soluble vehicle group and an adsorbing group, and further contains a partial structure represented by the following formula (i).
上式(i)中,Ra表示亦可具有取代基之碳數1~20之伸烷基、碳數6~20之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之碳數7~20之基;*表示鍵結基。 In the above formula (i), R a represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon in which the alkylene group is connected to the alkylene group. The base of the number 7 ~ 20; * indicates the bond base.
上式(i)中之亦可具有取代基之伸烷基的碳數若為1~20之範圍內則無特別限定,較佳為2以上、更佳為3以上,且較佳為15以下、更佳為10以下、再更佳為7以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可使分散性良好之傾向;又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可防止高黏度化之傾向。 The carbon number of the alkylene group which may also have a substituent in the above formula (i) is not particularly limited if it is in the range of 1 to 20, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and preferably 15 or less It is more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 7 or less. When it is at least the above lower limit value, the dispersibility tends to be good; and when it is at most the above upper limit value, there is a tendency that a high viscosity can be prevented.
伸烷基可為鏈狀或環狀,又,亦可為鏈狀之伸烷基與環狀之伸烷基經連接者。由分散性之觀點而言,較佳係至少具有環狀部分者。 The alkylene may be chain or cyclic, and may also be a chain-shaped alkylene and a cyclic alkylene connected through. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, those having at least a ring portion are preferred.
作為伸烷基之具體例,可列舉三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、伸辛基、癸亞甲基、伸環己基、伸環己基亞甲基及伸環己基亞甲基伸環己基等。由分散性良好之觀點而言,較 佳為四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、伸環己基、或伸環己基亞甲基伸環己基,更佳為五亞甲基、六亞甲基、伸環己基、或伸環己基亞甲基伸環己基。 Specific examples of the alkylene group include trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octyl, decamethylene, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethylene, and hexamethylene Cyclohexyl methylene cyclohexyl and the like. From the viewpoint of good dispersion, Preferably it is tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, cyclohexyl, or cyclohexylmethylene cyclohexyl, more preferably pentamethylene, hexamethylene, cyclohexyl, or Cyclohexyl methylene cyclohexyl.
作為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基之具體例,可列舉以下者。 Specific examples of the alkylene group which may have a substituent include the following.
上式(i)中之亦可具有取代基之伸芳基之碳數若為6~20之範圍內則無特別限定,較佳為15以下、更佳為10以下、再更佳為8以下。藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可防止高黏度化之傾向。 The carbon number of the arylene group which may also have a substituent in the above formula (i) is not particularly limited if it is in the range of 6 to 20, preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less . By making it below the said upper limit, there exists a tendency for high viscosity to be prevented.
作為伸芳基之具體例,可列舉以下者。 Specific examples of the arylene group include the following.
又,作為具有取代基之伸芳基的具體例,可列舉以下者。 Specific examples of the arylene group having a substituent include the following.
其中由分散性之觀點而言,較佳係上式(0-3)所示之 基。 Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably represented by the above formula (0-3) base.
上式(i)中之亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、與亦可具有取代基之伸芳基經連接之基的碳數若為7~20之範圍內則無特別限定,較佳為8以上、更佳為9以上,且較佳為15以下、更佳為14以下、再更佳為13以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可使分散性良好之傾向;又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可防止高黏度化之傾向。 The carbon number of the alkylene group which may have a substituent in the above formula (i) and the alkylene group which may also have a substituent is not particularly limited if it is in the range of 7 to 20, and is preferably 8 or more, more preferably 9 or more, and preferably 15 or less, more preferably 14 or less, and even more preferably 13 or less. When it is at least the above lower limit value, the dispersibility tends to be good; and when it is at most the above upper limit value, there is a tendency that a high viscosity can be prevented.
具有上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基的伸芳基的數量,若為1以上則無特別限定,由分散性之觀點而言較佳為2以上、且較佳為3以下。又,若伸烷基之數量為1以上則無特別限定,由分散性之觀點而言較佳為3以下。 The number of the arylene groups having a group through which the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned arylene group are connected is not particularly limited if it is 1 or more, and from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 3 or less. The number of alkylene groups is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 or less from the viewpoint of dispersibility.
具體而言,可列舉例如,亦可具有取代基之伸芳基1個與亦可具有取代基之伸烷基1個經連接之基;及使亦可具有取代基之伸芳基2個經由亦可具有取代基之伸烷基1個連接的基。 Specifically, for example, one alkylene group which may have a substituent and one alkylene group which may have a substituent are connected; and two alkylene groups which may have a substituent are connected. The alkylene group which has a substituent may be connected to one.
作為上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基的具體例,可列舉以下者。 Specific examples of the group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group is connected to the above-mentioned aromatic group include the following.
其中,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為上式(0-5)所示之基。 Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, a base represented by the above formula (0-5) is preferred.
作為此等之伸烷基、伸芳基、伸烷基與伸芳基經連接 之基亦可具有的取代基,並無特別限定,可列舉例如烷基、芳基、芳烷基等。 As these alkylene, alkylene, alkylene and alkylene groups are connected via The substituent which the group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group.
上述烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1~20、更佳為1~10、再更佳為1~5。烷基可為直鏈狀、分岐鏈狀、或環狀。具體例可列舉甲基、乙基、環己基等。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, and cyclohexyl.
又,上述芳基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為6~20、更佳為6~10。具體例可列舉苯基、萘基等。 Moreover, the carbon number of the said aryl group is not specifically limited, It is preferably 6-20, More preferably, it is 6-10. Specific examples include phenyl and naphthyl.
又,上述芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為7~20、更佳為7~10。具體例可列舉苄基等。 The carbon number of the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 10. Specific examples include benzyl and the like.
此等之中,由操作容易或分散性的觀點而言,較佳為甲基。 Among these, a methyl group is preferable from a viewpoint of easy handling or dispersibility.
此等之中,由分散性之觀點而言,更佳係Ra為上式(0-5)所示之基、上式(0-3)所示之基、或上式(0-1)所示之基。 Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersion, it is more preferable that R a is a base represented by the above formula (0-5), a base represented by the above formula (0-3), or the above formula (0-1 ).
另外,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)亦可後述之含親溶媒基部分構造彼此係藉由上式(i)所示之部分構造所連接。同樣地,亦可後述之含吸附基部分構造彼此係藉由上式(i)所示之部分構造所連接。又,亦可後述之含親溶媒基部分構造及後述之含吸附基部分構造係藉由上式(i)所示之部分構造所連接。 In addition, the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) may be connected to each other via a partial structure shown in the formula (i) above, with a solvent-containing moiety-containing structure described later. Similarly, the adsorption-group-containing partial structures described later may be connected to each other by the partial structure shown in the above formula (i). In addition, a later-described structure containing a compatible solvent group and a later-described structure containing an adsorption group may be connected by a partial structure represented by the above formula (i).
如此,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)係藉由具有上式(i)所示之部分構造,可使含親溶媒基部分構造及含吸附基部分構造配置於直線上,並認為藉由此等部分構造之可動區域擴展而有可提高對溶媒之相溶性及對顏料之吸附性的傾向。 In this way, the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) has a partial structure represented by the above formula (i), so that the structure containing a hydrophilic solvent-based portion and the structure containing an adsorption group can be arranged on a straight line, and It is considered that by expanding the movable region of these partial structures, there is a tendency that the compatibility with the solvent and the adsorption with the pigment can be improved.
又,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)較佳係具有主鏈,該主鏈含有上式(i)所示之部分構造。如此,藉由採用上式(i)所示之高直線性的部分構造作為主鏈所含有之部分構造,可使含親溶媒基部分 構造及含吸附基部分構造配置於直線上,並認為藉由此等部分構造之可動區域擴展而有可提高對溶媒之相溶性及對顏料之吸附性的傾向。 The polyurethane dispersant (b-1) preferably has a main chain containing a partial structure represented by the above formula (i). In this way, by adopting a highly linear partial structure shown in the above formula (i) as a partial structure included in the main chain, a solvent-containing moiety can be made. The structure and the structure containing the adsorbing group are arranged on a straight line, and it is considered that by expanding the movable region of the partial structure, the compatibility with the solvent and the adsorption with the pigment tend to be improved.
尚且,本說明書中,所謂聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)所具有之主鏈,係指由2個以上胺基甲酸乙酯鍵所連接的鏈,意指最長之鏈。 In addition, in this specification, the main chain which a polyurethane dispersant (b-1) has means the chain connected by two or more urethane bond, and it means the longest chain.
作為較佳實施形態,可列舉主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架為直鏈構造的形態。此時,主鏈中,除了與親溶媒基之鍵結部、吸附基及與吸附基之鍵結部以外,均成為直鏈構造。如此,在聚胺基甲酸酯骨架為直鏈時,有親溶媒基對溶媒之相溶性、或吸附基對顏料之吸附變得良好的傾向。尤其是藉由聚胺基甲酸酯骨架為直鏈,有促進胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之氮原子所進行之顏料吸附、分散性良好的傾向。 As a preferred embodiment, a form in which the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain has a linear structure can be cited. At this time, the main chain has a linear structure except for the bonding portion with the eluent-based group, the adsorption group, and the bonding portion with the adsorption group. As described above, when the polyurethane skeleton is linear, there is a tendency that the compatibility between the solvent-soluble group and the solvent or the adsorption of the pigment with the adsorbing group becomes favorable. In particular, since the polyurethane skeleton is linear, it tends to promote pigment adsorption and dispersibility by nitrogen atoms of urethane bonds.
又,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中之上式(i)所示之部分構造的含有比例並無特別限定,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為5莫耳%以上、更佳為10莫耳%以上,且較佳為90莫耳%以下、更佳為80莫耳%以下。 The content ratio of the partial structure represented by the above formula (i) in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably 5 mol%. The above, more preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less.
同樣地,由分散性之觀點而言,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中之上式(i)所示之部分構造的含有比例,較佳為5質量%以上、更佳為10質量%以上,且較佳為90質量%以下、更佳為80質量%以下。 Similarly, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, the content ratio of the partial structure represented by the above formula (i) in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is preferably 5 mass% or more, and more preferably The content is 10% by mass or more, preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or less.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)所具有之吸附基並無特別限定,由分 散性之觀點而言,較佳為選自包含3級胺基、4級銨鹽基、及含氮原子雜環基之群組中之至少1種(以下有時簡記為「特定之吸附基」)。 The adsorption group of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is not particularly limited. From the standpoint of dispersion, it is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a tertiary amine group, a tertiary ammonium salt group, and a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic group (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "specific adsorption group ").
又,在聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)具有主鏈時,由分散性的觀點而言,吸附基較佳係主鏈中或與主鏈鍵結之選自包含3級胺基、4級銨鹽基、及含氮原子雜環基之群組中之至少1種。 In addition, when the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) has a main chain, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, the adsorption group is preferably selected from the group consisting of tertiary amines or bonded to the main chain. At least one member selected from the group consisting of amino group, quaternary ammonium salt group, and nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic group.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)較佳係含有包括上述吸附基之含吸附基部分構造;如上所述,由分散性的觀點而言,較佳係含吸附基部分構造彼此、或含吸附基部分構造與後述之含親溶媒基部分構造藉由上式(i)所示之部分構造連接者。 The polyurethane dispersant (b-1) preferably contains an adsorption group-containing moiety structure including the above-mentioned adsorption group; as described above, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that the adsorption group-containing moiety structure is mutually, Alternatively, the structure containing the adsorption group-containing portion and the later-described solvent-containing medium-containing portion structure are connected by a portion structure shown in the above formula (i).
關於含吸附基部分構造之具體之部分構造並無特別限定,較佳係下式(1)所示之部分構造。 The specific partial structure of the structure containing the adsorption group is not particularly limited, and it is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (1).
式(1)中,R1表示亦可具有取代基之烷基或芳基,R2及R3分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、伸芳基伸烷基、或伸芳基。 In formula (1), R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent, and R 2 and R 3 each independently represent an alkylene group, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group which may also have a substituent.
*表示鍵結基。 * Indicates a bonded base.
R1之烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上、較佳為2以上,且較佳為20以下、更佳為10以下、再更佳為6以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。具體而言,可列舉例如甲 基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基等。由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、環戊基、或環己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、或環己基,再更佳為甲基或環己基。 The carbon number of the alkyl group of R 1 is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, methyl, ethyl, propyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl is preferred, methyl, ethyl, or cyclohexyl is more preferred, and methyl or cyclohexyl is even more preferred .
R1之芳基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上,且較佳為30以下、更佳為20以下、再更佳為15以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。具體而言,可列舉例如苯基及萘基等,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為苯基。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group of R 1 is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 or more, and preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable. Specific examples include phenyl, naphthyl, and the like. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, phenyl is preferred.
作為此等烷基、芳基亦可具有之取代基並無特別限定,可列舉羥基;羧基;甲基、乙基、丙基、環己基等之烷基;苯基等之芳基;苄基等之芳烷基等。 The substituents which the alkyl group and aryl group may have are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxyl group; a carboxyl group; an alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and cyclohexyl; an aryl group such as phenyl; and benzyl Aralkyl and the like.
上述烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1~20、更佳為1~10、再更佳為1~5。烷基可為直鏈狀、分岐鏈狀、或環狀。具體例可列舉甲基、乙基、環己基等。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, and cyclohexyl.
又,上述芳基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為6~20、更佳為6~10。具體例可列舉苯基、萘基等。 Moreover, the carbon number of the said aryl group is not specifically limited, It is preferably 6-20, More preferably, it is 6-10. Specific examples include phenyl and naphthyl.
又,上述芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為7~20、更佳為7~10。具體例可列舉苄基等。 The carbon number of the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 10. Specific examples include benzyl and the like.
此等之中,由對顏料之吸附力的觀點而言,較佳為羥基、甲基或乙基。 Among these, a hydroxyl group, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is preferable from a viewpoint of the adsorption force to a pigment.
又,上述R1中,由分散性之觀點而言,R1較佳為烷基。 Further, in the above R 1, from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the terms, R 1 is preferably an alkyl group.
又,R2及R3中之伸烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上、較佳為2以上,且較佳為20以下、更佳為15以下、再 更佳為7以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。具體而言,可列舉例如亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸環戊基亞甲基、伸環己基亞甲基、伸環己基伸乙基及伸環己基伸丙基等。由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為亞甲基、伸乙基、或伸環己基亞甲基,更佳為伸乙基。 The carbon number of the alkylene group in R 2 and R 3 is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and even more preferably 7 or less. . If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable. Specifically, for example, methylene, ethylene, propyl, butyl, cyclopentyl methylene, cyclohexyl methylene, cyclohexyl ethylene, and cyclohexyl ethylene Base etc. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, methylene, ethylene, or cyclohexylmethylene is preferred, and ethylene is more preferred.
R2及R3中之伸芳基伸烷基(伸烷基與伸芳基經連接之基)的碳數並無特別限定,通常為7以上、較佳為8以上,且較佳為30以下、更佳為20以下、再更佳為15以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。具體而言,可列舉伸苯基亞甲基、伸苯基伸乙基及伸苯基伸丙基等。由分散性的觀點而言,較佳為伸苯基亞甲基。 The number of carbon atoms of the arylene aralkylene group (the group in which the arylene group and the arylene group are connected) in R 2 and R 3 is not particularly limited, but it is usually 7 or more, preferably 8 or more, and preferably 30 or less. It is more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable. Specific examples include phenylene methylene, phenylene, and phenylene. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, phenylene methylene is preferred.
R2及R3中之伸芳基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上,且較佳為30以下、更佳為20以下、再更佳為15以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。具體而言,可列舉伸苯基及伸萘基等。由分散性的觀點而言,較佳為伸苯基。 The carbon number of the arylene group in R 2 and R 3 is not particularly limited, but it is usually 6 or more, and preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and still more preferably 15 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable. Specific examples include phenylene and naphthyl. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, phenylene is preferred.
此等之伸烷基、伸芳基伸烷基及伸芳基亦可具有之取代基並無特別限定,可列舉例如羥基;羧基;甲基、乙基、丙基、環己基等之烷基;苯基等之芳基;苄基等之芳烷基等。 These alkylene, alkylene, and alkylene substituents are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include hydroxyl groups; carboxyl groups; alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and cyclohexyl; Aryl groups such as phenyl; aralkyl groups such as benzyl.
上述烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1~20、更佳為1~10、再更佳為1~5。烷基可為直鏈狀、分岐鏈狀、或環狀。具體例可列舉甲基、乙基、環己基等。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, and cyclohexyl.
又,上述芳基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為6~20、更佳為6~10。具體例可列舉苯基、萘基等。 Moreover, the carbon number of the said aryl group is not specifically limited, It is preferably 6-20, More preferably, it is 6-10. Specific examples include phenyl and naphthyl.
又,上述芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為7~20、更佳為 7~10。具體例可列舉苄基等。 The carbon number of the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 ~ 10. Specific examples include benzyl and the like.
此等之中,由抑制分子間之立體障礙的觀點而言,較佳為羥基、甲基或乙基。 Among these, a hydroxyl group, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is preferable from a viewpoint of suppressing a steric intermolecular barrier.
R2及R3可為相同或相異,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為相同。此等之中,由分散性之觀點而言,R2及R3較佳係分別獨立為伸烷基。 R 2 and R 3 may be the same or different, and are preferably the same from the viewpoint of dispersibility. Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, R 2 and R 3 are preferably each independently an alkylene group.
作為上式(1)所示之部分構造的具體例,可列舉以下者。 Specific examples of the partial structure represented by the above formula (1) include the following.
尚且,上式(1)所示之部分構造中,式(1)全體成為包含3級胺基的吸附基。又,藉由將式(1)所示之部分構造、與其他之含吸附基部分構造或含親溶媒基部分構造,以上式(i)所示之部分構造連接,可使式(1)所示之吸附基配置在聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之主鏈中。此時,上式(1)之*係表示主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之與胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In addition, in the partial structure represented by the above formula (1), the formula (1) as a whole becomes an adsorption group containing a tertiary amine group. In addition, by connecting the partial structure shown in the formula (1) with other structures containing an adsorbing group or a part containing a soluble medium group, and connecting the partial structure shown in the formula (i), the formula (1) can be obtained. The adsorption group shown is arranged in the main chain of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). At this time, * in the above formula (1) represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of a urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
另外,作為其他例子,較佳為具有下式(1')所示之部分構造。 As another example, it is preferable to have a partial structure represented by the following formula (1 ').
[化13]
式(1')中,R1~R3及*係與上式(1)中之該等同義。RA表示亦可具有取代基之烷基或芳基。X-表示1價陰離子。 In the formula (1 ′), R 1 to R 3 and * have the same meanings as in the above formula (1). R A represents an alkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent. X - represents a monovalent anion.
作為RA之烷基或芳基,可較佳地採用作為R1所列舉者。 As the alkyl group or aryl group of R A , those listed as R 1 can be preferably used.
X-若為1價陰離子則無特別限定,由分散性之觀點而言,X-較佳為氯陰離子等之鹵素陰離子、或甲基硫酸陰離子,更佳為鹵素陰離子,再更佳為氯陰離子。式(1')之4級銨鹽基可藉由對式(1)之3級胺基進行4級化而獲得,此時,有X-為來自4級化劑之陰離子的情形。 X - is not particularly limited as long as it is a monovalent anion. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, X -is preferably a halogen anion such as a chloride anion, or a methyl sulfate anion, more preferably a halogen anion, and even more preferably a chloride anion. . The quaternary ammonium salt group of the formula (1 ') can be obtained by quaternizing the tertiary amine group of the formula (1). In this case, X - is an anion derived from a quaternary agent.
尚且,上式(1')所示之部分構造中,式(1')全體成為包含4級銨鹽基之吸附基。又,藉由將式(1')所示之部分構造、與其他之含吸附基部分構造或含親溶媒基部分構造以上式(i)所示之部分構造連接,可將式(1')所示之吸附基配置於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之主鏈中。 In addition, in the partial structure represented by the above formula (1 '), the formula (1') as a whole is an adsorption group containing a fourth-order ammonium salt group. In addition, by connecting the partial structure shown in the formula (1 ') with another partial structure containing an adsorbing group or a partial structure containing an affinity medium, the partial structure shown in the formula (i) can be used to connect the formula (1'). The adsorption group shown is arranged in the main chain of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
又,作為其他具體例,可列舉以下所示之部分構造。以下部分構造全體成為包含含氮原子雜環基的吸附基。包含含氮原子雜環基之吸附基,由於顯示與顏料間之離子性鍵結、及緊束效果所造成之疏水性鍵結,故認為發揮與3級胺基或4級銨鹽基相同的作用,顯示良好的顏料吸附性。 Moreover, as another specific example, the partial structure shown below is mentioned. The entire structure below becomes an adsorbing group containing a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic group. The adsorption group containing a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic group exhibits an ionic bond with a pigment and a hydrophobic bond caused by a tightening effect. Therefore, it is considered to exert the same properties as a third-class amine group or a fourth-class ammonium salt group. Effect, showing good pigment adsorption.
又,藉由將該部分構造、與其他之含吸附基部分構造或含親溶媒基部分構造,以上式(i)所示之部分構造連接,可將該部分構造所示之吸附基配置於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的主鏈中。 In addition, by connecting the partial structure with other adsorbing group-containing partial structures or with an affinity medium-containing partial structure, the partial structure shown in the formula (i) above can be connected, and the adsorbing group shown in the partial structure can be arranged in a polymer structure. In the main chain of the urethane dispersant (b-1).
上式中,*表示鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group.
作為其他較佳例子,較佳為下式(2-1)~(2-3)所示之至少1種部分構造。藉由具有下式(2-1)~(2-3)所示之至少1種部分構造,有緩和吸附部分之立體障礙,且因提升吸附部之空間自由度而可有效率地吸附至顏料的傾向。 As another preferable example, at least one partial structure represented by the following formulae (2-1) to (2-3) is preferable. By having at least one partial structure as shown in the following formulae (2-1) to (2-3), it has a three-dimensional obstacle to alleviate the adsorption portion, and can efficiently adsorb to the pigment by increasing the space freedom of the adsorption portion. Propensity.
式(2-1)中,Rα及Rβ分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之烷基或芳基。 In the formula (2-1), R α and R β each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent.
Rγ、Rδ及Rε分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基。其中,在Rγ為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基時,構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分亦可藉由選自包含酯鍵、醚鍵、胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵、硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、硫醚鍵及硫酯鍵之群組中之至少1個鍵所取 代。又,Rγ亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之至少任一個N原子一起進行脲鍵結,或經由羰基而進行醯胺鍵結。 R γ , R δ and R ε each independently represent an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an arylene group which may also have a substituent, or a group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group is connected to the above-mentioned arylene group. Among them, when R γ is an alkylene group which may also have a substituent, or at least a part of the methylene group constituting the alkylene group may be selected from the group consisting of the alkylene group and the alkylene group connected through the alkylene group. At least one bond in the group consisting of ester bond, ether bond, urethane bond, urea bond, amidine bond, amidine bond, thiourethane bond, thioether bond, and thioester bond Was replaced. In addition, R γ may be urea-bonded together with at least one of the N atoms adjacent to each other via an -NH- (C = O)-group, or amido-bonded through a carbonyl group.
*為鍵結基。 * Is the bonding base.
式(2-2)中,Rα及Rβ分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之烷基或芳基;Rγ及Rη分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基。其中,在Rγ及Rη分別獨立為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基時,構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分亦可藉由選自包含酯鍵、醚鍵、胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵、硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、硫醚鍵及硫酯鍵之群組中之至少1個鍵所取代。又,Rγ及Rη亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之至少任一個N原子一起進行脲鍵結,或經由羰基而進行醯胺鍵結。 In formula (2-2), R α and R β each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent; R γ and R η each independently represent an alkylene group which may also have a substituent, and may also have a substituent An arylene group, or a group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group is connected to the above-mentioned alkylene group. Among them, when R γ and R η are each independently an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or a group in which the alkylene group and the alkylene group are connected, at least a part of the methylene group constituting the alkylene group is also It may be selected from the group consisting of an ester bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, an amidine bond, an amidine bond, a thiourethane bond, a thioether bond, and a thioester bond. With at least 1 bond. Further, R γ and R η may be urea-bonded together with at least one of the N atoms adjacent to each other through an -NH- (C = O)-group, or amido-bonded through a carbonyl group.
*為鍵結基。 * Is the bonding base.
式(2-3)中,Rα及Rβ分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之烷基或芳基。 In the formula (2-3), R α and R β each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent.
Rγ'及Rδ分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基。其中,在Rγ'為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基時,構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分亦可藉由選自包含酯鍵、醚鍵、胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵、硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、硫醚鍵及硫酯鍵之群組中之至少1個鍵所取代。又,Rγ'亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之N原子一起進行脲鍵結,或經由羰基而進行醯胺鍵結。 R γ ′ and R δ each independently represent an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an alkylene group which may also have a substituent, or a group in which the aforementioned alkylene group is connected to the aforementioned alkylene group. Among them, when R γ ′ is an alkylene group which may also have a substituent, or at least a part of the methylene group constituting the alkylene group may be selected by selecting the alkylene group which is connected to the alkylene group and the alkylene group via the alkylene group. At least one selected from the group consisting of an ester bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a sulfonium bond, a fluorenimine bond, a thiourethane bond, a thioether bond, and a thioester bond. Key. In addition, R γ ′ may be urea-bonded with an adjacent N atom via an -NH- (C = O)-group, or amido via a carbonyl group.
Rε'表示直接鍵結、亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基。 R ε ′ represents a direct bond, an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or a group in which the aforementioned alkylene group is connected to the aforementioned alkylene group.
Rζ表示氫原子、亦可具有取代基之烷基、或亦可具有取代基之芳基。其中,在Rζ為烷基或芳基時,其氫原子之至少一個亦可藉由3級胺基或含氮原子雜環基所取代。 R ζ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may also have a substituent. Among them, when R ζ is an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of its hydrogen atoms may be substituted by a tertiary amine group or a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic group.
*為鍵結基。 * Is the bonding base.
上式(2-1)~(2-3)中,Rα、Rβ及Rζ之烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,且較佳為20以下、更佳為10以下、再更佳為2以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。 In the above formulae (2-1) to (2-3), the carbon number of the alkyl group of R α , R β and R ζ is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 or more, preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 10 Below, and even more preferably, it is 2 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable.
具體而言,可列舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基等。由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、環戊基、或環己基,更佳為甲基、或乙基,再更佳為甲基。 Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a cyclopentyl group, or a cyclohexyl group is preferred, a methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferred, and a methyl group is even more preferred.
Rα、Rβ及Rζ之芳基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上,且較佳為30以下、更佳為20以下、再更佳為15以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。具體而言,可列舉例如苯基 及萘基等,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為苯基。 The carbon number of the aryl group of R α , R β and R ζ is not particularly limited, but it is usually 6 or more, and preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable. Specific examples include phenyl, naphthyl, and the like. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, phenyl is preferred.
Rα及Rβ可為相同或相異,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為相同。 R α and R β may be the same or different, and are preferably the same from the viewpoint of dispersibility.
作為此等烷基及芳基亦可具有之取代基並無特別限定,可列舉例如羥基;羧基;甲基、乙基、丙基、環己基等之烷基;苯基等之芳基;苄基等之芳烷基等。 The substituent which the alkyl group and aryl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxyl group; a carboxyl group; an alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and cyclohexyl; an aryl group such as phenyl; and benzyl Aralkyl and the like.
上述烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1~20、更佳為1~10、再更佳為1~5。烷基可為直鏈狀、分岐鏈狀、或環狀。具體例可列舉甲基、乙基、環己基等。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, and cyclohexyl.
又,上述芳基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為6~20、更佳為6~10。具體例可列舉苯基、萘基等。 Moreover, the carbon number of the said aryl group is not specifically limited, It is preferably 6-20, More preferably, it is 6-10. Specific examples include phenyl and naphthyl.
又,上述芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為7~20、更佳為7~10。具體例可列舉苄基等。 The carbon number of the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 10. Specific examples include benzyl and the like.
此等之中,由不因分子間立體障礙而阻礙顏料吸附的觀點而言,較佳為羥基、甲基或乙基。 Among these, a hydroxyl group, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is preferable from the viewpoint that the adsorption of the pigment is not hindered by an intermolecular steric hindrance.
又,由分散性之觀點而言,Rα及Rβ較佳係分別獨立為烷基。又,由分散性之觀點而言,Rζ較佳為氫原子或烷基。 From the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that R α and R β are each independently an alkyl group. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, R ζ is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
上式(2-1)~(2-3)中,Rγ、Rγ'、Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη之亦可具有取代基之伸烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上、較佳為2以上,且較佳為30以下、更佳為20以下、再更佳為15以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。 In the above formulae (2-1) to (2-3), the number of carbons of the alkylene group which may have a substituent in R γ , R γ ' , R δ , R ε , R ε', and R η is not particularly limited. The limitation is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and still more preferably 15 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable.
伸烷基可為鏈狀或環狀,又,亦可為鏈狀之伸烷基與環狀之伸烷基經連接者。由分散性之觀點而言,較佳係鏈狀之伸烷基。 The alkylene may be chain or cyclic, and may also be a chain-shaped alkylene and a cyclic alkylene connected through. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, a chain-like alkylene is preferred.
具體而言,可列舉例如亞甲基、二亞甲基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、伸環戊基亞甲基、伸環己基亞甲基、伸環己基二亞甲基及伸環己基三亞甲基等。由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為亞甲基、二亞甲基、或三亞甲基,更佳為二亞甲基或三亞甲基。 Specific examples include methylene, dimethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, cyclopentylmethylene, cyclohexylmethylene, cyclohexyldimethylene, and cyclomethylene Hexyltrimethylene and the like. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, methylene, dimethylene, or trimethylene is preferable, and dimethylene or trimethylene is more preferable.
作為在Rγ、Rγ'、Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基時之上式(2-1)~(2-3)的具體構造,可列舉例如以下構造。 When R γ , R γ ′ , R δ , R ε , R ε ′ and R η are alkylene groups which may have a substituent, the specific structures of the above formulae (2-1) to (2-3), Examples include the following structures.
上式(2-1)~(2-3)中,Rγ、Rγ'、Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη之亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、與亦可具有取代基之伸芳基經連接之基的碳數,並無特別限定,通常為6以上、較佳為7以上,且較佳為30以下、更佳為20以下、再更佳為15以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好的傾向。又,若伸烷基之數量為1以上則無特別限定,由分散性之觀點而言較佳為3以下。 In the above formulae (2-1) to (2-3), R γ , R γ ′ , R δ , R ε , R ε ′ and R η may also have an alkylene group which may have a substituent, and may also have a substituent. The number of carbons of the radical to which the aryl group of the base is connected is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 or more, preferably 7 or more, and preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable. The number of alkylene groups is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 or less from the viewpoint of dispersibility.
具體而言,可列舉例如:亦可具有取代基之伸芳基1個與亦可具有取代基之伸烷基1個經連接的基;亦可具有取代基之伸芳基2個經由亦可具有取代基之伸烷基1個所連接的基;亦可具有取代基之伸烷基2個經由亦可具有取代基之伸芳基1個所連接的基;以及使亦可具有取代基之伸烷基與亦可具有取代基之伸芳基交替連接的基。 Specifically, for example, one alkylene group which may have a substituent and one alkylene group which may have a substituent are connected; two alkylene groups which may have a substituent may be 1 alkylene group having a substituent; 2 alkylene groups which may have a substituent; 2 alkylene groups which may have a substituent; 1 alkylene group which may have a substituent; and The group is a group in which an arylene group which may have a substituent is alternately connected.
作為上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基的具體例,可列舉以下者。 Specific examples of the group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group is connected to the above-mentioned aromatic group include the following.
其中,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為上式(b3)所示之基。 Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, a base represented by the above formula (b3) is preferred.
作為在Rγ、Rγ'、Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη之至少任一者為上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基時之上式(2-1)~(2-3)之具體構造,可列舉例如以下構造。 When at least any one of R γ , R γ ′ , R δ , R ε , R ε ′ and R η is a base through which the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned aromatic group are connected, the above formula (2-1) ~ Specific structures of (2-3) include the following structures, for example.
此等之中,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳係如(2-1-b)、(2-2-b)、(2-3-b)等般,Rγ或Rγ'為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基與亦可具有取代基之伸芳基經連接的基者。此時,由分散性之觀點而言,較 佳係Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη為伸烷基。 Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably (2-1-b), (2-2-b), (2-3-b), etc., and R γ or R γ ' is The alkylene group which may have a substituent and the alkylene group which may have a substituent are connected. In this case, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that R δ , R ε , R ε ′, and R η are alkylene groups.
上式(2-1)~(2-3)中,Rγ、Rγ'、Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη之亦可具有取代基之伸芳基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上,且較佳為30以下、更佳為20以下、再更佳為15以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。具體而言,可列舉例如伸苯基及伸萘基等,由分散性的觀點而言,較佳為伸苯基。 In the above formulae (2-1) to (2-3), the number of carbon atoms of the arylene group which may have a substituent in R γ , R γ ' , R δ , R ε , R ε', and R η is not particularly limited. The limitation is usually 6 or more, and preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable. Specific examples include phenylene and naphthyl. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, phenylene is preferred.
作為在Rγ、Rγ'、Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη之至少任一者為伸芳基時之上式(2-1)~(2-3)之具體構造,可列舉例如以下構造。 As a specific structure of the above formulae (2-1) to (2-3) when at least any one of R γ , R γ ' , R δ , R ε , R ε' and R η is an aryl group, it may be The following structures are listed, for example.
此等之中,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳係如(2-1-c)、(2-2-c)、(2-3-c)等般,Rγ或Rγ'為伸芳基者。 Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably (2-1-c), (2-2-c), (2-3-c), etc., and R γ or R γ ' is Fang Fang Ji who.
上式(2-1)~(2-3)中,作為Rγ、Rγ'、Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη之伸烷基、伸芳基、伸烷基與伸芳基經連接之基亦可具有的取代基,並無特別限定,可列舉例如甲基、乙基、環己基等之烷基;苯基等之芳基;苄基等之芳烷基等。 In the above formulae (2-1) to (2-3), as the alkylene group, alkylene group, alkylene group and alkylene group of R γ , R γ ' , R δ , R ε , R ε' and R η The substituents which the group to which the group is linked are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, and cyclohexyl; aryl groups such as phenyl; aralkyl groups such as benzyl;
上述烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1~20、更佳為1~10、 再更佳為1~5。烷基可為直鏈狀、分岐鏈狀、或環狀。具體例可列舉甲基、乙基、環己基等。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, More preferably, it is 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, and cyclohexyl.
又,上述芳基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為6~20、更佳為6~10。具體例可列舉苯基、萘基等。 Moreover, the carbon number of the said aryl group is not specifically limited, It is preferably 6-20, More preferably, it is 6-10. Specific examples include phenyl and naphthyl.
又,上述芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為7~20、更佳為7~10。具體例可列舉苄基等。 The carbon number of the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 10. Specific examples include benzyl and the like.
此等之中,由操作容易及分散性的觀點而言,較佳為甲基。 Among these, a methyl group is preferable from a viewpoint of easy handling and dispersibility.
如上所述,在Rγ、Rγ'及Rη分別獨立為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基時,構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分亦可藉由選自包含酯鍵、醚鍵、胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵、硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、硫醚鍵及硫酯鍵之群組中之至少1個鍵所取代。此等之中,由分散性的觀點而言,作為較佳鍵結可列舉構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分係藉由胺基甲酸乙酯鍵或酯鍵所取代者。 As described above, when R γ , R γ ′, and R η are each independently an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or a group in which the alkylene group and the alkylene group are connected, the subalkylene group is constituted. At least a part of the methyl group may also be selected from the group consisting of an ester bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a fluorene amine bond, a fluorene imine bond, a thiourethane bond, a thioether bond, and a sulfur At least one bond in the group of ester bonds is substituted. Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, preferred linkages include those in which at least a part of the methylene group constituting the above-mentioned alkylene group is substituted with a urethane bond or an ester bond.
作為此時之上式(2-1)~(2-3)的具體構造,可列舉例如以下構造。 Specific structures of the above formulae (2-1) to (2-3) at this time include, for example, the following structures.
[化22]
尤其是由分散性的觀點而言,較佳係上式(2-1)的Rγ為上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基,且構成其伸烷基之亞甲基之一部分係如藉由胺基甲酸乙酯鍵所取代的上式(2-1-d')般者。 Especially from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that R γ of the above formula (2-1) is a group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned alkylene group are connected and constitute a part of the methylene group of the alkylene group. It is the one represented by the above formula (2-1-d ') substituted by a urethane bond.
又,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳係上式(2-2)之Rγ及Rη為伸烷基,且構成至少任一個伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分係如藉由酯鍵所取代的上式(2-2-d)或(2-2-d')般者。 From the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that R γ and R η in the above formula (2-2) are alkylene groups, and that at least a part of the methylene groups constituting at least any of the alkylene groups is as follows: The above formula (2-2-d) or (2-2-d ') is substituted by an ester bond.
又,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳係如上式(2-3)之Rγ'、Rδ及Rε'之任一者均為無取代之伸烷基的上式(2-3-a)般者。又,亦可較佳地使用上式(2-3)之Rγ'為伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基,且構成其伸烷基之亞甲基之一部分係如藉由胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、酯鍵或硫醚鍵所取代的上式(2-3-d)或(2-3-d')般者。 From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the formula (2-3) in which any of R γ ′ , R δ and R ε ′ in the above formula (2-3) is an unsubstituted alkylene group is preferred. -a) like those. In addition, R γ ′ of the above formula (2-3) is preferably an alkylene group, or a group in which the aforementioned alkylene group is connected to the aforementioned aromatic group, and the methylene group constituting the alkylene group is preferably used. One part is one of the above formula (2-3-d) or (2-3-d ') substituted by a urethane bond, a thiourethane bond, an ester bond, or a thioether bond.
又,如上所述,Rγ亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之至少任1個N原子一起進行脲鍵結,或經由羰基而進行醯胺鍵結。 As described above, R γ may be urea-bonded together with at least one of the N atoms adjacent to each other via an -NH- (C = O)-group, or amido-bonded through a carbonyl group.
尤其是由分散性之觀點而言,較佳係上式(2-1)之Rγ與跟Rδ及Rε鍵結之N原子一起經由-NH-(C=O)-基進行脲鍵結。作為此時之上式(2-1)及(2-2)的具體構造,可列舉例如以下構造。 In particular, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that R γ of the above formula (2-1) together with the N atom bonded to R δ and R ε be urea bond via the -NH- (C = O)-group. Knot. Specific examples of the above formulae (2-1) and (2-2) include the following structures.
又,如上所述,Rγ'亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之N原子一起進行脲鍵結,或經由羰基而進行醯胺鍵結。作為此時之上式(2-3)的具體構造,可列舉例如以下構造。 In addition, as described above, R γ ′ may be urea-bonded with an adjacent N atom via an -NH- (C = O)-group, or amido-bond via a carbonyl group. Specific examples of the above formula (2-3) include the following structures.
同樣地,Rη亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之N原子一起進行脲鍵結,或經由羰基而進行醯胺鍵結。作為此時之上式(2-2)的具體構造,可列舉例如以下構造。 Similarly, R η may be urea-bonded with an adjacent N atom via an -NH- (C = O)-group, or amidine via a carbonyl group. Specific examples of the above formula (2-2) include the following structures.
[化25]
又,在Rζ為烷基或芳基時,其氫原子之至少1個亦可藉由3級胺基或含氮原子雜環基所取代。作為此時之上式(2-3)的具體構造,可列舉例如以下構造。 When R ζ is an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of its hydrogen atoms may be substituted by a tertiary amine group or a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic group. Specific examples of the above formula (2-3) include the following structures.
以上所述之上式(2-1)~(2-3)中,由分散性的觀點而言,較佳為以下。 In the above formulae (2-1) to (2-3), from the viewpoint of dispersibility, the following are preferred.
上式(2-1)中,Rγ較佳為上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基;此時,較佳係構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分藉由胺基甲酸乙酯鍵所取代,或經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之N原子一起進行脲鍵結。又,此時,Rδ、Rε較佳為伸烷基。作為此種具體例,可列舉以下所示之上式(2-1-e)。 In the above formula (2-1), R γ is preferably a group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned alkylene group are connected; in this case, it is preferable that at least a part of the methylene group constituting the above-mentioned alkylene group is via an amine group. Ethyl formate bond is substituted, or urea bond is carried out together with adjacent N atom via -NH- (C = O)-group. In this case, R δ and R ε are preferably alkylene groups. As such a specific example, the following formula (2-1-e) is mentioned.
[化27]
又,上式(2-1)中,Rγ較佳為伸烷基;此時,較佳係構成伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分藉由酯鍵所取代。又,此時,Rδ、Rε較佳為伸烷基。作為此種具體例,可列舉以下所示之上式(2-1-d)。 Further, in the above formula (2-1), R γ is preferably an alkylene group; in this case, at least a part of the methylene group constituting the alkylene group is preferably substituted by an ester bond. In this case, R δ and R ε are preferably alkylene groups. As such a specific example, the following formula (2-1-d) is mentioned.
又,上式(2-2)中,Rγ較佳為上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基;此時,較佳係構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分藉由胺基甲酸乙酯鍵所取代,或經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之N原子一起進行脲鍵結。又,此時,Rη較佳為伸烷基。作為此種具體例,可列舉以下所示之上式(2-2-e)。 In the above formula (2-2), R γ is preferably a group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned alkylene group are connected; in this case, it is preferable that at least a part of the methylene group constituting the above-mentioned alkylene group is by Substituted by urethane bond or urea bond with adjacent N atom via -NH- (C = O)-group. In this case, R η is preferably an alkylene group. As such a specific example, the following formula (2-2-e) is mentioned.
又,上式(2-2)中,Rγ較佳為伸烷基;此時,較佳係構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分藉由酯鍵所取代。又,此時,Rη較佳為伸烷基。作為此種具體例,可列舉以下所示之上式(2-2-d)。 In the above formula (2-2), R γ is preferably an alkylene group; in this case, it is preferable that at least a part of the methylene group constituting the alkylene group is substituted by an ester bond. In this case, R η is preferably an alkylene group. As such a specific example, the following formula (2-2-d) is mentioned.
[化30]
又,上式(2-2)中,Rγ較佳為伸烷基。又,此時,Rη較佳為伸烷基;較佳係構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分藉由酯鍵所取代。此種具體例,可列舉以下所示之上式(2-2-d')。 In the above formula (2-2), R γ is preferably an alkylene group. In this case, R η is preferably an alkylene group; at least a part of the methylene group constituting the alkylene group is preferably substituted by an ester bond. Such a specific example is given by the following formula (2-2-d ').
又,上式(2-3)中,Rγ'及Rδ較佳為伸烷基,Rε'較佳為直接鍵或伸烷基;此時Rζ較佳為氫原子。作為此種具體例,可列舉以下所示之上式(2-3-a)。 In the above formula (2-3), R γ ′ and R δ are preferably alkylene groups, and R ε ′ is preferably a direct bond or an alkylene group; in this case, R ζ is preferably a hydrogen atom. As such a specific example, the following formula (2-3-a) is mentioned.
又,上式(2-3)中,Rγ'較佳為上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基;此時,較佳係構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分藉由胺基甲酸乙酯鍵及/或硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵所取代。又,此時,Rδ較佳為伸烷基,Rε'較佳為直接鍵結。又,Rζ較佳為氫原子。作為此種具體例,可舉例如以下所示之上式(2-3-d)。 Furthermore, in the above formula (2-3), R γ ′ is preferably a group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned alkylene group are connected; in this case, it is preferably at least a part of the methylene group constituting the above-mentioned alkylene group. Substituted by a urethane bond and / or a thiourethane bond. In this case, R δ is preferably an alkylene group, and R ε ′ is preferably directly bonded. R ζ is preferably a hydrogen atom. As such a specific example, the following equation (2-3-d) can be mentioned.
[化33]
又,上式(2-3)中,Rγ'較佳為伸烷基;此時,較佳係構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分藉由酯鍵、及硫醚鍵所取代。又,此時,Rδ較佳為伸烷基,Rε'較佳為直接鍵。又,Rζ較佳為氫原子。作為此種具體例,可列舉以下所示之上式(2-3-d')。 In the above formula (2-3), R γ ′ is preferably an alkylene group; at this time, it is preferable that at least a part of the methylene group constituting the alkylene group is replaced by an ester bond and a thioether bond. . In this case, R δ is preferably an alkylene group, and R ε ′ is preferably a direct bond. R ζ is preferably a hydrogen atom. As such a specific example, the following formula (2-3-d ') is mentioned.
尚且,上式(2-1)中之Rα、Rβ、N及Rγ成為包含3級胺基的吸附基。同樣地,上式(2-2)中之Rα、Rβ、N及Rγ成為包含3級胺基的吸附基。又,上式(2-3)中之Rα、Rβ、N及Rγ'成為包含3級胺基的吸附基。此等情況下,式中之*表示聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之與胺基甲酸乙酯鍵或脲鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In addition, R α , R β , N and R γ in the above formula (2-1) become an adsorption group containing a tertiary amine group. Similarly, R α , R β , N and R γ in the above formula (2-2) become an adsorption group containing a tertiary amine group. In addition, R α , R β , N and R γ ′ in the above formula (2-3) are adsorbing groups containing a tertiary amine group. In these cases, * in the formula represents a bonding group in the polyurethane skeleton with a carbonyl group of a urethane bond or a urea bond.
又,藉由將上式(2-1)~(2-3)所示之部分構造、與其他之含吸附基部分構造或含親溶媒基部分構造,以上式(i)所示之部分構造連接,可作成使式(2-1)~(2-3)所含之吸附基、與聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之主鏈經鍵結者。 In addition, the partial structure shown in the above formula (i) is obtained by combining the partial structure shown in the above formulae (2-1) to (2-3) with other structures containing an adsorbing group or a structure containing a soluble solvent group. The connection can be made by binding the adsorption group contained in the formulae (2-1) to (2-3) and the main chain of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
又,作為其他較佳例,較佳係由下式(2-1')~(2-3')所示的部分構造。 In addition, as another preferable example, it is preferable to have a partial structure represented by the following formulae (2-1 ') to (2-3').
[化35]
式(2-1')中,Rα~Rε及*係與式(2-1)中之該等同義。RA及X-係與式(1')中之該等同義。 In the formula (2-1 '), R α to R ε and * have the same meanings as those in the formula (2-1). R A and X - have the same meanings as those in formula (1 ').
式(2-2')中,Rα~Rη及*係與式(2-2)中之該等同義。RA及X-係與式(1')中之該等同義。 In the formula (2-2 '), R α to R η and * have the same meanings as those in the formula (2-2). R A and X - have the same meanings as those in formula (1 ').
式(2-3')中,Rα~Rζ及*係與式(2-3)中之該等同義。RA及X-係與式(1')中之該等同義。 In the formula (2-3 '), R α ~ R ζ and * have the same meanings as in the formula (2-3). R A and X - have the same meanings as those in formula (1 ').
又,作為其他具體例,可列舉以下所示之部分構造。以下之部分構造中,含氮原子雜環基成為吸附基。 Moreover, as another specific example, the partial structure shown below is mentioned. In the following partial structure, a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom becomes an adsorbing group.
[化38]
上式中,*表示鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group.
相較於使特定之吸附基存在於主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中,較佳係使其依側鏈型式存在於主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架的懸掛型。特佳係吸附基中之氮原子為由主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架上最接近之原子隔著至少1個原子鍵結。亦即,較佳係與主鏈鍵結的吸附基。 Rather than having a specific adsorption group in the polyurethane backbone of the main chain, it is preferably a pendant type in which the polyurethane is present in the backbone of the main chain in a side chain type. The nitrogen atom in the particularly preferred adsorption group is bonded by at least one atom via the closest atom on the main polyurethane skeleton. That is, it is preferably an adsorption group bonded to the main chain.
更佳係特定之吸附基中之氮原子為由主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架上最接近之原子隔著至少2個原子,特佳係特定之吸附 基之氮原子為由主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架上最接近之原子隔著至少3個原子。 More preferably, the nitrogen atom in the specific adsorption group is at least 2 atoms separated by the closest atom on the polyurethane backbone of the main chain. The nitrogen atom of the radical is at least 3 atoms separated by the closest atom on the polyurethane backbone of the main chain.
吸附基中之氮原子較佳係由主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架上最接近之原子隔著20個以下之原子,更佳係隔著10個以下之原子。以下,有時將此主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架上最接近之原子與特定之吸附基之氮原子間的原子數,稱為「介存原子數」。 The nitrogen atom in the adsorbing group is preferably separated by 20 atoms or less from the closest atom on the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain, and more preferably by 10 atoms or less. Hereinafter, the number of atoms between the closest atom on the polyurethane skeleton of this main chain and the nitrogen atom of a specific adsorbing group may be referred to as "the number of intervening atoms".
例如,在具有上式(2-3-a)之部分構造時,吸附基中之氮原子係如下述般,成為由聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之次甲基之碳原子隔著1個碳原子者。 For example, when having a partial structure of the above formula (2-3-a), the nitrogen atom in the adsorbing group is as follows, with one carbon atom separated by a methine group in the polyurethane skeleton. Carbon atomist.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)可作成為例如具有上述含吸附基部分構造者,可作成具有1種上述含吸附基部分構造者,亦可作成具有2種以上者。 The polyurethane dispersant (b-1) can be used, for example, as the one having the above-mentioned structure containing an adsorbing group portion, one having one type of the structure containing the above adsorption group portion, or two or more types.
例如,可將所有吸附基作成為含3級胺基之部分構造,亦可同樣地將所有吸附基作成為含有4級銨鹽基之部分構造,或將所有吸附基作成為具有氮原子的含雜環基之部分構造。 For example, all the adsorption groups can be made into a partial structure containing a third-order amine group, and all the adsorption groups can be similarly made into a partial structure containing a fourth-order ammonium salt group, or all the adsorption groups can be made into a Partial structure of heterocyclic group.
由分散性及相溶性的觀點而言,較佳係所有吸附基為3級胺基。此時,可作成具有2種以上之3級胺基者,但由分散性 的觀點而言,較佳為具有1種3級胺基,更佳係具有選自上式(1)及(2-1)~(2-3)之任一種含3級胺基的部分構造,再更佳係具有式(2-1)所示之含3級胺基的部分構造。 From the viewpoint of dispersibility and compatibility, it is preferred that all the adsorbing groups are tertiary amine groups. In this case, it is possible to prepare one having two or more tertiary amine groups. From the viewpoint of the viewpoint, it is preferable to have one kind of tertiary amine group, and it is more preferable to have a tertiary amine group-containing partial structure selected from any one of the above formulae (1) and (2-1) to (2-3). Still more preferably, it has a tertiary amine group-containing partial structure represented by formula (2-1).
另一方面,由對鹼顯影液之顯影溶解性的觀點而言,較佳係所有吸附基為4級銨鹽基。其中,4級銨鹽基可藉由4級化劑對3級胺基進行4級銨鹽基化而作成,但由於若對所有3級胺基進行4級銨鹽基化,有來自4級化劑之雜質較多地生成的傾向,故由抑制雜質生成的觀點而言,大多使3級胺基部分殘存,而使3級胺基與4級銨鹽基並存。 On the other hand, from the viewpoint of the development solubility of the alkali developer, it is preferable that all the adsorbing groups are quaternary ammonium salt groups. Among them, the level 4 ammonium salt can be prepared by level 4 ammonium saltation of the level 3 amine group by the level 4 agent. However, if the level 4 ammonium saltation is performed on all the level 3 amine groups, there are Since a lot of impurities of chemical agents tend to be generated, from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of impurities, most of the tertiary amine groups remain, and the tertiary amine groups and the tertiary ammonium salt groups coexist.
從而,較佳係具有3級胺基與4級銨鹽基之兩者作為吸附基,由製造之效率化的觀點而言,更佳係選自上式(1)與(1')的組合、上式(2-1)與(2-1')的組合、上式(2-2)與(2-2')的組合、及上式(2-3)與(2-3')的組合的任一種組合;再更佳為上式(2-1)與(2-1')的組合。 Therefore, it is preferable to have both a tertiary amine group and a tertiary ammonium salt group as an adsorption group. From the viewpoint of efficiency of production, it is more preferable to select from the combination of the above formulae (1) and (1 '). , The combination of the above formulae (2-1) and (2-1 '), the combination of the above formulae (2-2) and (2-2'), and the above formulae (2-3) and (2-3 ') Any one of the combinations; more preferably a combination of the above formulae (2-1) and (2-1 ').
在具有3級胺基與4級銨鹽基之兩者的情況,其含有比例並無特別限定,由分散性的觀點而言,含有4級銨鹽基之部分構造相對於含有3級胺基之部分構造的含有比例,較佳為1莫耳%以上、更佳為5莫耳%以上、再更佳為10莫耳%以上,且較佳為99莫耳%以下、更佳為95莫耳%以下、再更佳為80莫耳%以下、又更佳為60莫耳%以下、特佳為40莫耳%以下、最佳為30莫耳%以下。 In the case of having both a tertiary amine group and a tertiary ammonium salt group, the content ratio is not particularly limited. From the standpoint of dispersibility, the partial structure containing a tertiary ammonium salt group is relative to a tertiary amine group The content of the partial structure is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, even more preferably 10 mol% or more, and more preferably 99 mol% or less, more preferably 95 mol. Earn% or less, more preferably 80 mole% or less, still more preferably 60 mole% or less, particularly preferably 40 mole% or less, and most preferably 30 mole% or less.
同樣地,由分散性之觀點而言,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中之含吸附基部分構造的含有比例,較佳為5質量%以上、更佳為10質量%以上、再更佳為20質量%以上,且較佳為90質量% 以下、更佳為50質量%以下、再更佳為40質量%以下、特佳為30質量%以下。 Similarly, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, the content ratio of the structure containing the adsorption group portion in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. And more preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass Below, more preferably 50% by mass or less, even more preferably 40% by mass or less, particularly preferably 30% by mass or less.
又,特定之吸附基的含有比例,係相對於100g之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)較佳為0.001莫耳以上、更佳為0.01莫耳以上、再更佳為0.05莫耳以上,且較佳為0.8莫耳以下、更佳為0.4莫耳以下、再更佳為0.2莫耳以下。以下,將此特定吸附基相對於100g聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的比例作為特定之吸附基含量,以「莫耳/100g」之單位表示。 The content ratio of the specific adsorption group is preferably 0.001 mol or more, more preferably 0.01 mol or more, and still more preferably 0.05 mol relative to 100 g of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). Above the ears, and preferably below 0.8 moles, more preferably below 0.4 moles, even more preferably below 0.2 moles. Hereinafter, the ratio of the specific adsorption group to 100 g of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is referred to as a specific adsorption group content, and is expressed in a unit of "Mole / 100 g".
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)係含有親溶媒基。聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)所具有之親溶媒基的種類若為顯示與溶媒之相溶性者,則無特別限定。親溶媒基由分散性的觀點而言,較佳為含有聚醚鏈及聚酯鏈之至少一者。又,在聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)具有主鏈的情況,由分散性的觀點而言,較親和之溶媒基較佳係含有聚醚鏈及聚酯鏈之至少一者,且與主鏈鍵結者。 Polyurethane dispersant (b-1) contains a hydrophilic vehicle group. The kind of the hydrophilic vehicle group which the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) has is not specifically limited if it shows the compatibility with a solvent. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the soluble vehicle group preferably contains at least one of a polyether chain and a polyester chain. When the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) has a main chain, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, the more compatible solvent group preferably contains at least one of a polyether chain and a polyester chain. , And those who are bonded to the main chain.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)較佳係含有含上述親溶媒基的含親溶媒基部分構造;如上述般由分散性的觀點而言,較佳係含親溶媒基部分構造彼此、或上述含吸附基部分構造與含親溶媒基部分構造藉由上式(i)所示之部分構造所連接者。 Polyurethane dispersant (b-1) preferably has a structure containing a hydrophilic solvent-containing moiety containing the above-mentioned solvent-soluble medium group; as described above, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably a structure containing a hydrophilic solvent-containing moiety. The structures of the adsorption-group-containing partial structure and the solvent-containing medium-containing partial structure are connected to each other by the partial structure shown in the above formula (i).
關於含親溶媒基部分構造之具體的部分構造,並無特別限定,較佳為下式(3-1)~(3-3)所示的部分構造。式(3-1)~(3-3)中之Rθ與O原子為親溶媒基,除此以外為與親溶媒基的鍵結部。 There is no particular limitation on the specific partial structure of the partial structure containing the solvent-based group, and the partial structures shown by the following formulae (3-1) to (3-3) are preferred. In the formulae (3-1) to (3-3), R θ and the O atom are lyophilic mediators, and other than that, they are bonding portions with the solitary mediators.
[化40]
式(3-1)中,Rθ表示聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈。 In the formula (3-1), R θ represents a polyether chain and / or a polyester chain.
Rγ、Rδ及Rε分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基。其中,在Rγ為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基時,構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分亦可藉由選自包含酯鍵、醚鍵、胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵、硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、硫醚鍵及硫酯鍵之群組中之至少1個鍵所取代。又,Rγ亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之1個N原子一起進行脲鍵結,或經由羰基而進行醯胺鍵結。 R γ , R δ and R ε each independently represent an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an arylene group which may also have a substituent, or a group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group is connected to the above-mentioned arylene group. Among them, when R γ is an alkylene group which may also have a substituent, or at least a part of the methylene group constituting the alkylene group may be selected from the group consisting of the alkylene group and the alkylene group connected through the alkylene group. At least one bond in the group consisting of ester bond, ether bond, urethane bond, urea bond, amidine bond, amidine bond, thiourethane bond, thioether bond, and thioester bond Was replaced. In addition, R γ may be urea-bonded with an adjacent N atom via an -NH- (C = O)-group, or amido-bond via a carbonyl group.
又,Rγ亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之1個O原子一起進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結,或經由羰基而進行酯鍵結。 In addition, R γ may be urethane-bonded with an adjacent O atom via an -NH- (C = O)-group, or ester-bonded via a carbonyl group.
*表示鍵結基。 * Indicates a bonded base.
式(3-2)中,Rθ表示聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈。 In the formula (3-2), R θ represents a polyether chain and / or a polyester chain.
Rγ及Rη分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基。其中,在Rγ及Rη分別獨立為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基時,構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分亦可藉由選自包含酯鍵、醚鍵、胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵、醯 亞胺鍵、硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、硫醚鍵及硫酯鍵之群組中之至少1個鍵取代。又,Rγ及Rη亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之1個N原子一起進行脲鍵結,或經由羰基而進行醯胺鍵結。 R γ and R η each independently represent an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an alkylene group which may also have a substituent, or a group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned alkylene group are connected. Among them, when R γ and R η are each independently an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or a group in which the alkylene group and the alkylene group are connected, at least a part of the methylene group constituting the alkylene group is also It may be selected from the group consisting of an ester bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, an amidine bond, an amidine bond, a thiourethane bond, a thioether bond, and a thioester bond. Of at least 1 bond. In addition, R γ and R η may be urea-bonded together with an adjacent N atom via an -NH- (C = O)-group, or amido via a carbonyl group.
又,Rγ亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之1個O原子一起進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結,或經由羰基而進行酯鍵結。 In addition, R γ may be urethane-bonded with an adjacent O atom via an -NH- (C = O)-group, or ester-bonded via a carbonyl group.
*表示鍵結基。 * Indicates a bonded base.
式(3-3)中,Rθ表示聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈。 In the formula (3-3), R θ represents a polyether chain and / or a polyester chain.
Rγ'及Rδ分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基。其中,在Rγ'為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基時,構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分亦可藉由選自包含酯鍵、醚鍵、胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵、硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、硫醚鍵及硫酯鍵之群組中之至少1個鍵所取代。 R γ ′ and R δ each independently represent an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an alkylene group which may also have a substituent, or a group in which the aforementioned alkylene group is connected to the aforementioned alkylene group. Among them, when R γ ′ is an alkylene group which may also have a substituent, or at least a part of the methylene group constituting the alkylene group may be selected by selecting the alkylene group which is connected to the alkylene group and the alkylene group via the alkylene group. At least one selected from the group consisting of an ester bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a sulfonium bond, a fluorenimine bond, a thiourethane bond, a thioether bond and a thioester bond Key.
又,Rγ'亦可經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之1個O原子一起進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結,或經由羰基而進行酯鍵結。 In addition, R γ ′ may be urethane-bonded with an adjacent O atom via an -NH- (C = O)-group, or may be ester-bonded via a carbonyl group.
Rε'表示直接鍵、亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基。 R ε ′ represents a direct bond, an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an arylene group which may also have a substituent, or a group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned alkylene group are connected.
Rζ'表示氫原子、亦可具有取代基之烷基或亦可具有取代基之芳基。其中,Rζ'為亦可具有取代基之烷基或亦可具有取代基之芳基時,其氫原子之至少一個亦可由Rθ-O-Rγ'-所取代。 R ζ ′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may also have a substituent. When R ζ ′ is an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may also have a substituent, at least one of its hydrogen atoms may be substituted by R θ -OR γ ' -.
*表示鍵結基。 * Indicates a bonded base.
Rγ、Rγ'、Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη中之亦可具有取代基之伸烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上、較佳為2以上,且較佳為20以下、更佳為15以下、再更佳為7以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。具體而言,可列舉亞甲基、二亞甲基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、七亞甲基、伸環戊基亞甲基、伸環己基亞甲基、伸環己基二亞甲基、伸環己基三亞甲基等;由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為二亞甲基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、或六亞甲基,更佳為三亞甲基、四亞甲基或五亞甲基。 The number of carbons of the alkylene group which may also have a substituent among R γ , R γ ' , R δ , R ε , R ε' and R η is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and It is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and even more preferably 7 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable. Specific examples include methylene, dimethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, heptamethylene, cyclopentylmethylene, and cyclohexyl Methylene, cyclohexyldimethylene, cyclohexyltrimethylene, etc .; from the viewpoint of dispersibility, dimethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, Or hexamethylene, more preferably trimethylene, tetramethylene or pentamethylene.
上式(3-1)~(3-3)中,Rγ、Rγ'、Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη之上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上、較佳為7以上,且較佳為30以下、更佳為20以下、再更佳為15以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好的傾向。又,若所具有之伸烷基之數量為1以上則無特別限定,由分散性之觀點而言較佳為3以下。 In the above formulae (3-1) to (3-3), the carbon of the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned alkylene group of R γ , R γ ' , R δ , R ε , R ε' and R η are connected The number is not particularly limited, but it is usually 6 or more, preferably 7 or more, and preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable. The number of alkylene groups is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 or less from the viewpoint of dispersibility.
具體而言,可列舉例如:亦可具有取代基之伸芳基1個與亦可具有取代基之伸烷基1個經連接的基;亦可具有取代基之伸芳基2個經由亦可具有取代基之伸烷基1個所連接的基;亦可具有取代基之伸烷基2個經由亦可具有取代基之伸芳基1個所連接的基。作為上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基的具體例,可列舉上式(b1)~(b5)所示之基。 Specifically, for example, one alkylene group which may have a substituent and one alkylene group which may have a substituent are connected; two alkylene groups which may have a substituent may be One alkylene group having a substituent is connected; two alkylene groups which may have a substituent are connected via one alkylene group which may have a substituent. Specific examples of the group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group is connected to the above-mentioned aromatic group include groups represented by the above formulae (b1) to (b5).
Rγ、Rγ'、Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη之亦可具有取代基之伸芳基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上,且較佳為30以下、更佳為20以下、再更佳為15以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。具體而言,可列舉伸苯基及伸萘基等,由分散性的觀點而言, 較佳為伸苯基。 The number of carbons of the arylene group which may also have a substituent in R γ , R γ ' , R δ , R ε , R ε', and R η is not particularly limited, but it is usually 6 or more, and preferably 30 or less, more It is preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable. Specific examples include phenylene and naphthyl. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, phenylene is preferred.
此等之中,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳係Rγ、Rγ'為伸烷基、伸芳基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基;較佳係Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη為伸烷基。 Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that R γ and R γ ′ are an alkylene group, an alkylene group, or a group in which the aforementioned alkylene group and the aforementioned alkylene group are connected; preferably, R δ , R ε , R ε ′ and R η are alkylene groups.
上式(3-1)~(3-3)中,作為Rγ、Rγ'、Rδ、Rε、Rε'及Rη之亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、亦可具有取代基之伸芳基、上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基亦可具有的取代基,並無特別限定,可列舉甲基、乙基、環己基等之烷基;苯基等之芳基;苄基等之芳烷基等。 In the above formulae (3-1) to (3-3), R γ , R γ ′ , R δ , R ε , R ε ′, and R η may have an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or may have a substituent. The aryl group of the radical, the substituent which the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned alkylene group may be connected to are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, and cyclohexyl; phenyl and the like Aryl; aralkyl, etc. of benzyl.
上述烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1~20、更佳為1~10、再更佳為1~5。烷基可為直鏈狀、分岐鏈狀、或環狀。具體例可列舉甲基、乙基、環己基等。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, and cyclohexyl.
又,上述芳基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為6~20、更佳為6~10。具體例可列舉苯基、萘基等。 Moreover, the carbon number of the said aryl group is not specifically limited, It is preferably 6-20, More preferably, it is 6-10. Specific examples include phenyl and naphthyl.
又,上述芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為7~20、更佳7~10。具體例可舉例如苄基等。 The carbon number of the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 10. Specific examples include benzyl and the like.
此等之中,由操作容易及分散性的觀點而言,較佳為烷基,更佳為甲基。 Among these, in terms of ease of handling and dispersibility, an alkyl group is preferred, and a methyl group is more preferred.
如上所述,在Rγ、Rγ'及Rη分別獨立為亦可具有取代基之伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基時,構成上述伸烷基之亞甲基之至少一部分亦可藉由選自包含酯鍵、醚鍵、胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵、硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、硫醚鍵及硫酯鍵之群組中之至少1個鍵所取代。 As described above, when R γ , R γ ′, and R η are each independently an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or a group in which the alkylene group and the alkylene group are connected, the subalkylene group is constituted. At least a part of the methyl group may also be selected from the group consisting of an ester bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a fluorene amine bond, a fluorene imine bond, a thiourethane bond, a thioether bond, and a sulfur At least one bond in the group of ester bonds is substituted.
此等之中,由分散性的觀點而言,作為較佳鍵結,於 Rγ中可列舉胺基甲酸乙酯鍵或酯鍵;Rγ'中可列舉硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、胺基甲酸乙酯鍵或酯鍵。又,Rη中較佳為未取代。尤其由分散性之觀點而言,較佳係上式(3-1)、(3-1)的Rγ為伸烷基、或上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基,且構成其伸烷基之亞甲基之一部分係藉由胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、或酯鍵取代者。其具體例可列舉以下者。 Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, as preferable bonds, R γ may include urethane bonds or ester bonds; R γ ′ may include thiourethane bonds and amines. Urethane bond or ester bond. In addition, R η is preferably unsubstituted. In particular, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that R γ of the above formulae (3-1) and (3-1) is an alkylene group, or a group in which the aforementioned alkylene group and the aforementioned aromatic group are connected and constitute A part of its methylene group is substituted by a urethane bond or an ester bond. Specific examples thereof include the following.
又,可列舉上式(3-3)中Rγ'為上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基,且構成其伸烷基之亞甲基之一部分係藉由胺基甲酸乙酯鍵及/或硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵取代者。其具體例可列舉以下者。 In addition, in the above formula (3-3), R γ ′ is a group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned alkylene group are connected, and a part of the methylene group constituting the alkylene group is via urethane Bond and / or thiourethane bond substitution. Specific examples thereof include the following.
又,如上所述,Rγ及Rη亦可分別獨立經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之N原子一起進行脲鍵結,或經由羰基而進行醯胺鍵結。 In addition, as described above, R γ and R η may be independently bonded to each other via a -NH- (C = O)-group with an adjacent N atom, or to a amide bond through a carbonyl group.
此等之中,由分散性的觀點而言,作為較佳鍵結,於Rγ中較佳係經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之N原子一起進行脲鍵結;又,於Rη中較佳係與相鄰接之N原子之間未經由上述鍵結者。 Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that R γ is urea-bonded together with the adjacent N atom via the -NH- (C = O)-group as a preferred bond. ; And, in R η , those which are not bonded with the adjacent N atom are preferable.
又,Rγ及Rγ'亦可分別獨立為經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之1個O原子一起進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結,或經由羰基而進行酯鍵結。 In addition, R γ and R γ ′ may be independently bonded to each other via an -NH- (C = O)-group with an adjacent O atom, or through an carbonyl group to perform esterification. Bonding.
尤其是由分散性的觀點而言,上式(3-1)、(3-2)之Rγ較佳為伸烷基或伸芳基,且經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之N原子一起進行脲鍵結。又,較佳係經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之1個O原子一起進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結,或經由羰基而進行酯鍵結。其具體例可列舉以下者。 In particular, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, R γ in the above formulae (3-1) and (3-2) is preferably an alkylene group or an arylene group, and is via an -NH- (C = O)-group. Urea bonding is performed with adjacent N atoms. In addition, it is preferable to perform urethane bonding with an adjacent O atom via an -NH- (C = O)-group, or to perform ester bonding via a carbonyl group. Specific examples thereof include the following.
又,上式(3-3)中,可列舉Rγ'為上述伸烷基與上述伸芳基經連接之基,構成其伸烷基之亞甲基之一部分係藉由硫胺基甲酸乙酯鍵取代,或經由-NH-(C=O)-基而與相鄰接之1個O原子一起進行脲鍵結。其具體例可列舉於以下。 In the above formula (3-3), R γ ′ is a group in which the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned alkylene group are connected, and a part of the methylene group constituting the alkylene group is thioaminoformate. Ester bond substitution, or urea bonding with an adjacent O atom via the -NH- (C = O)-group. Specific examples thereof are listed below.
[化46]
Rζ表示氫原子、亦可具有取代基之烷基或亦可具有取代基之芳基。其中,在Rζ'為烷基或芳基時,其氫原子之至少1個亦可由Rθ-O-Rγ'-取代。 R ζ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may also have a substituent. However, when R ζ ′ is an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of its hydrogen atoms may be substituted by R θ -OR γ ' -.
Rζ'中之烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上、較佳為2以上,且較佳為20以下、更佳為10以下、再更佳為6以下。若為上述範圍內則有分散性良好的傾向。 The carbon number of the alkyl group in R ζ ′ is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable.
具體而言,可列舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基等。由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、環戊基、或環己基,更佳為甲基、乙基或環己基,再更佳為甲基或環己基。 Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, methyl, ethyl, propyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl is preferred, methyl, ethyl or cyclohexyl is more preferred, and methyl or cyclohexyl is even more preferred.
Rζ'之芳基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上,且較佳為30以下、更佳為20以下、再更佳為15以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。具體而言,可列舉例如苯基及萘基等,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為苯基。 The carbon number of the aryl group of R ζ ′ is not particularly limited, but it is usually 6 or more, and preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable. Specific examples include phenyl, naphthyl, and the like. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, phenyl is preferred.
作為此等烷基、芳基亦可具有之取代基並無特別限定,可列舉例如羥基;羧基;甲基、乙基、丙基、環己基等之烷基;苯基等之芳基;苄基等之芳烷基等。 The substituent which the alkyl group and aryl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxyl group; a carboxyl group; an alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and cyclohexyl; an aryl group such as phenyl; and benzyl Aralkyl and the like.
上述烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1~20、更佳為1~10、再更佳為1~5。烷基可為直鏈狀、分岐鏈狀、或環狀。具體例可列 舉甲基、乙基、環己基等。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specific examples can be listed Examples are methyl, ethyl, and cyclohexyl.
又,上述芳基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為6~20、更佳為6~10。具體例可列舉苯基、萘基等。 Moreover, the carbon number of the said aryl group is not specifically limited, It is preferably 6-20, More preferably, it is 6-10. Specific examples include phenyl and naphthyl.
又,上述芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為7~20、更佳為7~10。具體例可列舉苄基等。 The carbon number of the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 10. Specific examples include benzyl and the like.
此等之中,由抑制對顏料之吸附阻礙的觀點而言,較佳為羥基、甲基或乙基。 Among these, a hydroxyl group, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the blocking of the adsorption of the pigment.
又,上述Rζ'中,由分散性之觀點而言,Rζ'較佳為氫原子。 And the R ζ 'in terms of a viewpoint of dispersibility, R ζ' is preferably a hydrogen atom.
作為Rθ之聚醚鏈,可列舉例如下式(3-4)所示者。又,作為聚酯鏈,可列舉例如下式(3-5)或(3-6)所示者。 Examples of the polyether chain of R θ include those represented by the following formula (3-4). Examples of the polyester chain include those represented by the following formula (3-5) or (3-6).
上式(3-4)中,Rb表示亦可具有取代基之烷基,Rc表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基。n表示1~100之整數。*表示與相鄰接之O原子間的鍵結基。 In the above formula (3-4), R b represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R c represents an alkylene group which may also have a substituent. n represents an integer from 1 to 100. * Indicates a bonding group with an adjacent O atom.
又,上式(3-5)及(3-6)中,Rb'表示亦可具有取代基之烷基,Rc'表示亦可具有取代基之伸烷基。n表示1~100之整數。*表示與相鄰接之O原子間的鍵結基。 In the above formulae (3-5) and (3-6), R b ′ represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R c ′ represents an alkylene group which may also have a substituent. n represents an integer from 1 to 100. * Indicates a bonding group with an adjacent O atom.
Rb之烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,且較佳為50以下、更佳為10以下、再更佳為6以下。若為上述範圍內 則有分散性良好的傾向。 The carbon number of the alkyl group of R b is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, and preferably 50 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable.
具體而言,可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基等。由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、或丁基,更佳為甲基或乙基,再更佳為甲基。 Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl is preferred, methyl or ethyl is more preferred, and methyl is even more preferred.
作為烷基亦可具有之取代基並無特別限定,可列舉例如羥基;羧基;甲基、乙基、丙基、環己基等之烷基;苯基等之芳基;苄基等之芳烷基等。 The substituent which the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxyl group; a carboxyl group; an alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and cyclohexyl; an aryl group such as phenyl; and an arane group such as benzyl Base etc.
上述烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1~20、更佳為1~10、再更佳為1~5。烷基可為直鏈狀、分岐鏈狀、或環狀。具體例有如甲基、乙基、環己基等。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, and cyclohexyl.
又,上述芳基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為6~20、更佳為6~10。具體例可列舉苯基、萘基等。 Moreover, the carbon number of the said aryl group is not specifically limited, It is preferably 6-20, More preferably, it is 6-10. Specific examples include phenyl and naphthyl.
又,上述芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為7~20、更佳為7~10。具體例可列舉苄基等。 The carbon number of the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 10. Specific examples include benzyl and the like.
此等之中,由對鹼顯影性之助益、或對基板密黏之助益的觀點而言,較佳為羥基、甲基或乙基。 Among these, a hydroxyl group, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of a benefit to alkali developability, or a benefit to substrate adhesion.
又,Rc中之伸烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上、較佳為2以上,且較佳為20以下、更佳為15以下、再更佳為7以下。若為上述範圍內,有分散性良好之傾向。 The number of carbons of the alkylene group in R c is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and even more preferably 7 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable.
具體而言,可列舉例如亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸異丙基、伸丁基、伸環戊基亞甲基、伸環己基亞甲基、伸環己基伸乙基及伸環己基伸丙基等。由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸異丙基或伸丁基,更佳為伸乙基、伸丙基或伸 異丙基。 Specifically, for example, methylene, ethylene, propyl, isopropyl, butylene, cyclopentylmethylene, cyclohexylmethylene, cyclohexylethylene, and Cyclohexyl and propyl. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, methylene, ethylidene, propylidene, isopropylidene, or butylidene is preferred, and ethylidene, propylidene, or butylidene is more preferred Isopropyl.
伸烷基亦可具有之取代基並無特別限定,可列舉例如羥基;羧基;甲基、乙基、丙基、環己基等之烷基;苯基等之芳基;苄基等之芳烷基等。 The substituent which the alkylene group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxyl group; a carboxyl group; an alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and cyclohexyl; an aryl group such as phenyl; and an arane group such as benzyl Base etc.
上述烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1~20、更佳為1~10、再更佳為1~5。烷基可為直鏈狀、分岐鏈狀、或環狀。具體例可列舉甲基、乙基、環己基等。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, and cyclohexyl.
又,上述芳基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為6~20、更佳為6~10。具體例可列舉苯基、萘基等。 Moreover, the carbon number of the said aryl group is not specifically limited, It is preferably 6-20, More preferably, it is 6-10. Specific examples include phenyl and naphthyl.
又,上述芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為7~20、更佳為7~10。具體例可列舉苄基等。 The carbon number of the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 10. Specific examples include benzyl and the like.
此等之中,由對鹼顯影性之助益、或對基板密黏之助益的觀點而言,較佳為羥基、甲基或乙基。 Among these, a hydroxyl group, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of a benefit to alkali developability, or a benefit to substrate adhesion.
n為1~100之整數,但由分散性的觀點而言,較佳為4以上、更佳為6以上,且較佳為60以下、更佳為40以下。 n is an integer of 1 to 100, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and more preferably 60 or less, and more preferably 40 or less.
Rb'之烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上、較佳為2以上,且較佳為50以下、更佳為40以下。 The carbon number of the alkyl group of R b ′ is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and preferably 50 or less, and more preferably 40 or less.
又,Rb'之烷基的碳數亦可視感光性樹脂組成物所含之溶劑(e)的極性而改變。在溶劑(e)為極性溶媒時,Rb'之烷基之碳數較佳為1以上且12以下。另一方面,在溶劑(e)為非極性溶媒時,Rb'之烷基之碳數較佳為9以上且30以下。若為上述範圍內則有分散性良好的傾向。 The carbon number of the alkyl group of R b ′ may also be changed depending on the polarity of the solvent (e) contained in the photosensitive resin composition. When the solvent (e) is a polar solvent, the carbon number of the alkyl group of R b ′ is preferably 1 or more and 12 or less. On the other hand, when the solvent (e) is a non-polar solvent, the carbon number of the alkyl group of R b ′ is preferably 9 or more and 30 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable.
具體而言,在溶劑(e)為極性溶媒時,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬烷-1-基、 癸烷-1-基、十一烷-1-基、或十二烷-1-基。 Specifically, when the solvent (e) is a polar solvent, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, and nonane-1-yl are preferred. , Decane-1-yl, undecane-1-yl, or dodecane-1-yl.
在溶劑(e)為非極性溶媒時,較佳為辛基、壬烷-1-基、癸烷-1-基、十一烷-1-基、十二烷-1-基、十三烷-1-基、十四烷-1-基、十五烷-1-基、廿烷-1-基或三十烷-1-基。 When the solvent (e) is a non-polar solvent, octyl, nonane-1-yl, decane-1-yl, undecane-1-yl, dodecane-1-yl, and tridecane are preferred. 1-yl, tetradecane-1-yl, pentadec-1-yl, fluoren-1-yl or triadec-1-yl.
又,在如丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯般之中極性溶媒時,較佳為癸烷-1-基、十一烷-1-基、十二烷-1-基、或十三烷-1-基。 In the case of a polar solvent such as propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, decane-1-yl, undecane-1-yl, dodecane-1-yl, or tridecane-1 is preferred. -base.
作為烷基亦可具有之取代基並無特別限定,可列舉例如羥基;羧基;甲基、乙基、丙基、環己基等之烷基;苯基等之芳基;苄基等之芳烷基等。由對鹼顯影性之助益、或對基板密黏之助益的觀點而言,較佳為羥基、甲基或乙基。 The substituent which the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxyl group; a carboxyl group; an alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and cyclohexyl; an aryl group such as phenyl; and an arane group such as benzyl Base etc. From the standpoint of a benefit to alkali developability or a close adhesion to a substrate, a hydroxyl group, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is preferred.
又,Rc'中之伸烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上、較佳為2以上,且較佳為50以下、更佳為35以下、再更佳為26以下。 The carbon number of the alkylene group in R c ′ is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and preferably 50 or less, more preferably 35 or less, and still more preferably 26 or less.
又,Rc'之伸烷基的碳數亦可視感光性樹脂組成物所含之溶劑(e)的極性而改變。在溶劑(e)為極性溶媒時,Rc'之烷基之碳數較佳為1以上且8以下。另一方面,在溶劑(e)為非極性溶媒時,Rc'之烷基之碳數較佳為9以上且26以下。若為上述範圍內則有分散性良好的傾向。 In addition, the carbon number of the alkylene group of R c ′ may be changed depending on the polarity of the solvent (e) contained in the photosensitive resin composition. When the solvent (e) is a polar solvent, the carbon number of the alkyl group of R c ′ is preferably 1 or more and 8 or less. On the other hand, when the solvent (e) is a non-polar solvent, the carbon number of the alkyl group of R c ′ is preferably 9 or more and 26 or less. If it is in the said range, there exists a tendency for dispersibility to be favorable.
具體而言,在溶劑(e)為極性溶媒時,較佳為亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸異丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基、伸庚基、或伸辛基(或八亞甲基)。 Specifically, when the solvent (e) is a polar solvent, it is preferably methylene, ethylene, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, or Octyl (or octamethylene).
在溶劑(e)為非極性溶媒時,較佳為八亞甲基、九亞甲基、十亞甲基、十一亞甲基、十二亞甲基、十三亞甲基、十四亞甲基、十五亞甲基、廿亞甲基、或三十亞甲基。視溶媒之極性,較佳 係組合此等。 When the solvent (e) is a non-polar solvent, it is preferably octamethylene, decamethylene, decamethylene, undecamethylene, dodecamethylene, tridecamethylene, tetradecyl methylene Methylene, pentamethylene, fluorene methylene, or trimethylene. Depending on the polarity of the solvent, it is better The combination of these.
又,在如丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯般之中極性溶媒時,較佳為伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基或伸己基。 In the case of a polar solvent such as propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, propylene, butyl, pentyl or hexyl is preferred.
如此,可列舉上式(3-5)或(3-6)所示者作為Rθ之聚酯鏈,但由合成容易度的觀點而言,較佳為上式(3-5)所示者。 As such, a polyester chain represented by the above formula (3-5) or (3-6) as R θ can be cited, but from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably represented by the above formula (3-5) By.
尚且,在聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)具有主鏈的情況,式(3-1)~(3-3)係與主鏈鍵結之親溶媒基,式中之*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵或脲鍵的羰基間的鍵結基。 In addition, in the case where the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) has a main chain, the formulae (3-1) to (3-3) are an affinity medium group bonded to the main chain, where * in the formula represents Bonding group with carbonyl group of urethane bond or urea bond in polyurethane backbone of main chain.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)可作成為例如具有上述含親溶媒基部分構造者,可作成具有1種上述含親溶媒基部分構造者,或可作成具有2種以上者。尤其是在同時具有具聚醚鏈之含親溶媒基部分構造、與具聚酯鏈之含親溶媒基部分構造時,分散效果更加增大,故較佳。 The polyurethane dispersant (b-1) can be used, for example, as the one having the above-mentioned solvent-containing-medium-group-containing structure, or as the one having one of the above-mentioned hydrophilic-medium-group-containing structure, or two or more of them. In particular, when having a structure containing a hydrophilic solvent-containing moiety having a polyether chain and a structure containing a hydrophilic solvent-containing moiety having a polyester chain at the same time, the dispersion effect is further increased, which is preferable.
具聚酯鏈之含親溶媒基部分構造相對於具聚醚鏈之含親溶媒基部分構造的質量比率,較佳為1/99以上、更佳為3/97以上、再更佳為5/95以上,且較佳為99/1以下、更佳為97/3以下、再更佳為95/5以下。 The mass ratio of the structure of the hydrophilic-medium-containing part having a polyester chain to the structure of the hydrophilic-medium-containing part having a polyether chain is preferably 1/99 or more, more preferably 3/97 or more, and still more preferably 5 / 95 or more, and preferably 99/1 or less, more preferably 97/3 or less, and even more preferably 95/5 or less.
由分散性之觀點而言,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)較佳係具有選自上式(3-1)~(3-3)之任一種部分構造,更佳係具有式(3-1)所示之部分構造。 From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) preferably has a partial structure selected from any one of the above formulae (3-1) to (3-3), and more preferably has Partial structure shown by formula (3-1).
同樣地,由分散性的觀點而言,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中之含親溶媒基部分構造的含有比例,較佳為5質量%以上、 更佳為10質量%以上、再更佳為20質量%以上、又更佳為30質量%以上、特佳為40質量%以上、最佳為50質量%以上,且較佳為90質量%以下、更佳為80質量%以下、再更佳為70質量%以下。 Similarly, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, the content ratio of the hydrophilic vehicle-group-containing portion structure in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is preferably 5% by mass or more, It is more preferably 10% by mass or more, even more preferably 20% by mass or more, still more preferably 30% by mass or more, particularly preferably 40% by mass or more, most preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass or less It is more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)除了親溶媒基及吸附基以外,亦可具有其他官能基。作為其他官能基,可列舉例如活性能量射線硬化性不飽和基等。具體而言,可列舉例如乙烯基、丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基等之不飽和基。 The polyurethane dispersant (b-1) may have other functional groups in addition to the solvent-soluble group and the adsorbing group. Examples of the other functional group include an active energy ray-curable unsaturated group. Specific examples include unsaturated groups such as a vinyl group, an acrylfluorenyl group, and a methacrylfluorenyl group.
如此,可認為藉由具有活性能量射線硬化性不飽和基,則有作成感光性組成物時提升感度的傾向;但另一方面,因認為在分散時此等官能基發生反應而有凝膠化之傾向,故由考慮到經時穩定性的顏料分散的觀點而言,較佳係不具有活性能量射線硬化性不飽和基。 In this way, it is considered that by having an active energy ray-curable unsaturated group, the sensitivity tends to be increased when a photosensitive composition is formed; on the other hand, it is considered that these functional groups react to cause gelation during dispersion From the viewpoint of pigment dispersion in consideration of stability over time, it is preferable that the active energy ray-hardening unsaturated group is not included.
本發明所使用之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的特徵在於含有上式(i)所示之部分構造。藉由含有上式(i)所示之部分構造,可將親溶媒基或吸附基、尤其是含親溶媒基部分構造或含吸附基部分構造配置於直線上,認為可提高對溶媒之相溶性及對顏料整體的吸附性。又,胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結部位中之氮原子亦有助於顏料吸附,可認為藉由與吸附基間的相乘效果,而使顏料吸附性更加良好。 The polyurethane dispersant (b-1) used in the present invention is characterized by containing a partial structure represented by the above formula (i). By including the partial structure shown in the above formula (i), a solvent-soluble or ionic group, especially a structure containing a lyophilic medium group or an absorbing-group-containing structure can be arranged on a straight line, and the compatibility with the solvent is considered to be improved. And the adsorption of the whole pigment. In addition, the nitrogen atom in the urethane bonding site also contributes to the adsorption of the pigment, and it is considered that the multiplying effect with the adsorption group makes the pigment adsorption more favorable.
尤其是在將親溶媒基設為含有聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈者的情況,於其部位與感光性樹脂組成物中之溶劑(e)呈親和而擴展於溶媒中,於分散時若顏料將發生凝集,其成為立體障礙部,而有發 揮防止顏料凝集之機能的傾向。 In particular, in the case where the hydrophilic solvent group is a group containing a polyether chain and / or a polyester chain, the solvent and the solvent (e) in the photosensitive resin composition are compatible with each other and spread in the solvent. The pigment will agglomerate, and it will become a three-dimensional obstacle. The tendency to prevent the function of pigment aggregation.
另外,若依配合溶媒極性或感光性樹脂組成物中之後述鹼可溶性樹脂(d)或光聚合性單體之極性的方式,構成聚醚鏈與聚酯鏈的極性,則鏈部分容易於溶媒中擴展、立體障礙作用變大,有分散性良好之傾向。 In addition, if the polarity of the polyether chain and the polyester chain is constituted in such a manner that the polarity of the solvent or the polarity of the alkali-soluble resin (d) or the photopolymerizable monomer described later is incorporated in the photosensitive resin composition, the chain portion is easier for the solvent The effect of medium expansion and steric hindrance becomes larger, and there is a tendency of good dispersion.
特佳係具有具聚醚鏈之親溶媒基、與具聚酯鏈之親溶媒基兩者。可認為藉由具有此等兩者,則容易將親溶媒基之極性調整為配合溶媒極性,親溶媒基於溶媒中更加擴展,立體障礙作用更加增大,得到更良好的分散狀態,有即使經過長時間後仍可穩定保持分散狀態的傾向。 Particularly preferred are both a hydrophilic vehicle group with a polyether chain and a hydrophilic vehicle group with a polyester chain. It can be considered that by having these two, it is easy to adjust the polarity of the solvent-based group to match the polarity of the solvent. The tendency to keep the dispersed state stably after time.
再者,吸附基較佳係遠離主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架。可認為藉由使特定之吸附基遠離直鏈聚胺基甲酸酯骨架,則顏料吸附時之立體障礙變少,有顏料吸附性更加提升的傾向。 Furthermore, the adsorption group is preferably a polyurethane skeleton far from the main chain. It is considered that when the specific adsorption group is kept away from the linear polyurethane frame, the steric hindrance at the time of pigment adsorption is reduced, and the pigment adsorption tends to be further improved.
藉由使用含有聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的感光性樹脂組成物,而製造應用於平板電腦或高精細顯示器等的高精細之彩色濾光片,尤其是即便於進行鹼顯影或高溫處理之步驟中亦可穩定形成細微之高細線。 By using a photosensitive resin composition containing a polyurethane dispersant (b-1), a high-definition color filter for use in a tablet computer, a high-definition display, etc. can be produced, especially for alkalis. In the step of development or high-temperature processing, fine high-fine lines can be formed stably.
為了穩定形成細微之細線,必須在鹼顯影時穩定形成此細線形狀,且在其後之由200℃以上之高溫加熱處理所進行的硬化步驟中熱變形少、穩定保持其形狀。 In order to form fine fine lines stably, the shape of the fine lines must be formed stably during alkali development, and the shape of the thin lines must be kept stable during the subsequent hardening step by a high-temperature heat treatment of 200 ° C or higher.
可認為含有聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之感光性樹脂組成物,係因顏料與分散劑間之吸附力強而對鹼顯影液的耐性變 高,故在紫外線照射後之鹼顯影時,暫時形成之細微的細線係即使在進一步浸漬於鹼顯影液中的情況下,於該細線仍可抑制顯影液滲透至其與基板密黏之部分,而可防止插陷發生、剝離發生、因浸蝕所造成之楔形狀之變形。又,可認為在顯影後以200℃以上進行高溫處理使其硬化的情況下,亦是顏料與分散性間之吸附不變弱、熱變形少,故可穩定保持細微之細線形狀。 It is considered that the photosensitive resin composition containing a polyurethane dispersant (b-1) has a resistance to an alkali developer due to strong adsorption between the pigment and the dispersant. It is high, so when the alkali is developed after ultraviolet irradiation, the fine thin lines that are temporarily formed are even in the case of further immersion in the alkali developing solution, the fine threads can still prevent the developing solution from penetrating to the part that is closely adhered to the substrate. It can prevent the occurrence of indentation, peeling, and deformation of the wedge shape caused by erosion. In addition, it is considered that even when the high-temperature treatment is performed at 200 ° C. or higher for hardening after development, the adsorption between the pigment and the dispersibility is not weakened and the thermal deformation is small, so that the fine fine line shape can be stably maintained.
可認為聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)由於具有上式(i)所示之部分構造,故如上所述,容易吸附於顏料全體,且於胺基甲酸乙酯鍵或吸附基之部分與顏料間強力吸附,可包覆顏料。 It is considered that the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) has a partial structure represented by the above formula (i), and therefore, as described above, it is easily adsorbed to the entire pigment, and is bonded to a urethane bond or an adsorption group. The strong adsorption between the part and the pigment can coat the pigment.
尤其是在將親溶媒基設為含有聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈者的情況,該親溶媒基具有朝顏料之外側擴展的機能,在製造彩色濾光片的步驟中,有與鹼可溶性樹脂或藉紫外線而交聯之光聚合性單體等良好地相溶、交纏的傾向。 In particular, when a compatible solvent group is used which contains a polyether chain and / or a polyester chain, the compatible solvent group has a function of expanding toward the outer side of the pigment, and is soluble in alkali in the step of manufacturing a color filter. The resin and the photopolymerizable monomer crosslinked by ultraviolet rays tend to be compatible and entangled.
如此,可認為藉由聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之顏料吸附性及溶媒親和性,可改善對鹼顯影液之耐性及對高溫處理之耐性。尤其是在紫外線難以到達深部而使深部之硬化較弱、碳黑等之顏料含有比例較高的感光性樹脂組成物中較為有效。 In this way, it is considered that the resistance to the alkali developer and the resistance to high-temperature processing can be improved by the pigment adsorption and solvent affinity of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). In particular, it is effective in a photosensitive resin composition in which it is difficult for ultraviolet rays to reach a deep part, and the hardening of the deep part is weak, and the content ratio of pigments such as carbon black is high.
尤其是在將作為後述之光聚合起始劑(c)之兼具有光吸收作用與自由基發生作用、少量時即具有高感度的肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1),與聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)組合使用的情況下,認為可促進光聚合性單體或鹼可溶性樹脂之由紫外線照射所造成的交聯,此等與聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑之親溶媒基間的交纏變得更加牢固,提升耐鹼顯影性及耐熱性,穩定形成細微之細線形狀。 In particular, the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1), which has both light absorption and free radical generation as a photopolymerization initiator (c) to be described later, has a high sensitivity in a small amount, and In the case where the urethane dispersant (b-1) is used in combination, it is considered that the photopolymerizable monomer or the alkali-soluble resin can promote cross-linking caused by ultraviolet irradiation, and these are dispersed with the polyurethane The entanglement between the solvent-soluble solvent groups becomes stronger, improves the alkali-resistant developing property and heat resistance, and forms a fine and fine line shape stably.
尤其是在使用較多地含有芳香環之樹脂作為鹼可溶 性樹脂的情況,藉由起因於其芳香環的高耐熱性及高耐鹼性、或3維之較大立體障礙,亦使耐熱性及耐鹼性提升,而有可更加穩定地形成細微之細線形狀的傾向。 Especially when using resins which contain more aromatic rings as alkali soluble In the case of flexible resins, due to the high heat resistance and high alkali resistance of the aromatic ring, or a large three-dimensional obstacle, the heat resistance and alkali resistance are also improved, and finer particles can be formed more stably. Thin line shape tendency.
再者,在使用碳黑等遮光劑的情況,其平均一次粒徑較小時,此聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)越容易攝入顏料,更加提升耐鹼顯影性及耐熱性,而有可更加穩定地形成細微之細線形狀的傾向。 Furthermore, when a light-shielding agent such as carbon black is used, when the average primary particle diameter is small, the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is more likely to absorb pigment, and the alkali-resistant developing property and heat resistance are more improved. It tends to form a fine fine line shape more stably.
在聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)含有具聚醚鏈之親溶媒基與具聚酯鏈之親溶媒基的兩者時,此等係容易與高分子之鹼可溶性樹脂或藉紫外線而交聯之光聚合性單體相溶、更容易交纏,故有提升對鹼顯影液之耐性及對高溫處理之耐性的傾向。 When the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) contains both a hydrophilic solvent group having a polyether chain and a hydrophilic solvent group having a polyester chain, these are easily dissolved with a polymer-based alkali-soluble resin or borrowed. Photopolymerizable monomers crosslinked by ultraviolet rays are compatible with each other and are more likely to be entangled, so there is a tendency to improve the resistance to alkali developing solution and the resistance to high temperature processing.
又,進而在聚醚鏈為具有長鏈之環氧烷的情況,係與鹼可溶性樹脂或光聚合性單體更加相溶、且容易交纏,故提升耐鹼性及耐熱性,且更佳。 Furthermore, when the polyether chain is an alkylene oxide having a long chain, it is more compatible with alkali-soluble resins or photopolymerizable monomers, and is easily entangled, so the alkali resistance and heat resistance are improved, and it is better. .
另外,吸附基較佳係遠離主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架。藉由使吸附基遠離主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架,則使此吸附基在吸附於顏料時的立體障礙變小,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)容易攝入顏料,進而有對鹼顯影液之耐性及對高溫處理之耐性增加的傾向。 In addition, the adsorption group is preferably a polyurethane skeleton far from the main chain. By keeping the adsorption group away from the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain, the steric hindrance of the adsorption group when adsorbed on the pigment is reduced, and the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) easily absorbs the pigment. Furthermore, there is a tendency that the resistance to an alkali developer and the resistance to a high-temperature treatment increase.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)係例如可使用二異氰酸酯化合物進行製造。又,吸附基可使用具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的羥基、亞胺基或硫醇基2個,且具有不與該異氰酸酯基進行反應之吸附基1個以上的化合物(以下有時稱為「吸附基導入化合物」)而 獲得。 The polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is produced using, for example, a diisocyanate compound. As the adsorbing group, a compound having two hydroxyl groups, an imine group, or a thiol group and a functional group that reacts with an isocyanate group, and one or more adsorbing groups that do not react with the isocyanate group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as For "adsorption group introduction compound") and obtain.
藉由上述吸附基導入化合物與二異氰酸酯化合物進行反應而鍵結,可形成直鏈構造之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架。又,該吸附基導入化合物中所含之吸附基,係對感光性樹脂組成物中之屬於色材(a)之顏料進行吸附的吸附基。 The above-mentioned adsorption group introduction compound reacts with the diisocyanate compound to be bonded to form a polyurethane skeleton with a linear structure. The adsorption group contained in the adsorption group-introducing compound is an adsorption group that adsorbs a pigment belonging to the color material (a) in the photosensitive resin composition.
視上述吸附基導入化合物中之特定吸附基的構造,有該吸附基成為含於聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中的情形、與成為聚胺基甲酸酯骨架之側鏈而形成鍵結於主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架的懸掛型吸附基的情形。 Depending on the structure of the specific adsorption group introduced into the compound described above, the adsorption group may be contained in the polyurethane skeleton, and may form a bond with the main chain of the polyurethane skeleton. In the case of a pendant adsorption group of a polyurethane skeleton of a chain.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵等雖然亦吸附於顏料,但藉由進一步具有吸附於顏料表面的吸附基,並使其組入至聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中、或成為聚胺基甲酸酯骨架之側鏈而形成懸掛型之吸附基,則顯示更良好的顏料吸附性。吸附基為懸掛型之吸附基時,有顏料吸附時之立體障礙較小的傾向,故較佳。關於此等細節將於後述。 Although the urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is also adsorbed on the pigment, it further has an adsorption group adsorbed on the surface of the pigment, and When it is incorporated into a polyurethane skeleton or becomes a side chain of a polyurethane skeleton to form a pendant adsorption group, it exhibits better pigment adsorption. When the adsorption group is a hanging type adsorption group, it is preferred that the three-dimensional obstacle during pigment adsorption is small. These details will be described later.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)所含有之親溶媒基,係藉由使用僅於其一末端具有羥基、亞胺基或硫醇基2個的化合物,使此2個基與異氰酸酯基進行反應而可鍵結於聚胺基甲酸酯骨架。 The hydrophilic vehicle group contained in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is obtained by using a compound having two hydroxyl groups, imine groups, or thiol groups only at one end thereof, and combining the two groups with The isocyanate group reacts to be bonded to the polyurethane skeleton.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)所含有之較佳親溶媒基之聚醚鏈,係藉由使用僅於其一末端具有羥基、亞胺基或硫醇基2個的化合物,使此2個基與異氰酸酯基進行反應而可鍵結於聚胺基甲酸酯骨架。在另一末端具有與異氰酸酯進行反應之基時,較佳係將此基藉由烷基等取代而使其不與異氰酸酯基反應。 The polyether chain of the preferred solvent vehicle group contained in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is obtained by using a compound having only two hydroxyl groups, imine groups, or thiol groups at one end. These two groups are reacted with an isocyanate group to be bonded to a polyurethane skeleton. When the other terminal has a group that reacts with an isocyanate, it is preferred that the group is substituted with an alkyl group so that the group does not react with the isocyanate group.
如此,藉由僅於單末端與二異氰酸酯化合物鍵結,使 其鍵結成由主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架依側鏈之型式延伸般(以下稱為「橫方向」),可形成親溶媒基之聚醚側鏈。關於此等之細節將於後述。 In this way, by bonding to the diisocyanate compound only at one end, the It is bonded in such a manner that the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain is extended in the form of a side chain (hereinafter referred to as the "lateral direction"), and a polyether side chain that is a solvent-based group can be formed. Details about these will be described later.
同樣地,親溶媒基所含有之較佳的聚酯鏈,亦藉由使用僅於其一末端具有羥基、亞胺基或硫醇基2個的化合物,使此2個基與異氰酸酯基進行反應而可鍵結於聚胺基甲酸酯骨架。在另一末端具有與異氰酸酯進行反應之基時,較佳係藉由取代而使其不與異氰酸酯基反應。 Similarly, the preferred polyester chain contained in the soluble vehicle group is also reacted with an isocyanate group by using a compound having only two hydroxyl groups, imine groups, or thiol groups at one end. Instead, it can be bonded to a polyurethane skeleton. When the other terminal has a group which reacts with an isocyanate, it is preferred that the group does not react with the isocyanate group by substitution.
如此,藉由僅於單末端與二異氰酸酯化合物鍵結,使其由主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架朝橫方向鍵結,可形成親溶媒基之聚酯側鏈。關於此等之細節將於後述。 In this way, by bonding to the diisocyanate compound only at the single end, and bonding it in the lateral direction from the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain, a polyester side chain of an affinity vehicle can be formed. Details about these will be described later.
成為聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之主鏈的聚胺基甲酸酯骨架,較佳係本質上為直鏈。作為用於形成此直鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架的聚異氰酸酯化合物,較佳係如上所述使用具有2個異氰酸酯基的二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)。 The polyurethane skeleton that becomes the main chain of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is preferably substantially linear in nature. As the polyisocyanate compound for forming the linear polyurethane skeleton, it is preferable to use a diisocyanate compound (b-a) having two isocyanate groups as described above.
藉由將上述二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a),與具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基2個、且具有1個以上吸附基的吸附基導入化合物(b-b),以及僅於一末端具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基2個、且含有親溶媒基的化合物(b-c)鍵結,可得到具有屬於主鏈之直鏈構造的胺基甲酸乙酯骨架、鍵結於該主鏈之親溶媒基、與吸附基的聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)。 The above-mentioned diisocyanate compound (ba) is introduced into the compound (bb) with an adsorption group having two functional groups that react with an isocyanate group and having one or more adsorption groups, and having an isocyanate group at only one end. The compound (bc) having two functional groups reacted and containing a solvent-soluble group can be bonded to obtain a urethane skeleton having a linear structure belonging to the main chain, a solvent-soluble group bonded to the main chain, and Adsorbent-based polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)係以聚胺基甲酸酯骨架作 為主幹聚合物、以親溶媒基作為分枝聚合物的接枝聚合體;較佳係具有於主幹聚合物之直鏈聚胺基甲酸酯骨架的主鏈中、或與主鏈鍵結的特定吸附基。 Polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is based on polyurethane skeleton Graft polymer having a backbone polymer and a hydrophilic vehicle as a branch polymer; preferably a backbone polymer having a linear polyurethane backbone in the backbone polymer, or a polymer bonded to the backbone Specific adsorption groups.
作為上述二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a),較佳為甲苯二異氰酸酯(TDI)、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯(IPDI)、己烷二異氰酸酯(HDI)、α,α-四甲基二甲苯二異氰酸酯(TMXDI)、二苯基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯(4,4'-MDI)、二苯基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯(2,4'-MDI)或二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯(HMDI)等之二異氰酸酯化合物,或此等之二異氰酸酯化合物的混合物。 The diisocyanate compound (ba) is preferably toluene diisocyanate (TDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), hexane diisocyanate (HDI), α, α-tetramethylxylene diisocyanate (TMXDI ), Diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate (4,4'-MDI), diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate (2,4'-MDI), or dicyclohexylmethane-4 , 4'-diisocyanate (HMDI) and other diisocyanate compounds, or a mixture of these diisocyanate compounds.
此等之中,較佳為TDI、IPDI及MDI之任一種,更佳為TDI及/或MDI。亦可使用上述具體例以外之二異氰酸酯化合物作為二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)。 Among these, any one of TDI, IPDI, and MDI is preferred, and TDI and / or MDI is more preferred. As the diisocyanate compound (b-a), a diisocyanate compound other than the above specific examples may be used.
左下例示數個二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)的化合物,藉此,可對聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)導入右下之部分構造。 The lower left is exemplified by several compounds of the diisocyanate compound (b-a), whereby the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) can be introduced into the lower right part of the structure.
上式中,*表示與胺基甲酸乙酯鍵中之氧原子、或脲鍵中之氮原子間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with an oxygen atom in a urethane bond or a nitrogen atom in a urea bond.
上述以外,若為具有2個異氰酸酯的二異氰酸酯化合物,亦可應用作為將直鏈聚胺基甲酸酯構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)。 In addition to the above, if it is a diisocyanate compound having two isocyanates, it can also be used as a diisocyanate compound (ba) for introducing a linear polyurethane structure into a polyurethane dispersant (b-1). .
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中所含之吸附基,係為了與上述二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)形成聚胺基甲酸酯骨架,可由具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基2個的吸附基導入化合物(b-b)獲得。 The adsorption group contained in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is for forming a polyurethane skeleton with the diisocyanate compound (ba), and may have a functional group 2 that reacts with the isocyanate group. Each adsorption group was obtained by introducing a compound (bb).
作為與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基,較佳為羥基或亞胺基。作為具有該官能基2個時的具體例,較佳係1個為羥基、且另一個為亞胺基的情況,或2個均為羥基的情形;更佳係2個均為羥基。 As a functional group which reacts with an isocyanate group, a hydroxyl group or an imine group is preferable. As specific examples when the functional group has two functional groups, the case where one is a hydroxyl group and the other is an imino group is preferable, or the case where both are both a hydroxyl group; and more preferably, both are a hydroxyl group.
在此化合物(b-b)除了與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基以外尚具有鹼性基的情況,此鹼性基較佳係設為不與異氰酸酯基反應者。作為具有此種鹼性基的化合物,可列舉例如脂肪族三級胺、受阻芳香族胺及脂環族或芳香族之氮雜環化合物。作為受阻芳香族胺,可列舉例如於其2位及/或6位具有立體障礙基的苯胺。 In the case where the compound (b-b) has a basic group in addition to the functional group that reacts with the isocyanate group, it is preferable that the basic group is a person that does not react with the isocyanate group. Examples of the compound having such a basic group include an aliphatic tertiary amine, a hindered aromatic amine, and an alicyclic or aromatic nitrogen heterocyclic compound. Examples of the hindered aromatic amine include aniline having a sterically hindered group at the 2-position and / or 6-position thereof.
藉由此化合物(b-b)與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)所造成的胺基甲酸乙酯鍵及/或脲鍵,可將上式(1)、(2-1)、(2-2)或(2-3)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)。 With the urethane bond and / or urea bond caused by the compound (bb) and the diisocyanate compound (ba), the above formula (1), (2-1), (2-2) or ( Part of the structure shown in 2-3) was introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
可使式(1)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散 劑(b-1)的化合物(b-b),可列舉與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基均為羥基者。此2個羥基與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)之2個異氰酸酯基係進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結。具體例將於後述。 Partial structure shown by formula (1) can be introduced into polyurethane dispersion Examples of the compound (b-b) of the agent (b-1) include those in which the two functional groups that react with the isocyanate group are both hydroxyl groups. These two hydroxyl groups are urethane-bonded to two isocyanate groups of the diisocyanate compound (b-a). Specific examples will be described later.
可使式(2-1)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的化合物(b-b),可列舉與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基均為羥基者。此2個羥基與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)之2個異氰酸酯基係進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結。具體例將於後述。 The compound (bb) which can introduce a part of the structure represented by the formula (2-1) into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). Examples of the two functional groups that react with the isocyanate group are hydroxyl groups. . These two hydroxyl groups are urethane-bonded to two isocyanate groups of the diisocyanate compound (b-a). Specific examples will be described later.
可使式(2-2)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的化合物(b-b),可列舉具有式(2-2)所示之部分構造中之N原子之鍵結基與氫原子經鍵結的亞胺基、O原子之鍵結基與氫原子經鍵結的羥基者。此亞胺基及羥基、與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)之2個異氰酸酯基係分別進行脲鍵結及胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結。具體例將於後述。 The partial structure represented by the formula (2-2) can be introduced into the compound (bb) of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). Examples of the partial structure represented by the formula (2-2) are listed below. An imine group having a bond between a N atom and a hydrogen atom, and a hydroxyl group having a bond between a N atom and a hydrogen atom. The imine group and the hydroxyl group, and the two isocyanate groups of the diisocyanate compound (b-a) are urea-bonded and urethane-bonded, respectively. Specific examples will be described later.
可使式(2-3)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的化合物(b-b),可列舉與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基均為羥基者。此2個羥基與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)之2個異氰酸酯基係進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結。具體例將於後述。 The compound (bb) which can introduce a part of the structure represented by the formula (2-3) into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). Examples of the two functional groups which react with the isocyanate group are hydroxyl groups. . These two hydroxyl groups are urethane-bonded to two isocyanate groups of the diisocyanate compound (b-a). Specific examples will be described later.
在化合物(b-b)為將式(1)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的化合物時,藉由化合物(b-b)之2個羥基、與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)之2個異氰酸酯的鍵結,使式(1)所示之部分構造全體之3級胺構造組入至聚胺基甲酸酯骨架。 When the compound (bb) is a compound in which a part of the structure represented by the formula (1) is introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1), the two hydroxyl groups of the compound (bb) and the diisocyanate compound are used. The bonding of the two isocyanates in (ba) allows the tertiary amine structure of the entire partial structure shown in formula (1) to be incorporated into the polyurethane skeleton.
作為此情況之具體例,可列舉N-甲基二乙醇胺 (NMDA)及N-苯基二乙醇胺(NPDA)等。 Specific examples of this case include N-methyldiethanolamine (NMDA) and N-phenyldiethanolamine (NPDA).
例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可將右下例示之構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中。此相當於上式(1)所示之部分構造。此外,若為含有式(1)所示之部分構造、且於其末端具有羥基者,亦可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的合成。又,藉由取代羥基而使用具有硫醇基或胺基等者,亦可得到類似之聚胺基甲酸酯化合物。 For example, with the compounds exemplified in the lower left, the structure exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). This corresponds to a partial structure shown in the above formula (1). In addition, as long as it has a partial structure represented by formula (1) and has a hydroxyl group at its terminal, it can also be applied to the synthesis of a polyurethane dispersant (b-1). In addition, by using a thiol group, an amine group, or the like in place of a hydroxyl group, a similar polyurethane compound can be obtained.
上式中,*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
在吸附基導入化合物(b-b)為將上式(2-1)、(2-2)或(2-3)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的化合物時,藉由與化合物(b-b)之異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基、與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)之異氰酸酯基的鍵結,成為使屬於吸附基之式(2-1)、(2-2)或(2-3)中之Rα、Rβ、N及Rγ(Rγ')遠離聚胺基甲酸酯骨架而存在。 The compound (bb) is introduced into the adsorbing group by introducing a part of the structure represented by the above formula (2-1), (2-2), or (2-3) into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). In the case of a compound, the two functional groups that react with the isocyanate group of the compound (bb) and the isocyanate group of the diisocyanate compound (ba) are bonded to form the formulae (2-1) and (2) belonging to the adsorbing group. -2) or (2-3), R α , R β , N, and R γ (R γ ′ ) exist away from the polyurethane skeleton.
吸附基導入化合物(b-b)中,可將式(2-1)、(2-2)或(2-3)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的化合物,係基於上述<分散性提升效果>及<耐鹼顯影液提升及耐熱性提升所造成之 高細微細線的形成>所記載之理由,故較佳。 The adsorption group is introduced into the compound (bb), and a part of the structure represented by the formula (2-1), (2-2) or (2-3) can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) The compound is based on the above <dispersibility improvement effect> and <alkali-resistant developer improvement and heat resistance improvement Formation of high fine lines> The reasons described above are preferred.
將式(2-1)、(2-2)或(2-3)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的吸附基導入化合物(b-b),較佳係具有羥基及/或亞胺基,與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)之2個異氰酸酯基藉由胺基甲酸乙酯鍵及/或脲鍵進行鍵結,而形成聚胺基甲酸酯骨架。 It is preferable to introduce a partial structure represented by the formula (2-1), (2-2), or (2-3) into the adsorption group of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) into the compound (bb). It has a hydroxyl group and / or an imine group, and is bonded to two isocyanate groups of the diisocyanate compound (ba) through a urethane bond and / or a urea bond to form a polyurethane skeleton.
此時,式(2-1)、(2-2)或(2-3)所示之部分構造中之N原子、Rδ及Rε(Rε')、O、Rη、及C原子係組入至聚胺基甲酸酯骨架,但屬於3級胺之Rα、Rβ、N及Rγ(Rγ')的吸附基則藉由鍵結於聚胺基甲酸酯骨架而由聚胺基甲酸酯骨架遠離。其結果,3級胺之氮原子係由聚胺基甲酸酯骨架上之最接近之原子隔著至少1個原子。 At this time, the N atom, R δ and R ε (R ε ' ), O, R η , and C atom in the partial structure represented by formula (2-1), (2-2), or (2-3) It is incorporated into the polyurethane skeleton, but the R α , R β , N, and R γ (R γ ′ ) adsorbing groups belonging to the tertiary amine are bonded to the polyurethane skeleton. Away from the polyurethane backbone. As a result, the nitrogen atom of the tertiary amine is at least one atom separated by the closest atom on the polyurethane skeleton.
如此,由主鏈之直鏈構造之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架遠離而朝橫方向鍵結的3級胺,有對顏料表面具有更良好之吸附機能的傾向。3級胺亦可一部分或全部進行4級化,作成為4級銨鹽。 In this way, the tertiary amine having a polyurethane skeleton structured from a linear structure of the main chain is far away and is bonded in the horizontal direction, which tends to have a better adsorption function on the pigment surface. The tertiary amine may be partially or completely quaternized to form a quaternary ammonium salt.
作為4級銨鹽,可列舉例如式(2-1')、(2-2')或(2-3')所示之部分構造中之屬於Rα、Rβ、RA、N+及Rγ(Rγ')的吸附基。 Examples of the fourth-order ammonium salts include those belonging to R α , R β , R A , N + and R α in a partial structure represented by the formula (2-1 ′), (2-2 ′), or (2-3 ′). Adsorption group for R γ (R γ ' ).
此時,上述吸附基係藉由鍵結於聚胺基甲酸酯骨架而由聚胺基甲酸酯骨架遠離,其結果,4級銨鹽基之氮原子係由聚胺基甲酸酯骨架上最接近之原子隔著至少1個原子。 At this time, the above-mentioned adsorption group is separated from the polyurethane skeleton by being bonded to the polyurethane skeleton, and as a result, the nitrogen atom system of the fourth-order ammonium salt is composed of the polyurethane skeleton. The closest atom is separated by at least 1 atom.
此等吸附基導入化合物(b-b)中,可將式(2-1)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中的化合物的具體例,可列舉如以下之例,但此外,若含有式(2-1)所示之部分構造、且於其末端具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基2個,則亦可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)。 Specific examples of the compounds in which these adsorption groups are introduced into the compound (bb) and the partial structure represented by the formula (2-1) can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) include the following However, if it contains a partial structure represented by formula (2-1) and has two functional groups that react with an isocyanate group at its terminal, it can also be applied to a polyurethane dispersant ( b-1).
式(2-1)所示之部分構造係由具有至少1個以上3級胺 基、且具有1個羥基的化合物(b-b1)等所獲得。其具體之反應例如以下所示。 Part of the structure shown in formula (2-1) is composed of at least one tertiary amine. And a compound (b-b1) having one hydroxyl group and one hydroxyl group. The specific reaction is shown below.
首先,使上述化合物(b-b1)之羥基,與甲苯二異氰酸酯等之含有2個異氰酸酯基之化合物的一個異氰酸酯基反應。接著,使另一個異氰酸酯基,與二乙醇胺等之含有1個2級胺基及至少2個活性羥基的化合物中的2級胺基反應。藉此,可於化合物(b-b1)中導入2個羥基。 First, the hydroxyl group of the compound (b-b1) is reacted with one isocyanate group of a compound containing two isocyanate groups, such as toluene diisocyanate. Next, another isocyanate group is reacted with a secondary amine group in a compound containing one secondary amine group and at least two reactive hydroxyl groups, such as diethanolamine. Thereby, two hydroxyl groups can be introduced into the compound (b-b1).
例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此相當於上式(2-1)所示之部分構造。 For example, the structure exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) by using the compound exemplified in the lower left. This corresponds to a partial structure shown in the above formula (2-1).
上式中,*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
又,導入式(2-1)所示之部分構造的化合物,亦可依以下方法獲得。具體而言,係使具有至少1個以上3級胺基、且具有乙烯性不飽和基之化合物,與二乙醇胺等之含有1個2級胺基及至少2個活性羥基的化合物的2級胺基進行邁可加成。 Moreover, a compound having a partial structure introduced by the formula (2-1) can also be obtained by the following method. Specifically, a compound having at least one tertiary amine group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, and a secondary amine such as diethanolamine and a compound containing one secondary amine group and at least two reactive hydroxyl groups are used. Based on Michael's bonus.
例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此相當於上式(2-1)所示之部分構造。 For example, the structure exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) by using the compound exemplified in the lower left. This corresponds to a partial structure shown in the above formula (2-1).
[化51]
上式中,*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
又,導入式(2-1)所示之部分構造的化合物,亦可依以下方法獲得。例如,使具有3級胺基與1個羥基之化合物,與具有異氰酸酯基與丙烯醯氧基之化合物進行反應,藉由使羥基與異氰酸酯基進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結,可於具有3級胺基之化合物中導入不飽和基,再使其與二乙醇胺之2級胺基進行邁可加成的方法等。藉此方法,亦可導入2個羥基。 Moreover, a compound having a partial structure introduced by the formula (2-1) can also be obtained by the following method. For example, a compound having a tertiary amine group and one hydroxyl group can be reacted with a compound having an isocyanate group and an acryloxy group, and a urethane bond can be formed between the hydroxyl group and the isocyanate group. A method of introducing an unsaturated group into an amine-based compound and subjecting it to a secondary amine group of diethanolamine by Michael addition. In this way, two hydroxyl groups can also be introduced.
又,作為導入式(2-1)所示之部分構造的化合物有如以下般之化合物。藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此亦相當於上式(2-1)所示之部分構造。此外,若含有式(2-1)所示之部分構造、且於其末端具有2個羥基,則亦可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的合成。 In addition, as the compound having a partial structure introduced by the formula (2-1), there are the following compounds. With the compounds exemplified in the lower left, the structures exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). This also corresponds to a partial structure shown in the above formula (2-1). In addition, if it contains a partial structure represented by formula (2-1) and has two hydroxyl groups at its ends, it can also be applied to the synthesis of a polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
上式中,*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
又,導入式(2-2)所示之部分構造的化合物,可依以下方法獲得。具體而言,係藉中於二甲胺基丙胺等之具有1個3級胺 基與1個1級胺基之化合物中,使丙烯酸羥乙酯等之具有1個羥基與乙烯性不飽和基的化合物進行邁可加成而獲得。藉此,得到具有藉由乙烯性不飽和基與1級胺基之邁可加成所獲得的亞胺基、與羥基的化合物。 In addition, a compound having a partial structure introduced by the formula (2-2) can be obtained by the following method. Specifically, it is based on a tertiary amine in dimethylaminopropylamine, etc. Among the compounds having a primary group and one primary amine group, a compound having one hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated group such as hydroxyethyl acrylate can be obtained by Michael addition. Thus, a compound having an imine group and a hydroxyl group obtained by the Michael addition of an ethylenically unsaturated group and a primary amine group was obtained.
又,同樣地,藉由單乙醇胺等具有1個羥基與1級胺基的化合物,與2-(二甲胺基)-丙烯酸乙酯等具有1個3級胺基與乙烯性不飽和基的化合物的邁可加成,亦可得到具有3級胺基之吸附基、羥基及亞胺基的化合物。 Similarly, a compound having one hydroxyl group and a primary amine group such as monoethanolamine and a compound having one tertiary amine group and an ethylenically unsaturated group such as 2- (dimethylamino) -ethyl acrylate and the like are used. The Michael addition of the compound can also obtain a compound having a tertiary amine group adsorption group, a hydroxyl group, and an imine group.
例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此相當於上式(2-2)所示之部分構造。此外,若含有上式(2-2)所示之部分構造、且於其末端具有1個羥基及亞胺基,則亦可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)。 For example, the structure exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) by using the compound exemplified in the lower left. This corresponds to a partial structure shown in the above formula (2-2). Moreover, if it contains a partial structure shown by the said Formula (2-2), and has a hydroxyl group and an imine group in the terminal, it can also be used for a polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
上式中,與氧原子鄰接之*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基;與氮原子鄰接之*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之脲鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * adjacent to an oxygen atom represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in a polyurethane skeleton of the main chain; and * adjacent to a nitrogen atom represents polymerization with a main chain A bonding group between carbonyl groups of a urea bond in a urethane skeleton.
又,作為具有式(2-3)所示之部分構造的化合物有如以下化合物。例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此相當於上式(2-3)所示之部分構 造。 In addition, as the compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (2-3), there are the following compounds. For example, the structure exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) by using the compound exemplified in the lower left. This is equivalent to the partial structure shown in the above formula (2-3) Made.
上式中,*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
此外,若含有上式(2-3)所示之部分構造、其末端具有2個羥基,則可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的合成。 In addition, if it contains a partial structure represented by the above formula (2-3) and its terminal has two hydroxyl groups, it can be applied to the synthesis of a polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
例如,替代上述化合物之2個羥基,而取代了2個1級及/或2級胺基的化合物,亦可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的合成。其他,含有特定之吸附基1個以上、並取代了2個1級及/或2級胺基的化合物,亦可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的合成。又,可將僅具有1個羥基之化合物(b-b-1)、與來自硫甘油反應而由式(2-3)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1-1)。 For example, a compound that replaces two hydroxyl groups of the above-mentioned compound and has substituted two primary and / or secondary amine groups can also be applied to the synthesis of a polyurethane dispersant (b-1). In addition, compounds containing one or more specific adsorbing groups and replacing two primary and / or secondary amine groups may also be used in the synthesis of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). In addition, the compound (bb-1) having only one hydroxyl group can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1- by reacting with thioglycerol and having a partial structure represented by formula (2-3). 1).
其具體之反應例係如以下所述。首先,使上述化合物(b-b1)的羥基,與甲苯二異氰酸酯等之含有2個異氰酸酯的化合物的一個異氰酸酯基進行反應。 Specific reaction examples are as follows. First, a hydroxyl group of the compound (b-b1) is reacted with one isocyanate group of a compound containing two isocyanates, such as toluene diisocyanate.
接著,使另一個異氰酸酯基,與硫甘油等含有1個活性硫醇基及至少2個活性羥基的化合物的活性硫醇基進行反應。藉此,可於化合物(b-b1)導入2個羥基。 Next, the other isocyanate group is reacted with an active thiol group of a compound containing one active thiol group and at least two active hydroxyl groups, such as thioglycerin. Thereby, two hydroxyl groups can be introduced into the compound (b-b1).
例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分 散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此相當於上式(2-3)所示之部分構造。 For example, the compounds The powder exemplified below is introduced into the powder (b-1). This corresponds to a partial structure shown in the above formula (2-3).
上式中,*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
藉由使用含有氮原子之雜環化合物作為化合物(b-b),可對聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)賦予良好之顏料吸附機能。作為在使此等含有氮原子之雜環組入至聚胺基甲酸酯骨架時之用於導入該含氮原子之雜環基的化合物、與所導入之構造的具體例,可列舉如以下者。 By using a heterocyclic compound containing a nitrogen atom as the compound (b-b), it is possible to impart a good pigment adsorption function to the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). Specific examples of the compound for introducing the nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic group when the heterocyclic group containing such a nitrogen atom is incorporated into the polyurethane skeleton and the structure to be introduced are as follows: By.
例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此外,亦可使用與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基為直接鍵結於雜環上之相異位置、或經由1~10個原子鍵結於雜環上之相異位置的化合物。 For example, the structure exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) by using the compound exemplified in the lower left. In addition, a compound in which two functional groups that react with an isocyanate group are directly bonded to a heterocyclic position at a heterocyclic ring, or a compound having a heterocyclic position bonded to the heterocyclic ring through 1 to 10 atoms can also be used.
上式中,*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
又,在含氮原子雜環基為由主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架經由至少1個以上原子隔離時,可使用如以下般之化合物。例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。 When the nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic group is separated from at least one atom by a polyurethane skeleton of the main chain, the following compounds can be used. For example, the structure exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) by using the compound exemplified in the lower left.
此外,亦可使用含有在含氮原子之雜環化合物的環、與經由1~20個原子鍵結之1根側鏈之末端與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基2個的化合物。 In addition, a compound containing two functional groups that react with a ring of a heterocyclic compound containing a nitrogen atom and an end of one side chain bonded through 1 to 20 atoms with an isocyanate group can also be used.
[化57]
與氧原子鄰接之*係表示與聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基;與氮原子鄰接之*係表示與聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之脲鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 The * adjacent to an oxygen atom represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in a polyurethane skeleton; the * adjacent to a nitrogen atom represents an atom in a polyurethane skeleton A bonding group between carbonyl groups of a urea bond.
此等化合物亦可藉由與上式(2-1)或(2-2)所示之部分構造相同的方法而獲得。又,在相當於上式(2-3)所示之部分構造的3級胺基之部分為含有氮原子之雜環化合物之構造的情況,亦同樣有效,可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)。 These compounds can also be obtained by the same method as the partial structure shown by the above formula (2-1) or (2-2). In addition, the case where the part of the tertiary amine group corresponding to the partial structure represented by the above formula (2-3) is a heterocyclic compound containing a nitrogen atom is also effective, and can be applied to polyurethane Dispersant (b-1).
此等情況下,化合物(b-b)之含有氮原子之雜環化合物,係形成由聚胺基甲酸酯骨架遠離至少1個以上原子的懸掛型吸 附基。聚胺基甲酸酯化合物(b-1-1)含有此懸掛型吸附基者,係基於上述<分散性提升效果>及<耐鹼顯影液提升及耐熱性提升所造成之高細微細線的形成>所述之理由,故較佳。 In these cases, the heterocyclic compound containing a nitrogen atom of the compound (b-b) is formed as a pendant type adsorbed by a polyurethane skeleton away from at least one atom. Attachment. Polyurethane compounds (b-1-1) containing this pendant adsorption group are formed based on the above-mentioned <dispersibility improvement effect> and <alkaline-resistant developing solution improvement and heat resistance improvement due to the formation of high fine lines > The reason described above is preferred.
用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)合成的吸附基導入化合物(b-b),亦可藉由其他公知一般方法而獲得。 The adsorption group introducing compound (b-b) used for the synthesis of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) can also be obtained by other known general methods.
作為於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入4級銨鹽基的方法,可列舉例如,首先,藉由使用用於導入式(2-1)~(2-3)所示之部分構造的化合物,於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入3級胺基,接著使用已知之任意4級化劑對該3級胺基進行4級化的方法。 As a method for introducing a fourth-order ammonium salt group into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1), for example, first, by using the formula (2-1) to (2-3), The partially structured compound shown is a method in which a tertiary amine group is introduced into a polyurethane dispersant (b-1), and then the tertiary amine group is quaternized using any known quaternary agent.
較佳之4級化劑有烷基鹵化物、芳烷基鹵化物、二烷基硫酸酯、二烷基碳酸酯或環氧化物。特佳之4級化劑為二甲基硫酸酯、氯化苄基或氧化苯乙烯。3級胺基可一部分4級銨鹽化,亦可全部之3級胺基進行4級銨鹽化。 Preferred grade 4 agents are alkyl halides, aralkyl halides, dialkyl sulfates, dialkyl carbonates or epoxides. Particularly preferred grade 4 agents are dimethyl sulfate, benzyl chloride or styrene oxide. Part of the tertiary amine group can be partially salified with quaternary ammonium, or all tertiary amine groups can be hydrolyzed with tertiary ammonium.
又,此等3級胺基亦可與已知之任意有機酸化合物形成鹽。較佳之有機酸化合物有乙烯基磺酸等有機磺酸化合物、磷酸二甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯或苯膦酸等之有機磷酸化合物等。 These tertiary amine groups may form salts with any known organic acid compound. Preferred organic acid compounds include organic sulfonic acid compounds such as vinyl sulfonic acid, organic phosphonium compounds such as dimethyl propylene ethoxyethyl phosphate, and phenylphosphonic acid.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架之主鏈、與鍵結於其側方之橫方向之親溶媒基的側鏈,可藉由使僅於單末端含有具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基2個之親溶媒基的化合物 (b-c)、與上述二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)進行反應而獲得。 The main chain of the polyurethane skeleton in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1), and the side chain of the affinity vehicle group bonded in the lateral direction to the side thereof can be made only by Compound containing at the single end a hydrophilic solvent group having two functional groups that react with an isocyanate group (b-c) obtained by reacting with the diisocyanate compound (b-a).
作為與化合物(b-c)之異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基,較佳為羥基及/或亞胺基,更佳係1個為羥基、且另一個為亞胺基,或2個均為羥基,再更佳係2個均為羥基。 As the two functional groups reacting with the isocyanate group of the compound (bc), a hydroxyl group and / or an imine group are preferred, and one is a hydroxyl group and the other is an imine group, or both are hydroxyl groups. Even more preferably, the two are hydroxyl groups.
以下針對在聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之親溶媒基為含有聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈的情況,尤其是具有上式(3-1)~(3-3)所示之部分構造的情況進行詳述。 The following is a case where the hydrophilic vehicle group of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) contains a polyether chain and / or a polyester chain, and particularly has the formulae (3-1) to (3-3) above. The structure of the part shown is described in detail.
藉由化合物(b-c)與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)的胺基甲酸乙酯鍵、或脲鍵,可將上式(3-1)、(3-2)或(3-3)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)。 By the urethane bond or the urea bond of the compound (bc) and the diisocyanate compound (ba), the part represented by the above formula (3-1), (3-2) or (3-3) The structure was introduced into a polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
可使式(3-1)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的化合物(b-c)中之與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基均為羥基,且此2個羥基與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)之2個異氰酸酯基係進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結。具體例將於後述。 The two functional groups capable of reacting with the isocyanate group in the compound (bc) in which the partial structure represented by the formula (3-1) is introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1), and These two hydroxyl groups are urethane-bonded to two isocyanate groups of the diisocyanate compound (ba). Specific examples will be described later.
可使式(3-2)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的化合物(b-c),與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基為亞胺基及羥基,亞胺基與異氰酸酯基進行脲鍵結,且羥基與異氰酸酯基進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結。具體例將於後述。 The compound (bc) capable of introducing a part of the structure represented by the formula (3-2) into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1), and the two functional groups that react with the isocyanate group are an imine group and a hydroxyl group. The imine group is urea-bonded with the isocyanate group, and the hydroxyl group is urethane-bonded with the isocyanate group. Specific examples will be described later.
可使式(3-3)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的化合物(b-c)之與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基均為羥基,且此2個羥基與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)之2個異氰酸酯基係進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結。具體例將於後述。 The two functional groups capable of reacting with the isocyanate group of the compound (bc) in which the partial structure represented by the formula (3-3) is introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) are both hydroxyl groups. Two hydroxyl groups are bonded to two isocyanate groups of the diisocyanate compound (ba). Specific examples will be described later.
接著,針對在聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中用於導入親溶媒基的化合物(b-c)進行說明。 Next, the compound (b-c) for introducing a solvent-compatible group into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) will be described.
此化合物(b-c)若於兩末端含有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基,則在聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之合成時,該官能基與其他殘留之異氰酸酯基鍵結,而有妨礙直鏈聚胺基甲酸酯骨架於側方鍵結之橫方向側鏈之形成的可能性。因此,化合物(b-c)較佳係於單末端之外不含有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基。 If the compound (bc) contains functional groups that react with isocyanate groups at both ends, the functional groups are bonded to other residual isocyanate groups during the synthesis of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). On the other hand, there is a possibility that the formation of the side chain of the linear polyurethane skeleton in the lateral direction of the side bond may be prevented. Therefore, it is preferable that the compound (b-c) does not contain a functional group which reacts with an isocyanate group other than a single terminal.
因此,在於與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基相反的末端,具有羥基等之與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基時,較佳係使該羥基等以不與異氰酸酯基進行反應的方式取代。更佳係使該羥基之氫原子以烷基取代,而成為烷氧基。 Therefore, when the functional group which reacts with an isocyanate group at the opposite end of the two functional groups which reacts with an isocyanate group has a functional group which reacts with an isocyanate group, it is preferable that the hydroxyl group etc. are substituted so that it may not react with an isocyanate group. More preferably, the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is substituted with an alkyl group to form an alkoxy group.
特佳係對上述羥基之氫原子進行取代之烷基為碳數1~50之烷基。烷基可為任意之分枝鏈的烷基或環烷基,亦可替代烷基而導入芳基或芳烷基。 Particularly preferred is an alkyl group in which a hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group is substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be an arbitrary branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group or an aralkyl group may be introduced instead of the alkyl group.
作為環烷基,較佳為環丙基、環己基等之碳數3~6的環烷基。作為芳基,較佳為亦可藉鹵原子、碳數1~20之烷基或碳數1~20之烷氧基所取代的萘基、苯基等之碳數6~10的芳基。 The cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group and a cyclohexyl group. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms such as a naphthyl group or a phenyl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
作為芳烷基,較佳係氫原子亦可藉由鹵素、碳數1~20之烷基或碳數1~20之烷氧基所取代的2-苯乙基、或苄基。 The aralkyl group is preferably a 2-phenethyl group or a benzyl group substituted by a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
含有聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈之化合物的末端烷基的鏈長,可視感光性樹脂組成物所含之溶劑(e)的性質而適當選擇。例如,在(e)溶劑為極性有機溶劑時,上述末端烷基較佳係可為直鏈或分枝鏈的碳數1~12烷基。作為烷基之具體例,可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基及異丙基。 The chain length of the terminal alkyl group of the compound containing a polyether chain and / or polyester chain can be appropriately selected depending on the nature of the solvent (e) contained in the photosensitive resin composition. For example, when the solvent (e) is a polar organic solvent, the above-mentioned terminal alkyl group may preferably be a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and an isopropyl group.
在聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)含有聚醚側鏈的情況,由容易自市場取得的觀點而言,較佳係末端烷基為碳數1~4之烷基, 更佳為甲基。另一方面,在(e)溶劑為非極性有機溶劑的情況,上述末端烷基之碳數較佳為8以上。 When the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) contains a polyether side chain, from the viewpoint of being easily available from the market, it is preferred that the terminal alkyl group is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred is methyl. On the other hand, when the (e) solvent is a non-polar organic solvent, the carbon number of the terminal alkyl group is preferably 8 or more.
親溶媒基所含之聚醚鏈之聚環氧烷鏈的部分(其中,不含末端烷基),較佳係碳數2~4聚環氧烷。碳數2~4之聚環氧烷所含之聚環氧烷的含量,由基板密黏性的觀點而言,較佳為60質量%以下、更佳為40質量%以下、特佳為20質量%以下,再更佳為不含有聚環氧烷。 The portion of the polyalkylene oxide chain of the polyether chain (which does not contain a terminal alkyl group) contained in the soluble vehicle group is preferably a polyalkylene oxide having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The content of the polyalkylene oxide contained in the polyalkylene oxide having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 20 in terms of substrate adhesion. Mass% or less, and even more preferably, it does not contain polyalkylene oxide.
碳數2~4之聚環氧烷鏈部分,亦可藉由環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷或環氧丁烷等之環氧烷的(共)聚合、或由四氫呋喃而獲得。在共聚合的情況,可為無規共聚物或嵌段共聚物。又,聚環氧烷部分可為直鏈或分枝鏈。 The polyalkylene oxide chain part having 2 to 4 carbon atoms can also be obtained by (co) polymerization of an alkylene oxide such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, or butylene oxide, or from tetrahydrofuran. In the case of copolymerization, it may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer. The polyalkylene oxide portion may be a straight chain or a branched chain.
聚環氧烷部分由提升分散經時穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為聚環氧丙烷。聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之親溶媒基所含之聚醚鏈,由提升分散性的觀點而言,較佳為具有碳數1~10之烷基作為末端烷基,且具有碳數2~4之聚環氧烷者;此時,末端烷基更佳為甲基、或丁基。 From the viewpoint of improving the stability of dispersion over time, the polyalkylene oxide is preferably polypropylene oxide. From the viewpoint of improving dispersibility, the polyether chain contained in the hydrophilic vehicle group of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms as a terminal alkyl group. Those having a polyalkylene oxide having 2 to 4 carbon atoms; in this case, the terminal alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group or a butyl group.
屬於親溶媒基之聚酯鏈,較佳可由含有1~26個碳原子之羥基羧酸或其內酯而獲得。羥基羧酸之種類可視感光性樹脂組成物所含之溶劑(e)的性質而適當選擇。 The polyester chain belonging to the solvent-soluble group is preferably obtained from a hydroxycarboxylic acid or a lactone containing 1 to 26 carbon atoms. The type of the hydroxycarboxylic acid is appropriately selected depending on the nature of the solvent (e) contained in the photosensitive resin composition.
在(e)溶劑為極性有機溶劑時,羥基羧酸較佳係最多含有8個碳原子;在有機介質為非極性有機液體時,羥基羧酸較佳係含有超過8個碳原子。 When (e) the solvent is a polar organic solvent, the hydroxycarboxylic acid preferably contains a maximum of 8 carbon atoms; when the organic medium is a non-polar organic liquid, the hydroxycarboxylic acid preferably contains more than 8 carbon atoms.
聚酯鏈係為了有助於有機介質之溶解性,較佳係由2種以上相異之羥基羧酸或其內酯所獲得。羥基羧酸可為飽和或不飽 和,且可為直鏈或分枝鏈。 The polyester chain is preferably obtained from two or more different hydroxycarboxylic acids or their lactones in order to contribute to the solubility of the organic medium. Hydroxycarboxylic acids can be saturated or unsaturated And may be straight or branched.
適當之羥基羧酸的例子有乙醇酸、乳酸、5-羥基纈草酸、6-羥基己酸、蓖麻油酸、12-羥基硬脂酸、12-羥基十二烷酸、5-羥基十二烷酸、5-羥基癸酸及4-羥基癸酸。 Examples of suitable hydroxycarboxylic acids are glycolic acid, lactic acid, 5-hydroxyvaleric acid, 6-hydroxyhexanoic acid, ricinoleic acid, 12-hydroxystearic acid, 12-hydroxydodecanoic acid, 5-hydroxydodecane Acid, 5-hydroxydecanoic acid and 4-hydroxydecanoic acid.
適當之內酯的例子有β-丙內酯及任意由碳數1~6之烷基所取代之δ-戊內酯及ε-己內酯。例如,β-甲基-δ-戊內酯、δ-戊內酯、ε-己內酯、2-甲基、3-甲基、4-甲基-、5-第三丁基、7-甲基-4,4,6-三甲基及4,6,6-三甲基-ε己內酯與此等之混合物。 Examples of suitable lactones are β-propiolactone and δ-valerolactone and ε-caprolactone optionally substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. For example, β-methyl-δ-valerolactone, δ-valerolactone, ε-caprolactone, 2-methyl, 3-methyl, 4-methyl-, 5-third butyl, 7- Methyl-4,4,6-trimethyl and 4,6,6-trimethyl-εcaprolactone and mixtures thereof.
由δ-戊內酯及ε-己內酯所衍生之聚酯鏈為特佳。 Polyester chains derived from δ-valerolactone and ε-caprolactone are particularly preferred.
屬於親溶媒基之聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈的橫方向側鏈,可由單一之單體所構成,或可由複數之單體成分所構成。又,聚醚鏈亦可含有聚酯部分,相反地,聚酯鏈亦可含有聚醚部分。 The lateral side chains of the polyether chain and / or the polyester chain which belong to the solvent-based group may be composed of a single monomer or may be composed of a plurality of monomer components. Moreover, a polyether chain may contain a polyester part, Conversely, a polyester chain may contain a polyether part.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中之親溶媒基之聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈的數量平均分子量,較佳為10,000以下、更佳為4,000以下、再更佳為2,500以下。聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈之數量平均分子量較佳為300以上、更佳為600以上、再更佳為800以上。藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可提升基板密黏性的傾向,又,藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可提升分散性的傾向。 The number average molecular weight of the hydrophilic vehicle-based polyether chain and / or polyester chain in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 4,000 or less, and even more preferably 2,500 the following. The number average molecular weight of the polyether chain and / or polyester chain is preferably 300 or more, more preferably 600 or more, and even more preferably 800 or more. When it is below the above-mentioned upper limit value, the adhesiveness of the substrate tends to be improved, and when it is above the above-mentioned lower limit value, the dispersibility tends to be improved.
接著,針對在化合物(b-c)之聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈之單末端導入與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基的方法進行說明。 Next, a method of introducing two functional groups that react with an isocyanate group at the single terminal of the polyether chain and / or polyester chain of the compound (b-c) will be described.
在聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈之單末端導入與化合物(b-a)之異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基時,有數種方法。藉此,上述聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈係藉由單末端之2個官能基與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)鍵結而形成屬於聚胺基甲酸酯骨架的主鏈,並可形成聚醚鏈及 /或聚酯鏈之親溶媒基的側鏈。 There are several methods for introducing two functional groups that react with the isocyanate group of the compound (b-a) at the single terminal of the polyether chain and / or polyester chain. As a result, the above polyether chain and / or polyester chain are bonded to a diisocyanate compound (ba) by two functional groups at a single end to form a main chain belonging to a polyurethane skeleton, and can form a polymer Ether chain and And / or a side chain of a hydrophilic medium of a polyester chain.
在橫方向親溶媒基之側鏈為含有聚醚鏈的情況,含有親溶媒基之聚醚鏈的化合物(b-c),較佳係於單末端具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個羥基,或具有1個羥基及1個亞胺基。羥基及亞胺基較佳係最多相隔著6個碳原子。在化合物(b-c)含有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個羥基的情況,此等較佳係最多相隔著17個原子。 In the case where the side chain of the solvent-compatible group in the horizontal direction contains a polyether chain, the compound (bc) containing a solvent-containing polyether chain preferably has two hydroxyl groups which react with an isocyanate group at one end, or 1 hydroxyl group and 1 imino group. The hydroxyl and imino groups are preferably separated by a maximum of 6 carbon atoms. In the case where the compound (b-c) contains two hydroxyl groups which react with an isocyanate group, these are preferably separated by a maximum of 17 atoms.
作為與含有聚醚鏈之化合物(b-c)的異氰酸酯基進行反應的單末端之2個官能基,而導入2個均為羥基的方法,係使用與上述化合物(b-b)中導入2個羥基的方法相同的方法。 As a method of introducing two functional groups at one terminal as one functional group reacting with an isocyanate group of a compound (bc) containing a polyether chain, a method of introducing two hydroxyl groups into the compound (bb) is used. The same way.
用於將式(3-1)所示之部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中的化合物(b-b)的具體例,可列舉如以下者。此外,若含有式(3-1)所示之部分構造、且其末端具有2個羥基,則可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之合成。 Specific examples of the compound (b-b) for introducing a partial structure represented by the formula (3-1) into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) include the followings. In addition, if it contains a partial structure represented by the formula (3-1) and its terminal has two hydroxyl groups, it can be applied to the synthesis of a polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
首先,使單末端經烷基醚化之碳數2~4之聚環氧烷鏈等的另一末端的羥基,與甲苯二異氰酸酯等之含有2個異氰酸酯基之化合物的一個異氰酸酯基進行反應。接著,使另一異氰酸酯基,與二乙醇胺等之含有1個2級胺基及至少2個活性羥基的化合物的2級胺基進行反應。藉此,可於聚環氧烷鏈之單末端中導入2個羥基。 First, a hydroxyl group at the other end of a polyalkylene oxide chain having a carbon number of 2 to 4 which is alkyl-etherified at one end is reacted with one isocyanate group of a compound containing two isocyanate groups, such as toluene diisocyanate. Next, the other isocyanate group is reacted with a secondary amine group of a compound containing one secondary amine group and at least two active hydroxyl groups, such as diethanolamine. Thereby, two hydroxyl groups can be introduced into the single terminal of the polyalkylene oxide chain.
例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此相當於式(3-1)所示之化學構造。 For example, the structure exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) by using the compound exemplified in the lower left. This corresponds to the chemical structure represented by the formula (3-1).
[化58]
上式中,*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
又,具有上式(3-1)所示之部分構造的化合物,亦可依以下方法獲得。作為於含有聚醚鏈之化合物(b-c)之單末端中導入2個羥基的方法,亦有於聚(環氧烷)丙烯酸酯中使二乙醇胺進行邁可加成的方法。其具體例係如下所述。 A compound having a partial structure represented by the above formula (3-1) can also be obtained by the following method. As a method of introducing two hydroxyl groups into the single terminal of the compound (b-c) containing a polyether chain, there is also a method of subjecting diethanolamine to polyaddition in poly (alkylene oxide) acrylate. Specific examples are as follows.
藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此相當於上式(3-1)所示之部分構造。 With the compounds exemplified in the lower left, the structures exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). This corresponds to a partial structure shown in the above formula (3-1).
上式中,*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
又,在具有式(3-2)所示之部分構造的情況,亦可依以下方法獲得。 Moreover, when it has a partial structure shown by Formula (3-2), it can also be obtained by the following method.
在含有聚醚鏈之化合物(b-c)之與異氰酸酯基進行反應之單末端的2個官能基為1個羥基及1個亞胺基的情況,亦應用於上述化合物(b-b)中與導入1個羥基及1個亞胺基的方法相同的方法。具體而言,係藉由使丙烯酸羥乙酯等具有1個羥基與乙烯性不飽和基的化合物、與在聚環氧烷鏈之末端具有1個1級胺基的化合 物進行邁可加成而獲得。藉此,可得到藉由乙烯性不飽和基與胺基之邁可加成所獲得的亞胺基、與羥基丙烯酸酯中之1個羥基。 In the case where the two functional groups at the single terminal of the compound (bc) containing a polyether chain react with an isocyanate group are one hydroxyl group and one imine group, it is also applied to the compound (bb) and one introduced The method of the hydroxyl group and one imine group is the same method. Specifically, it is a compound having one hydroxyl group such as hydroxyethyl acrylate and an ethylenically unsaturated group, and a compound having one primary amine group at the end of a polyalkylene oxide chain. The thing is obtained by Michael addition. Thereby, one hydroxy group in the imine group and the hydroxy acrylate obtained by the Michael addition of an ethylenically unsaturated group and an amine group can be obtained.
又,同樣地,藉由單乙醇胺等具有1個羥基與1級胺基的化合物、與對環氧烷鏈經酯鍵結之丙烯酸酯等之具有環氧烷鏈與乙烯性不飽和基的化合物的邁可加成,亦可得到環氧烷之親溶媒部及與異氰酸酯基進行反應之羥基與亞胺基。此種化合物有如以下者。 Similarly, a compound having an alkylene oxide chain and an ethylenically unsaturated group, such as a compound having one hydroxyl group and a primary amine group, such as monoethanolamine, or an acrylate ester-bonded to an alkylene oxide chain, is used. It can also be added to the solvent of the alkylene oxide and the hydroxyl and imine groups which react with the isocyanate group. Such compounds are as follows.
例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此相當於式(3-2)所示之部分構造。此外,若含有式(3-2)所示之部分構造、且具有1個羥基及1個亞胺基,則亦可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的合成。 For example, the structure exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) by using the compound exemplified in the lower left. This corresponds to a partial structure represented by the formula (3-2). In addition, if it contains a partial structure represented by formula (3-2) and has one hydroxyl group and one imine group, it can also be applied to the synthesis of a polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
與氧原子鄰接之*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基;與氮原子鄰接之*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之脲鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 An * adjacent to an oxygen atom represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in a polyurethane skeleton of the main chain; an * adjacent to a nitrogen atom represents a polycarbamic acid to the main chain A bonding group between carbonyl groups of a urea bond in an ester backbone.
又,在相當於上式(3-3)所示之部分構造的構造的情況,亦同樣具有有效之效果,可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1-1)的合成。 In addition, in the case of a structure corresponding to a partial structure represented by the above formula (3-3), it also has an effective effect and can be applied to the synthesis of a polyurethane dispersant (b-1-1).
導入上式(3-3)所示之部分構造的化合物,係單末端具有2個羥基的化合物。上式(3-3)所示之部分構造係例如使用末端具有1個羥基的聚醚、與二異氰酸酯化合物及硫甘油而獲得。其具體 之反應例係如以下所述。 The partially introduced compound represented by the above formula (3-3) is a compound having two hydroxyl groups at one end. The partial structure represented by the above formula (3-3) is obtained by using, for example, a polyether having one hydroxyl group at a terminal, a diisocyanate compound, and thioglycerin. Its specific The reaction examples are as follows.
首先,使末端具有1個羥基之聚醚的羥基,與甲苯二異氰酸酯等之含有2個異氰酸酯的化合物的一個異氰酸酯基進行反應。接著,使另一個異氰酸酯基,與硫甘油等之含有1個活性硫醇基及至少2個活性羥基的化合物的活性硫醇基進行反應。藉此,可得到於聚醚之單末端中導入了2個羥基的化合物。 First, a hydroxyl group of a polyether having one hydroxyl group at a terminal is reacted with one isocyanate group of a compound containing two isocyanates, such as toluene diisocyanate. Next, another isocyanate group is reacted with an active thiol group of a compound containing one active thiol group and at least two active hydroxyl groups, such as thioglycerin. This makes it possible to obtain a compound having two hydroxyl groups introduced into a single end of the polyether.
例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此相當於上式(3-3)所示之部分構造。 For example, the structure exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) by using the compound exemplified in the lower left. This corresponds to a partial structure shown in the above formula (3-3).
上式中,*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
將上式(3-3)所示之構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的化合物,係於單末端具有2個羥基的化合物,但將上式(3-3)所示之部分構造的2個氧原子藉由2個1級及/或2級胺基所取代的化合物,亦可應用作為用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之合成的化合物(b-c)。 The compound in which the structure represented by the above formula (3-3) is introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is a compound having two hydroxyl groups at one end, but the above formula (3-3) The compound shown in the figure has two oxygen atoms substituted by two primary and / or secondary amine groups. It can also be used as a synthetic for polyurethane dispersant (b-1). Compound (bc).
使用於親溶媒基為含有聚酯鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之合成的化合物(b-c),較佳係於含有聚酯鏈之化合物的一端,含有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個羥基。其羥基較佳係最多相隔著17個原子。2個羥基特佳係相隔著5個原子以上。 The compound (bc) which is used in the synthesis of a polyurethane-based dispersant (b-1) containing a polyester chain as the solvent medium is preferably at one end of the compound containing a polyester chain and contains an isocyanate group. The two hydroxyl groups of the reaction. The hydroxyl groups are preferably at most 17 atoms apart. The two hydroxy special systems are separated by more than 5 atoms.
在聚酯鏈之末端為羥基的情況、以及為羧基的情況的任一情況下,可將與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個羥基導入至單末端。 In either the case where the terminal of the polyester chain is a hydroxyl group or the case where it is a carboxyl group, two hydroxyl groups which react with an isocyanate group can be introduced to a single terminal.
在聚酯鏈之末端為羥基的情況,可於後述屬於鏈停止化合物的含羥基化合物的存在下,使1種或複數之羥基羧酸或其內酯進行聚合而製造。 When the terminal of the polyester chain is a hydroxyl group, it can be produced by polymerizing one or a plurality of hydroxycarboxylic acids or their lactones in the presence of a hydroxyl-containing compound that is a chain-stop compound described later.
使用後述鏈停止化合物之含羥基化合物而獲得的聚酯,較佳係下式(4)所示者。 The polyester obtained by using a hydroxyl-containing compound of a chain-stopping compound described later is preferably one represented by the following formula (4).
R9O(OC-A-O)wH (4) R 9 O (OC-AO) w H (4)
式(4)中,w為5~150,R9為碳數1~50之烷基,A為碳數1~26之伸烷基、或碳數2~26之伸烯基。 In the formula (4), w is 5 to 150, R 9 is an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, and A is an alkylene group having 1 to 26 carbon atoms or an alkylene group having 2 to 26 carbon atoms.
在對式(4)之化合物於單末端導入與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個羥基時,可使用與上述之於聚醚之單末端中導入2個羥基之方法相同的方法。 When a compound of the formula (4) is introduced at the single terminal with two hydroxyl groups which react with an isocyanate group, the same method as the method described above for introducing two hydroxyl groups into the single terminal of a polyether can be used.
又,在對式(4)之化合物於單末端導入與異氰酸酯基進行反應之1個羥基與1個亞胺基時,亦可使用上述之對聚醚之單末端導入1個羥基與1個亞胺基之方法相同的方法。 In addition, when a compound of the formula (4) is introduced at one end with one hydroxyl group and one imine group to react with an isocyanate group, the above-mentioned one hydroxyl group and one subgroup can be introduced at the single end of the polyether. The method of the amino group is the same.
例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此相當於上式(3-1)所示之部分構造或式(3-2)所示之部分構造。此外,若含有上式(3-1)所示之部分構造或式(3-2)所示之部分構造,並於其末端具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之羥基或亞胺基等之官能基僅2個,可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)。 For example, the structure exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) by using the compound exemplified in the lower left. This corresponds to a partial structure shown in the above formula (3-1) or a partial structure shown in the formula (3-2). In addition, if a functional group containing a partial structure represented by the above formula (3-1) or a partial structure represented by the formula (3-2) and having a hydroxyl group or an imine group that reacts with an isocyanate group at the terminal is included, Two can be used for polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
[化62]
與氧原子鄰接之*係表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基;與氮原子鄰接之*係表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之脲鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 An * adjacent to an oxygen atom represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in a polyurethane skeleton of a main chain; an * adjacent to a nitrogen atom represents a polyamine group to a main chain A bonding group between carbonyl groups of a urea bond in a formate backbone.
又,在相當於上式(3-3)所示之部分構造的構造時,亦具有有效之效果,可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)。 In addition, it has an effective effect even in a structure corresponding to a partial structure shown in the above formula (3-3), and it can be applied to a polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
相當於含有聚酯鏈之上式(3-3)所示之部分構造的構造,亦可應用與相當於含有聚醚鏈之上式(3-3)所示之部分構造之構造所述者相同的構造。 A structure corresponding to a structure containing a partial structure shown in the formula (3-3) above the polyester chain, and a structure corresponding to a structure containing a partial structure shown in the formula (3-3) above the polyether chain can also be applied. The same construction.
例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分 散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此相當於上式(3-3)所示之部分構造。 For example, the compounds The powder exemplified below is introduced into the powder (b-1). This corresponds to a partial structure shown in the above formula (3-3).
上式中,*表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
在聚酯鏈之末端為羧基的情況,可於後述屬於鏈停止化合物的含羧基化合物的存在下,使1種或複數之羥基羧酸或其內酯進行聚合而製造。 When the terminal of the polyester chain is a carboxyl group, it can be produced by polymerizing one or a plurality of hydroxycarboxylic acids or their lactones in the presence of a carboxyl-containing compound which is a chain-stopping compound described later.
使用後述鏈停止化合物之含羧基化合物而獲得的聚酯,較佳係下式(5)所示者。 The polyester obtained using a carboxyl-containing compound of a chain-stopping compound described later is preferably one represented by the following formula (5).
R9CO(O-A-CO)wOH (5) R 9 CO (OA-CO) w OH (5)
式(5)中,R9、A及w係與上式(4)之定義相同。 In formula (5), R 9 , A and w are the same as defined in the above formula (4).
式(4)及/或(5)之聚酯,一般係使1種或複數之羥基羧酸,於惰性環境下,在酯化觸媒之存在下,依50~250℃,藉由與含羥基化合物或含羧基化合物一起反應而製造。典型之步驟條件記載於國際公開第2001/80987號公報。 Polyesters of formula (4) and / or (5) generally use one or more hydroxycarboxylic acids in an inert environment and in the presence of an esterification catalyst at 50 to 250 ° C. It is produced by reacting a hydroxy compound or a carboxyl group-containing compound together. Typical process conditions are described in International Publication No. 2001/80987.
在由上式(5)之化合物於單末端導入與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個羥基時,將式(5)化合物、與乙二醇或丙二醇等二醇進行反應而轉換為單羥基化合物,對所得之單羥基衍生物,依與式(4)化合物相同的方法進行。 When a compound of the above formula (5) is introduced at one terminal into two hydroxyl groups that react with an isocyanate group, the compound of the formula (5) is reacted with a glycol such as ethylene glycol or propylene glycol to convert it to a monohydroxy compound. The obtained monohydroxy derivative is carried out in the same manner as in the compound of the formula (4).
例如,藉由左下例示之化合物,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下例示之構造。此相當於上式(3-1)所示之部分構造或式(3-2)所示之部分構造。 For example, the structure exemplified in the lower right can be introduced into the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) by using the compound exemplified in the lower left. This corresponds to a partial structure shown in the above formula (3-1) or a partial structure shown in the formula (3-2).
此外,若含有上式(3-1)所示之部分構造或式(3-2)所示之部分構造,並於其末端具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之羥基或亞胺基等之官能基僅2個,可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之合成。 In addition, if a functional group containing a partial structure represented by the above formula (3-1) or a partial structure represented by the formula (3-2) and having a hydroxyl group or an imine group that reacts with an isocyanate group at the terminal is included, only Two can be used in the synthesis of polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
[化64]
上式中,與氧原子鄰接之*係表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基;與氮原子鄰接之*係表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之脲鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * adjacent to an oxygen atom represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in a polyurethane skeleton of a main chain; and * adjacent to a nitrogen atom represents a main chain Bonding group between carbonyl groups of urea bond in the polyurethane frame.
又,在相當於上式(3-3)所示之部分構造的構造時,亦具有有效之效果,可應用於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之合成。 In addition, it also has an effective effect in a structure corresponding to a partial structure shown in the above formula (3-3), and can be applied to the synthesis of a polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
相當於含有聚酯鏈之上式(3-3)所示之部分構造的構造,亦可應用與相當於含有聚醚鏈之上式(3-3)所示之部分構造之構造所述者相同的構造。 A structure corresponding to a structure containing a partial structure shown in the formula (3-3) above the polyester chain, and a structure corresponding to a structure containing a partial structure shown in the formula (3-3) above the polyether chain can also be applied. The same construction.
又,於聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈之末端導入與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的方法,亦可使用其他公知方法。例如,亦有對於單末端具有1個羥基之聚醚鏈或聚酯鏈,使具有異氰酸酯基與丙烯醯氧基之化合物反應,藉由進行胺基甲酸乙酯鍵結而可於具有聚醚鏈或聚酯鏈之化合物的單末端中導入不飽和基,將其與二乙醇胺進行邁可加成的方法等。藉由此方法,亦可於聚醚鏈或聚酯鏈之單末端導入2個羥基。 In addition, as a method for introducing a functional group that reacts with an isocyanate group at the end of a polyether chain and / or a polyester chain, other known methods may be used. For example, there is also a polyether chain or a polyester chain having one hydroxyl group at a single end, and a compound having an isocyanate group and an acryloxy group can be reacted to form a polyether chain by urethane bonding. Or a method in which an unsaturated group is introduced into a single terminal of a compound of a polyester chain, and this is subjected to Michael addition with diethanolamine. By this method, it is also possible to introduce two hydroxyl groups at a single end of a polyether chain or a polyester chain.
具有聚胺基甲酸酯骨架之主鏈、使聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈鍵結於側方之屬於親溶媒基的側鏈、與特定吸附基的聚胺基甲酸 酯化合物(b-1-1),係在不對其特性造成影響之範圍內,亦可使於單末端具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基的聚丙烯酸酯及/或聚烯烴進行反應而獲得。 A main chain having a polyurethane skeleton, a side chain belonging to a soluble vehicle group, which has a polyether chain and / or a polyester chain bonded to the side, and a polyurethane having a specific adsorption group The ester compound (b-1-1) is within a range that does not affect its characteristics, and can also react a polyacrylate and / or polyolefin having two functional groups that react with an isocyanate group at a single terminal to obtain.
在聚丙烯酸及/或聚烯烴之單末端導入2個與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基時,係應用於上述聚醚鏈或聚酯鏈之末端導入2個羥基的方法或與導入1個羥基及1個亞胺基之情況相同的方法。 When two functional groups reacting with an isocyanate group are introduced into the single end of polyacrylic acid and / or polyolefin, it is a method applied to the introduction of two hydroxyl groups at the ends of the above polyether chain or polyester chain or the introduction of one hydroxyl group and The method is the same for one imino group.
另外,在合成聚丙烯酸酯及/或聚烯烴之聚合體時,可藉由使用具有2個羥基之聚合起始劑或硫甘油等之二羥基官能性鏈移動劑而獲得。 In addition, when synthesizing a polymer of polyacrylate and / or polyolefin, it can be obtained by using a polymerization initiator having two hydroxyl groups or a dihydroxy functional chain shifting agent such as thioglycerin.
藉由成為上述於單末端具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基的聚丙烯酸酯及/或聚烯烴的化合物、與二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)之異氰酸酯基間的反應,可形成鍵結於聚胺基甲酸酯骨架之側方的橫方向之聚丙烯酸酯及/或聚烯烴鏈。 By the reaction between the polyacrylate and / or polyolefin having two functional groups which react with an isocyanate group at one terminal as described above, and the reaction between the isocyanate group of the diisocyanate compound (ba), a bond to the polymer can be formed. Polyurethane and / or polyolefin chains in the lateral direction of the urethane skeleton.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1),另一方面,亦可含有藉由以下化合物(b-d)、(b-e)、(b-f)之胺基甲酸乙酯反應、脲反應所導入之構造。 Polyurethane dispersant (b-1), on the other hand, may contain a structure introduced by the urethane reaction and urea reaction of the following compounds (bd), (be), (bf) .
‧化合物(b-d):具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之2個官能基的化合物1種或2種以上。 ‧Compound (b-d): One or more compounds having two functional groups that react with an isocyanate group.
‧化合物(b-e):含有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之1個官能基,並作為鏈停止劑而作用的化合物1種或2種以上。 ‧Compound (b-e): One or two or more compounds that contain one functional group that reacts with an isocyanate group and function as a chain stopper.
‧化合物(b-f):含有1個異氰酸酯基,並作為鏈停止劑而作用的化合物1種或2種以上。 ‧Compound (b-f): One or more compounds containing one isocyanate group and acting as a chain stopper.
來自此等化合物(b-d)、(b-e)、(b-f)的構造,係藉由使此等化合物(b-d)、(b-e)、(b-f)與化合物(b-a)、(b-b)、(b-c)一起反應,而可被導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的聚胺基甲酸酯骨架。 The structures from these compounds (bd), (be), (bf) are obtained by bringing these compounds (bd), (be), (bf) together with compounds (ba), (bb), (bc) Reaction, and can be introduced into the polyurethane skeleton of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
更具體而言,來自化合物(b-d)之構造可被導入至聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中,來自化合物(b-e)、(b-f)之構造可被導入至聚胺基甲酸酯骨架的兩末端。 More specifically, the structure from the compound (bd) can be introduced into the polyurethane skeleton, and the structure from the compounds (be) and (bf) can be introduced into both ends of the polyurethane skeleton. .
上述化合物(b-d)較佳係含有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基僅2個。 The compound (b-d) preferably contains only two functional groups that react with an isocyanate group.
化合物(b-d)之較佳官能基為胺基或羥基,更佳為二胺或二醇,再更佳為二醇。化合物(b-d)主要係使用作為用於改變聚胺基甲酸酯聚合物之溶解性的鏈延長劑。化合物(b-d)之數量平均分子量並無特別限定,較佳為32~3,000。 The preferred functional group of the compound (b-d) is an amine group or a hydroxyl group, more preferably a diamine or a diol, and even more preferably a diol. The compound (b-d) is mainly used as a chain extender for changing the solubility of the polyurethane polymer. The number average molecular weight of the compound (b-d) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 32 to 3,000.
較佳之二胺的例子,有乙二胺、1,4-丁二胺及1,6-己二胺。較佳之二醇的例子有1,6-己二醇、1,4-環己烷二甲醇(CHDM)、1,2-十二烷二醇、2-苯基-1,2-丙二醇、1,4-苯二甲醇、1,4-丁二醇及新戊二醇。 Examples of preferred diamines are ethylenediamine, 1,4-butanediamine and 1,6-hexanediamine. Examples of preferred diols are 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol (CHDM), 1,2-dodecanediol, 2-phenyl-1,2-propanediol, 1 , 4-benzenedimethanol, 1,4-butanediol and neopentyl glycol.
二醇亦可為聚(C2~4-烷二醇)、聚酯或聚丙烯酸二醇等之聚醚。聚烷二醇亦可為包括其混合物之含有反復乙烯氧基、丙烯氧基或丁烯氧基的無規或嵌段均聚物或共聚物。 The diol may also be a polyether such as poly (C2 ~ 4-alkanediol), polyester, or polyacrylic acid diol. The polyalkanediol may also be a random or block homopolymer or copolymer containing repeated ethyleneoxy, propyleneoxy or buteneoxy groups including a mixture thereof.
左下例示數個化合物(b-d),藉此,可於聚胺基甲酸酯化合物(b-1-1)中導入右下之部分構造。 Several compounds (b-d) are exemplified in the lower left, whereby the lower right part of the structure can be introduced into the polyurethane compound (b-1-1).
[化65]
上式中,與氧原子鄰接之*係表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基;與氮原子鄰接之*係表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之脲鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * adjacent to an oxygen atom represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in a polyurethane skeleton of a main chain; and * adjacent to a nitrogen atom represents a main chain Bonding group between carbonyl groups of urea bond in the polyurethane frame.
此外,若具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基僅2個,則可應用作為將上述部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的化合物(b-d)。 Moreover, if there are only two functional groups which react with an isocyanate group, the compound (b-d) which introduce | transduces the said partial structure into a polyurethane dispersant (b-1) can be used.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架較佳係本質上具有直鏈特性。然而,在成分之任一者中依雜質型式存在官能價大於2之多元醇或聚異氰酸酯的情況,有少量之分枝構造被導入的情形。 The polyurethane skeleton in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) preferably has a linear character in nature. However, there may be cases where a polyol or a polyisocyanate having a functional valence greater than 2 exists in any of the components depending on the impurity type, and a small amount of branch structure may be introduced.
如以下所揭示,屬於化合物(b-e)之鏈停止化合物,係具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之1個官能基的單官能化合物。化合物(b-e)之單官能基較佳為胺基或羥基。化合物(b-e)係鍵結於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架的末端,成為末端基。 As disclosed below, the chain-stopping compound belonging to the compound (b-e) is a monofunctional compound having one functional group that reacts with an isocyanate group. The monofunctional group of the compound (b-e) is preferably an amine group or a hydroxyl group. The compound (b-e) is bonded to the end of the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1), and becomes a terminal group.
較佳之鏈停止化合物,可列舉與構成聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之化合物(b-c)中所使用者相同的聚環氧烷單烷基醚、聚環氧烷單烷基醚胺、或上式(4)所示之化合物之末端基為羥基的聚酯化合物。 Preferred chain-stop compounds include the same polyalkylene oxide monoalkyl ethers and polyalkylene oxide monoalkyl groups as those used in the compound (bc) constituting the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). Etheramine or a polyester compound in which the terminal group of the compound represented by the above formula (4) is a hydroxyl group.
左下例示化合物(b-e),藉此,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散 劑(b-1)中導入右下之部分構造。 The compound (b-e) is exemplified in the lower left, so that it can be dispersed in polyurethane The lower right part of the agent (b-1) is introduced.
上式中,*係表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
此外,若於單末端具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基僅1個,則可應用作為可將上述部分構造導入至聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的化合物(b-e)。 Moreover, if there is only one functional group which reacts with an isocyanate group at a single terminal, it can be used as a compound (b-e) which can introduce the said partial structure into a polyurethane dispersant (b-1).
化合物(b-e)由分散性、及分散經時穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為含有聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈的親溶媒基者;此外,若為僅具有1個羥基、1個1級胺基、1個2級胺基、或1個硫醇基的化合物,則具有鏈停止作用,可應用作為化合物(b-e)。 From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability over time, the compound (be) is preferably one which contains a polyether chain and / or a polyester chain as a compatible solvent group. In addition, if it has only one hydroxyl group and one A compound having a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, or a thiol group has a chain-stopping effect and can be used as a compound (be).
作為上述化合物(b-e),可替代具有聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈之親溶媒基的化合物,而在不對聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之效果造成影響的範圍內,亦可應用具有與此相同構造的聚丙烯酸酯或聚烯烴。 As the above-mentioned compound (be), it is possible to substitute a compound having a hydrophilic vehicle group of a polyether chain and / or a polyester chain, and within a range that does not affect the effect of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1), Polyacrylates or polyolefins having the same structure can also be applied.
化合物(b-f)之單異氰酸酯化合物亦作用為鏈停止化合物,鍵結於屬於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之主鏈的直鏈聚胺基甲酸酯骨架的兩末端。作為化合物(b-f)之單異氰酸酯化合物的具體例,有苯基異氰酸酯,但由於其若殘留則有必須進行後處理的情 況,故較佳為藉由化合物(b-e)進行鏈停止。 The monoisocyanate compound of the compound (b-f) also functions as a chain stop compound, and is bonded to both ends of a linear polyurethane skeleton belonging to the main chain of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). Specific examples of the monoisocyanate compound of the compound (b-f) include phenyl isocyanate, but if it remains, it may be necessary to perform a post-treatment. In this case, it is preferable to perform chain stop by the compound (b-e).
在合成聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)時之典型之原料使用量,係相對於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)全體之原料的合計質量,為10~50質量%之化合物(b-a)、1~24質量%之化合物(b-b)、10~80質量%之化合物(b-c)、0~25質量%之化合物(b-d)、0~50質量%之化合物(b-e)、及0~20質量%之化合物(b-f)。 The typical amount of raw materials used in the synthesis of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is 10 to 50 based on the total mass of the raw materials of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). Compound (ba) by mass, Compound (bb) from 1 to 24 percent by mass, Compound (bc) from 10 to 80 percent by mass, Compound (bd) from 0 to 25 percent by mass, Compound (be from 0 to 50 percent by mass) ), And 0-20% by mass of the compound (bf).
構成聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中之橫方向側鏈的化合物(b-c)、及構成聚胺基甲酸酯骨架之兩末端的化合物(b-e)的質量比例,較佳係聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)全體之原料的合計質量的35%以上。 The mass ratio of the compound (bc) constituting the lateral side chain in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) and the compound (be) constituting both ends of the polyurethane skeleton is preferred. The total mass of the raw materials of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is 35% or more.
化合物(b-c)及化合物(b-e)之含有聚醚鏈的化合物與 含有聚酯鏈的化合物,可分別為單獨,但較佳為含有其兩者。含有聚醚鏈之化合物與含有聚酯鏈之化合物的質量比率,係相對於化合物(b-c)及化合物(b-e)的合計質量,較佳為1:99~99:1,更佳為3:97~97:3,再更佳為5:95~95:5。 Compound (b-c) and compound (b-e) The compounds containing a polyester chain may be separate, but it is preferable to contain both. The mass ratio of the compound containing a polyether chain to the compound containing a polyester chain is based on the total mass of the compound (bc) and the compound (be), preferably 1:99 to 99: 1, more preferably 3:97 ~ 97: 3, and more preferably 5: 95 ~ 95: 5.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)為含有聚醚鏈及聚酯鏈作為親溶媒基的情況,在形成平板電腦或高細線彩色濾光片BM時,形成製程中之對鹼顯影液的耐性或高溫處理時的耐性變得更良好,故較佳。又,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之吸附基為與主鏈鍵結之特定吸附基的情況,由於特定之吸附基良好地吸附於顏料,容易攝入具有對顯影液之耐性或高溫處理時之耐性的顏料,故特佳。 The polyurethane dispersant (b-1) contains polyether chains and polyester chains as a solvent medium. When a tablet computer or a high-line color filter BM is formed, the alkali development is performed during the formation process. The liquid resistance or the resistance during high-temperature processing becomes better, so it is preferable. In addition, when the adsorption group of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is a specific adsorption group bonded to the main chain, since the specific adsorption group is well adsorbed to the pigment, it is easy to take in It is particularly good because it is a pigment that is resistant or resistant to high temperature processing.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)可依本領域已知之任意公 知方法進行調製。一般而言,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)係於實質上無水之條件下,於一般0~130℃之溫度的惰性環境下,於任意之惰性溶媒的存在下、且任意之觸媒的存在下,使二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)1種或2種以上,與至少化合物(b-b)1種或2種以上、及化合物(b-c)1種或2種以上進行反應而可獲得。 Polyurethane dispersant (b-1) may be prepared according to any formula known in the art. Known method for modulation. Generally speaking, the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is under substantially anhydrous conditions, in an inert environment at a temperature of generally 0 to 130 ° C, in the presence of any inert solvent, and optionally In the presence of a catalyst, one or two or more diisocyanate compounds (ba) can be obtained by reacting at least one or two or more compounds (bb) and one or two or more compounds (bc). .
又,亦可任意地將作用為鏈延長劑之1種或複數之化合物(b-d)、及屬於化合物(b-e)及化合物(b-f)的作用為鏈停止化合物的任意1種或複數之化合物,一起實施反應。 In addition, one or a plurality of compounds (bd) acting as a chain extender and any one or a plurality of compounds acting as a chain stop compound belonging to the compound (be) and the compound (bf) may be arbitrarily combined together. Implement the reaction.
惰性環境可藉由惰性氣體之任一者進行,較佳為氮氣。 The inert environment may be performed by any one of inert gases, and nitrogen is preferred.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之調製可於觸媒存在下實施。特佳之觸媒為二月桂酸二丁基錫(DBTDL)等之脂肪酸的錫錯合物或三級胺。 The preparation of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) can be carried out in the presence of a catalyst. A particularly good catalyst is a tin complex of a fatty acid such as dibutyltin dilaurate (DBTDL) or a tertiary amine.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之合成時,係在合成時所反應之化合物全體中,藉由調整異氰酸酯基、與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的莫耳數的比例,而形成各種生成物。 In the synthesis of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1), the ratio of the mole number of the functional group that reacts with the isocyanate group and the isocyanate group is adjusted in the entire compound reacted during the synthesis, and Various products are formed.
於一種情況下,化合物(b-a)中之異氰酸酯基之合計莫耳數,可較化合物(b-b)、(b-c)以及視需要所使用之與化合物(b-d)、(b-e)的異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的合計莫耳數少。此時,任一末端異氰酸酯基均進行反應,有不殘存未反應末端異氰酸酯基的傾向。 In one case, the total number of moles of the isocyanate groups in the compound (ba) can be compared with the compounds (bb), (bc) and, if necessary, reacted with the isocyanate groups of the compounds (bd), (be) The total molar number of functional groups is small. At this time, any terminal isocyanate group reacts, and there is a tendency that the unreacted terminal isocyanate group does not remain.
或者,由化合物(b-a)及任意之化合物(b-f)所提供之異氰酸酯基的合計莫耳數,亦可較化合物(b-b)、(b-c)及視需要所使用之與化合物(b-d)、(b-e)的異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的合計莫耳 數多。此時,有所得之聚胺基甲酸酯化合物(b-1-1)成為含有殘留異氰酸酯基之預聚物的傾向。 Alternatively, the total number of moles of isocyanate groups provided by compound (ba) and any compound (bf) may be smaller than those of compounds (bb), (bc), and (bd), (be The total number of functional groups for which the isocyanate group of) reacts Count more. At this time, the obtained polyurethane compound (b-1-1) tends to become a prepolymer containing a residual isocyanate group.
從而,此預聚物可在溶解於任意溶媒中前,與使相異之預聚物鏈鍵結之化合物(b-d)等其他之鏈延長劑及/或屬於化合物(b-e)的鏈停止化合物進行反應。 Therefore, this prepolymer can be carried out with other chain extenders such as compound (bd) and / or a chain stop compound belonging to compound (be) before dissolving in a different solvent with a different prepolymer. reaction.
又,於存在含有殘留異氰酸酯基之預聚物的情況,鏈延長反應可藉由水本身實施。或者,可藉由多元醇、胺基-醇、第一或第二脂肪族、脂環式、芳香族、或雜環聚胺,尤其是二胺、肼或取代肼而實施。 When a prepolymer containing a residual isocyanate group is present, the chain extension reaction can be performed by water itself. Alternatively, it can be carried out by a polyol, an amine-alcohol, a first or second aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic, or heterocyclic polyamine, especially a diamine, hydrazine or substituted hydrazine.
作為鏈延長劑,一般可列舉例如以下之具有2個以上之與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的鏈延長劑,但為了保持直鏈之胺基甲酸乙酯骨架,較佳係具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基僅2個的鏈延長劑。 Examples of the chain extender include the following chain extenders having two or more functional groups that react with an isocyanate group. However, in order to maintain a linear urethane skeleton, it is preferable to have a chain extender having an isocyanate group. There are only two chain extenders for the functional groups in the reaction.
一般所使用之鏈延長劑,可列舉例如乙二胺、丙二胺、丁二胺、六亞甲二胺、環己二胺、哌、2-甲基哌、苯二胺、甲苯二胺、二甲苯二胺、4,4'-亞甲基雙(2-氯苯胺)、3,3'-二氯-4,4'-聯苯二胺、2,6-二胺基吡啶、4,4'-二胺基二苯甲烷、甲烷二胺、間二甲苯二胺、異佛爾酮二胺、肼、二甲肼等之吖等。 Commonly used chain extenders include, for example, ethylenediamine, propylenediamine, butylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, cyclohexanediamine, piperidine 2-methylpiperazine , Phenylenediamine, toluenediamine, xylenediamine, 4,4'-methylenebis (2-chloroaniline), 3,3'-dichloro-4,4'-biphenyldiamine, 2, 6-diaminopyridine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, methanediamine, m-xylylenediamine, isophoronediamine, hydrazine, dimethylhydrazine, etc. Wait.
作為使用於具有直鏈聚胺基甲酸酯骨架之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的合成的鏈延長劑,較佳為具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基僅2個的鏈延長劑,特佳為六亞甲二胺。 As the chain extender used in the synthesis of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) having a linear polyurethane skeleton, it is preferred to have only two functional groups that react with isocyanate groups. Chain extender, particularly preferred is hexamethylenediamine.
鏈延長反應可於高溫、低溫及室溫之任一種進行。較佳溫度為約5~95℃。 The chain extension reaction can be performed at any one of high temperature, low temperature, and room temperature. The preferred temperature is about 5 ~ 95 ° C.
於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之調製中使用預聚物法 的情況,為了控制所得之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的分子量,可調整鏈延長劑及鏈停止化合物的量。 Prepolymer method for preparing polyurethane dispersant (b-1) In this case, in order to control the molecular weight of the obtained polyurethane dispersant (b-1), the amounts of the chain extender and the chain stopper can be adjusted.
在與鏈延長劑中之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的莫耳數為與預聚物中之游離異氰酸酯基之莫耳數幾乎相等的情況,容易成為高分子量。為了得到低分子量之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1),可於與聚胺基甲酸酯預聚物的反應中,在鏈延長劑與鏈停止劑的組合下使鏈停止劑增多等而予以調整。 When the molar number of the functional group that reacts with the isocyanate group in the chain extender is almost equal to the molar number of the free isocyanate group in the prepolymer, the molecular weight tends to be high. In order to obtain a low molecular weight polyurethane dispersant (b-1), a chain stopper may be used in a reaction with a polyurethane prepolymer in combination with a chain extender and a chain stopper. Increase and so on.
為了控制黏度,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)或其預聚物生成之前、其期間或其後,添加惰性溶媒。作為較佳溶媒,可列舉例如丙酮、甲基乙基酮、二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、二甘二甲醚、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、醋酸丁酯、醋酸甲氧基丙酯、醋酸乙酯、乙二醇二乙酸酯及丙二醇二乙酸酯、乙二醇乙酸酯及丙二醇乙酸酯的烷基醚、甲苯、二甲苯及第三丁醇以及二丙酮醇等立體障礙醇。更佳溶媒為醋酸乙酯、醋酸丁酯、醋酸甲氧基丙酯及N-甲基吡咯啶酮。 In order to control the viscosity, an inert solvent may be added before, during, or after the formation of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) or its prepolymer. Preferred solvents include, for example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, diglyme, N-methylpyrrolidone, butyl acetate, and methyl acetate. Oxypropyl, ethyl acetate, ethylene glycol diacetate and propylene glycol diacetate, alkyl ethers of ethylene glycol acetate and propylene glycol acetate, toluene, xylene, and tertiary butanol, and two Stereotactic alcohols such as acetol. More preferred vehicles are ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methoxypropyl acetate, and N-methylpyrrolidone.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之固形份1g中的胺價,由分散性的觀點而言,較佳為10mgKOH/g以上、更佳為20mgKOH/g以上。且,由分散性之觀點而言,較佳為180mgKOH/g以下、更佳為110mgKOH/g以下、再更佳為70mgKOH/g以下。 From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the amine value in 1 g of the solid content of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably 180 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 110 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH / g or less.
聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之數量平均分子量,由分散效果的觀點而言,較佳為2,000以上、更佳為3,000以上、特佳為4,000以上,且由容易分散與低黏度化的觀點而言,較佳為50,000 以下、更佳為40,000以下、再更佳為30,000以下、特佳為20,000以下。 The number-average molecular weight of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 3,000 or more, particularly preferably 4,000 or more from the viewpoint of dispersion effect, and it is easily dispersed and low. From the viewpoint of viscosity, preferably 50,000 Below, more preferably below 40,000, even more preferably below 30,000, and particularly preferably below 20,000.
又,相對於100g之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1),親溶媒基較佳為0.001莫耳根以上、更佳為0.005莫耳根以上、再更佳為0.01莫耳根以上、特佳為0.02莫耳根以上;且較佳為0.5莫耳根以下、更佳為0.2莫耳根以下、再更佳為0.1莫耳根以下、特佳為0.08莫耳根以下。以下,將該親溶媒基之比例依親溶媒基含量計以「莫耳根/100g」的單位表示。 In addition, with respect to 100 g of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1), the soluble vehicle group is preferably 0.001 mol or more, more preferably 0.005 mol or more, even more preferably 0.01 mol or more, and particularly preferably It is 0.02 mol or more; more preferably 0.5 mol or less, more preferably 0.2 mol or less, even more preferably 0.1 mol or less, and particularly preferably 0.08 mol or less. Hereinafter, the proportion of the soluble vehicle group is expressed in the unit of "Morgen / 100g" based on the content of the soluble vehicle group.
其中,所謂親溶媒基之「莫耳根」,係指在合成時之填裝中,針對親溶媒基之原料,將其填裝量除以其數量平均分子量的值。又,使用該親溶媒基之「莫耳根」,將觸媒以外之填裝量固形份量全體中之相當於100g的值定義為親溶媒基之「莫耳根/100g」。 Among them, the so-called "molle root" of the solvent-based group refers to a value obtained by dividing the filling amount of the solvent-based raw material by the number-average molecular weight during the packing during synthesis. In addition, using the "molle root" of the solvent-based group, a value equivalent to 100 g of the solid content of the filling amount other than the catalyst was defined as "molle root / 100 g" of the solvent-based group.
作為本發明之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的其他實施形態,可列舉具有非直鏈,即具有含分岐構造的主鏈者,亦即於主鏈中具有至少分岐了3個以上之分枝者。 As another embodiment of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) of the present invention, those having a non-straight chain, that is, a main chain with a divergent structure, that is, at least 3 in the main chain, are listed. More than one branch.
本實施形態中,如後述般,除了於主鏈中具有至少分岐了3個以上之分枝構造1個以上的情況以外,主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架由於成為接近屬於直鏈構造的實施形態的構造,故可認為於感光性樹脂組成物中之分散性良好。又,在圖案化時之鹼顯影或200℃以上之高溫處理中,可認為組合肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)與鹼可溶性樹脂(d)等,使鹼耐性及耐熱性相乘性地提升,藉此可形成高細微 的細線。 In this embodiment, as will be described later, except for the case where the main chain has at least three or more branch structures that branch, the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain is close to a linear structure, as described below. The structure of the embodiment is considered to have good dispersibility in the photosensitive resin composition. In alkali development during patterning or high-temperature treatment at 200 ° C or higher, it is considered that the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) and the alkali-soluble resin (d) are combined to multiply alkali resistance and heat resistance. Improved sexually, which can form high finesse Thin line.
本實施形態之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的主鏈,若與親溶媒基間之鍵結部、吸附基及與吸附基間之鍵結部以外為具有分岐構造者,則無特別限定;作為該分岐構造,可列舉例如下述一般式(ii)所示之部分構造。 If the main chain of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) of this embodiment has a branch structure other than the bonding portion with the solvent medium group, the adsorption group and the bonding portion with the adsorption group, It is not particularly limited; examples of the branched structure include a partial structure represented by the following general formula (ii).
上式(ii)中,Re表示3價之醇化合物殘基,*表示鍵結基。又,所謂醇化合物殘基,意指由醇化合物之總羥基去除了氫原子的其殘基。 In the above formula (ii), R e represents a trivalent alcohol compound residue, and * represents a bonding group. The term “alcohol compound residue” means a residue from which a hydrogen atom has been removed from the total hydroxyl group of the alcohol compound.
上式(ii)中之3價之醇化合物殘基的碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上、更佳為2以上、再更佳為3以上,且較佳為100以下、更佳為50以下、再更佳為10以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可具有良好擴展之分岐構造的傾向;又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可使分散性良好的傾向。 The carbon number of the trivalent alcohol compound residue in the formula (ii) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, and preferably 100 or less, more preferably It is 50 or less, and even more preferably 10 or less. When it is set to the above lower limit value or more, there is a tendency that the branched structure can be expanded well. When it is set to the above upper limit value or less, the dispersibility tends to be good.
作為3價之醇化合物殘基的具體例,可列舉三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、1,2,3-丙三醇、1,3,5-戊三醇、1,5,10-癸三醇、1,2,3-三羥苯、1,2,4-三羥苯、1,3,5-三羥苯、及於末端具有3個羥基之呈3分岐的聚環氧烷化合物等之醇化合物殘基。由具有良好擴展之分岐性的觀點而言,較佳為三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、1,2,3- 丙三醇、1,3,5-戊三醇之醇化合物殘基,更佳為三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷或1,2,3-丙三醇之醇化合物殘基。 Specific examples of the trivalent alcohol compound residue include trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, 1,2,3-propanetriol, 1,3,5-pentanetriol, and 1,5 , 10-Decanetriol, 1,2,3-trihydroxybenzene, 1,2,4-trihydroxybenzene, 1,3,5-trihydroxybenzene, and a polyamine with 3 hydroxyl groups at the end Residues of alcohol compounds such as alkylene oxide compounds. From the standpoint of well-diffused divergence, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, 1,2,3- The residue of an alcohol compound of glycerol and 1,3,5-pentanetriol is more preferably an residue of an alcohol compound of trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane or 1,2,3-glycerol.
作為更佳之3價之醇化合物殘基的具體例,可列舉以下者。 Specific examples of the more preferable trivalent alcohol compound residue include the following.
此等之中,由具有良好擴展之分岐性的觀點而言,Re更佳為三羥甲基乙烷或三羥甲基丙烷之醇化合物殘基。 Among these, from the viewpoint of having a well-diffused ambiguity, R e is more preferably an alcohol compound residue of trimethylolethane or trimethylolpropane.
又,本實施形態之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的主鏈,係與親溶媒基間之鍵結部、吸附基及與吸附基間之鍵結部以外亦可含有直鏈構造。作為直鏈構造,可較佳地採用上式(i)所示之部分構造。 In addition, the main chain of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) of the present embodiment may contain direct bonds other than the bonding portion with the solvent medium group, the adsorption group, and the bonding portion with the adsorption group. Chain construction. As the linear structure, a partial structure shown in the above formula (i) can be preferably used.
此時,關於主鏈所含有之直鏈構造與分岐構造的比率並無特別限定,相對於直鏈構造與分岐構造的合計,分岐構造較佳為1質量%以上、更佳為5質量%以上,且較佳為100質量%以下、更佳為80質量%以下、再更佳為60質量%以下。 At this time, the ratio of the linear structure and the divergent structure contained in the main chain is not particularly limited. The divergent structure is preferably 1% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more, relative to the total of the linear structure and the divergent structure. It is preferably 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可使由聚酯構造部位、或聚醚構造部位所造成之溶媒親和性提升的傾向;又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有減低立體障礙、可有效率地吸附於顏料的傾向。 By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, the affinity of the solvent caused by the polyester structure part or the polyether structure part tends to be improved; and by setting it to be less than the above upper limit value, it is possible to reduce the three-dimensional obstacle. The tendency to efficiently adsorb to pigments.
又,關於本實施形態之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的特定吸附基、吸附基之含有比例、特定親溶媒基、親溶媒基之含有比例、以及物性,可較佳地採用上述者。 Further, regarding the specific urethane dispersant (b-1) of the present embodiment, the specific adsorption group, the content ratio of the adsorption group, the specific compatibility vehicle group, the content ratio of the compatibility vehicle group, and the physical properties may be preferable. Use the above.
又,本實施形態之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的製造方法,除了於胺基甲酸乙酯形成反應中使用少量之三官能以上之單體的點以外,其餘與上述製造方法相同。藉由使用三官能以上之單體,於主鏈形成數個分枝點。 The method for producing a polyurethane dispersant (b-1) according to this embodiment is the same as that described above except that a small amount of a trifunctional or higher monomer is used in the urethane formation reaction. The method is the same. By using tri- or more functional monomers, several branch points are formed in the main chain.
作為此處所使用之三官能以上之單體,可列舉多元醇、多胺或聚異氰酸酯,較佳為多元醇或多胺,特佳為多元醇。 Examples of the tri- or more-functional monomer used herein include a polyol, a polyamine, or a polyisocyanate, preferably a polyol or a polyamine, and particularly preferably a polyol.
本實施形態之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)由於有容易凝膠化之傾向,故較佳係以不發生凝膠化的方式進行合成。由此種觀點而言,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之數量平均分子量較佳為40,000以下、更佳為30,000以下。另一方面,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之數量平均分子量,由分散效果的觀點而言,較佳為至少3,000以上、更佳為至少5,000以上。 Since the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) of this embodiment tends to gel easily, it is preferable to synthesize | combine so that it does not gel. From this viewpoint, the number average molecular weight of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is preferably 40,000 or less, and more preferably 30,000 or less. On the other hand, the number average molecular weight of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is preferably at least 3,000 or more, and more preferably at least 5,000 or more, from the viewpoint of a dispersion effect.
本實施形態之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)係於上述方法中替代化合物(b-a)及(b-d),使用化合物(b-a')及(b-d')而可合成。 The polyurethane dispersant (b-1) of this embodiment can be synthesized by using the compounds (b-a ') and (b-d') instead of the compounds (ba) and (bd) in the above method. .
聚異氰酸酯化合物(b-a')若含有具3個以上異氰酸酯基的化合物,則可將聚胺基甲酸酯骨架作成為分岐構造,但分岐較佳為低度。 If the polyisocyanate compound (b-a ') contains a compound having three or more isocyanate groups, the polyurethane skeleton can be made into a divergent structure, but the divergence is preferably low.
於聚異氰酸酯化合物(b-a')中,不僅止於具有3個以上異氰酸酯基的化合物,亦可含有上述二異氰酸酯化合物(b-a)。又,在使用含有具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基3個以上之化合物者作為後述化合物(b-d')時,聚異氰酸酯化合物(b-a')亦可為僅包含二異氰酸酯化合物者。 The polyisocyanate compound (b-a ') includes not only a compound having three or more isocyanate groups, but also the diisocyanate compound (b-a). When a compound containing three or more functional groups that react with an isocyanate group is used as the compound (b-d ') described later, the polyisocyanate compound (b-a') may be a compound containing only a diisocyanate compound.
聚異氰酸酯化合物(b-a')之平均官能基數較佳為2.0 以上,且較佳為2.5以下、更佳為2.2以下。又,在使用含有具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基3個以上之化合物者作為化合物(b-d')時,聚異氰酸酯化合物(b-a')之平均官能基數特佳為2.0。 The average number of functional groups of the polyisocyanate compound (b-a ') is preferably 2.0 The above is preferably 2.5 or less, and more preferably 2.2 or less. When a compound containing three or more functional groups that reacts with an isocyanate group is used as the compound (b-d '), the average number of functional groups of the polyisocyanate compound (b-a') is particularly preferably 2.0.
於此,所謂平均官能基數,係在具有相異官能基數之化合物的混合物的情況,為其官能基數的平均值,並藉下式予以算出。 Here, the average number of functional groups refers to a mixture of compounds having different numbers of functional groups, and the average value of the number of functional groups thereof is calculated by the following formula.
平均官能基數=[{(官能基數)×(具有其官能基數之化合物的莫耳數)}之總和]/(化合物之總莫耳數) The average number of functional groups = [((the number of functional groups) x (the number of moles of the compound with the number of functional groups)])] / (the total number of moles of the compound)
平均官能基數為2.0的化合物(b-a'),係與上述化合物(b-a)相同。 The compound (b-a ') having an average number of functional groups is the same as the compound (b-a).
上述化合物(b-d)係具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基2個以上,並形成直鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架,但化合物(b-d')係至少含有具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基3個以上之化合物,藉此,可對主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架導入分岐構造。 The compound (bd) has two or more functional groups that react with an isocyanate group and forms a linear polyurethane skeleton. However, the compound (b-d ') contains at least one compound that reacts with an isocyanate group. A compound having three or more functional groups can introduce a divergent structure into the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
化合物(b-d')亦可為具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基2個的化合物、與具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基3個以上的化合物的混合物。此時,與化合物(b-d')之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的平均數,較佳為2.01以上、更佳為2.1以上,且較佳為4以下、更佳為3以下。 The compound (b-d ') may be a mixture of a compound having two functional groups that reacts with an isocyanate group, and a mixture with three or more compounds having a functional group that reacts with an isocyanate group. At this time, the average number of functional groups that react with the isocyanate group of the compound (b-d ') is preferably 2.01 or more, more preferably 2.1 or more, and preferably 4 or less, more preferably 3 or less.
化合物(b-d')中之具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基3個以上的化合物,以及由此化合物所造成之聚胺基甲酸酯分散 劑(b-1)之部分構造的具體例,係如以下所述。 Compound (b-d ') having three or more functional groups capable of reacting with isocyanate groups, and polyurethane dispersion caused by the compounds Specific examples of the partial structure of the agent (b-1) are as follows.
作為具有3個以上羥基的低分子量多元醇,可列舉例如三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇及二季戊四醇等。作為具有3個以上胺基的多胺,可列舉例如二乙基三胺、參(2-胺乙基)胺、三乙四胺等。 Examples of the low-molecular-weight polyol having three or more hydroxyl groups include trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, and dipentaerythritol. Examples of the polyamine having three or more amine groups include diethyltriamine, gins (2-aminoethyl) amine, and triethylenetetramine.
又,藉由使用具有3個、或4個羥基之化合物,進行聚烷二醇之合成或內酯之聚合,較佳可得到數量平均分子量為200~2,000之三元醇或四元醇之寡聚物化合物,亦可將此使用作為化合物(b-d')。作為化合物(b-d'),較佳為具有低分子之3個羥基的化合物。 In addition, by using a compound having 3 or 4 hydroxyl groups to synthesize a polyalkylene glycol or polymerize a lactone, it is preferable to obtain an oligomeric triol or tetraol having a number average molecular weight of 200 to 2,000. A polymer compound can also be used as the compound (b-d '). The compound (b-d ') is preferably a compound having a low molecular weight of three hydroxyl groups.
化合物(b-d')中之具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基3個以上的化合物的具體例係例示於左下,藉此,可於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中導入右下之部分構造。 Specific examples of the compound having three or more functional groups that react with an isocyanate group among the compounds (b-d ') are shown in the lower left. This allows them to be used in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). Import the lower right part of the structure.
[化69]
上式中,與氧原子鄰接之*係表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之羰基間的鍵結基;與氮原子鄰接之*係表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之脲鍵之羰基間的鍵結基;與硫原子鄰接之*係表示與主鏈之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架中之硫脲鍵間的鍵結基。 In the above formula, * adjacent to an oxygen atom represents a bonding group with a carbonyl group of an urethane bond in a polyurethane skeleton of a main chain; and * adjacent to a nitrogen atom represents a main chain The bonding group between carbonyl groups of the urea bond in the polyurethane skeleton; the * adjacent to the sulfur atom means the bonding group with the thiourea bond in the polyurethane skeleton of the main chain.
此外,若為具有3個以上之羥基及/或1級、2級胺基的化合物,亦可應用作為化合物(b-d')。 Moreover, if it is a compound which has three or more hydroxyl groups and / or a primary and secondary amine group, it can also be used as a compound (b-d ').
又,化合物(b-d')之數量平均分子量較佳為32~3,000,此等化合物可為1種,亦可使用複數。 The number average molecular weight of the compound (b-d ') is preferably 32 to 3,000. These compounds may be used alone or in combination.
接著,針對化合物(b-a')、(b-b)、(b-c)、(b-d')、(b-e) 中之異氰酸酯基的量及與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的量進行說明。 Next, for compounds (b-a '), (b-b), (b-c), (b-d'), (b-e) The amount of the isocyanate group and the amount of the functional group which reacts with the isocyanate group in the will be described.
本實施形態之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)中的異氰酸酯基,基本上係由化合物(b-a')所造成。相對於此,與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基係由化合物(b-b)、(b-c)、(b-d')、(b-e)所造成。此等之官能基的量較佳係依如以下般相等的方式使用。 The isocyanate group in the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) of this embodiment is basically caused by the compound (b-a '). In contrast, the functional group that reacts with an isocyanate group is caused by the compounds (b-b), (b-c), (b-d '), and (b-e). The amount of these functional groups is preferably used in the same manner as described below.
{(b-a')中之異氰酸酯基數}×{(b-a')之莫耳數}={與(b-b)中之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基數}×{(b-b)之莫耳數}+{與(b-c)中之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基數}×{(b-c)之莫耳數}+{與(b-d')中之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基數}×{(b-d')之莫耳數}+{與(b-e)中之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基數}×{(b-e)之莫耳數} {(b-a ') number of isocyanate groups} × {mole number of (b-a')} = {number of functional groups that react with isocyanate groups in (bb)} × {mole number of (bb) } + {Number of functional groups reacting with isocyanate group in (bc)} × {Mole number of (bc)} + {Number of functional groups reacting with isocyanate group in (b-d ')} × {(b Moore number of -d ')} + {Number of functional groups reacting with isocyanate group in (be)} × {Mole number of (be)}
其中,在(b-a')~(b-e)之化合物為混合物時,係使用其混合物之官能基之平均官能基數及混合物的合計莫耳數。 Among them, when the compound of (b-a ') to (b-e) is a mixture, the average number of functional groups of the functional groups of the mixture and the total mole number of the mixture are used.
又,本實施形態之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的較佳構造,可藉由使用以下化合物而獲得。 The preferable structure of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) of the present embodiment can be obtained by using the following compounds.
‧(b-a')中之異氰酸酯基數:2個 ‧Number of isocyanate groups in (b-a '): 2
‧與(b-b)中之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基數:2個 ‧Number of functional groups reacting with isocyanate group in (b-b): 2
‧與(b-c)中之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基數:2個 ‧Number of functional groups to react with isocyanate group in (b-c): 2
‧與(b-d')中之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基數:包含2個與3個以上的混合物,平均官能基數至少多於2個。 ‧Number of functional groups reacting with isocyanate groups in (b-d '): Contains a mixture of 2 and 3 or more, and the average number of functional groups is at least 2.
‧與(b-e)中之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基:1個 ‧Functional group for reaction with isocyanate group in (b-e): 1
本實施形態之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的分岐構造較佳為低程度。所謂低程度,係由以下定義所表示。首先,於與異 氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基中,考慮作為鏈停止劑而作用之化合物(b-e)以外的化合物(b-b)、(b-c)、(b-d')的平均官能基數。將此定義為「與鏈停止劑以外之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的平均數」。 The branching structure of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) of this embodiment is preferably low. The so-called low degree is represented by the following definition. First, Yu and Yi Among the functional groups that react with a cyanate group, the average number of functional groups of the compounds (b-b), (b-c), and (b-d ') other than the compound (b-e) that functions as a chain stopper is considered. This is defined as "the average number of functional groups which react with an isocyanate group other than a chain stopper".
「與鏈停止劑以外之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的平均數」=A/B `` Average number of functional groups that react with isocyanate groups other than a chain stopper '' = A / B
其中,A及B係如以下所述。 Among them, A and B are as follows.
A={與(b-b)中之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基數}×{(b-b)之莫耳數}+{與(b-c)中之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基數}×{(b-c)之莫耳數}+{與(b-d')中之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基數}×{(b-d')之莫耳數} A = {Number of functional groups reacting with isocyanate group in (bb)} × {Mole number of (bb)} + {Number of functional groups reacting with isocyanate group in (bc)} × {Motion of (bc) Ear number} + {Number of functional groups reacting with isocyanate group in (b-d ')} × {Mole number of (b-d')}
B={(b-b)之莫耳數}+{(b-c)之莫耳數}+{(b-d')之莫耳數} B = (Mole number of (b-b)) + {Mole number of ((b-c)} + {Mole number of ((b-d ')}
本實施形態之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)可設為「與鏈停止劑以外之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的平均數」大於2的聚胺基甲酸酯化合物。為了使「與鏈停止劑以外之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的平均數」大於2,較佳係使用與化合物(b-d')之異氰酸酯基進行反應之化合物的平均官能基數大於2者。因此,化合物(b-d')若設為含有具有與異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基至少3個以上之化合物者即可。 The polyurethane dispersant (b-1) of the present embodiment can be a polyurethane compound having an "average number of functional groups that react with isocyanate groups other than the chain stopper" greater than two. In order to make the "average number of functional groups reacting with isocyanate groups other than the chain stopper" larger than 2, it is preferable that the average number of functional groups using compounds reacting with isocyanate groups of the compound (b-d ') is larger than two. Therefore, the compound (b-d ') should just be a compound containing at least 3 or more functional groups which react with an isocyanate group.
與化合物(b-d')之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基,較佳為羥基、胺基,特佳為羥基。化合物(b-d')亦可為數種化合物的混合物。 The functional group that reacts with the isocyanate group of the compound (b-d ') is preferably a hydroxyl group or an amine group, and particularly preferably a hydroxyl group. The compound (b-d ') may also be a mixture of several compounds.
又,「與鏈停止劑以外之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的平均數」較佳係超過2.0、且3.0以下。「與鏈停止劑以外之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的平均數」較佳為2.6以下,更佳為2.4 以下,再更佳為2.3以下。 The "average number of functional groups that react with isocyanate groups other than the chain stopper" is preferably more than 2.0 and 3.0 or less. The "average number of functional groups that react with an isocyanate group other than a chain stopper" is preferably 2.6 or less, and more preferably 2.4 Hereinafter, it is more preferably 2.3 or less.
「與鏈停止劑以外之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的平均數」較佳為低程度。藉由使「與鏈停止劑以外之異氰酸酯基進行反應之官能基的平均數」成為低程度,有可抑制因聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)本身之纏結所造成之與溶劑或感光性樹脂組成物中之鹼可溶性樹脂或光聚合性單體間之相溶性惡化的傾向。又,可防止因分散劑之纏結而立體障礙變大之情況,有可抑制對顏料之吸附作用惡化的傾向。藉此,於溶劑中之分散性、細線形成時之耐鹼顯影液耐性及高溫處理時之耐熱性良好,有可充分發揮本發明效果之傾向。 The "average number of functional groups that react with isocyanate groups other than the chain stopper" is preferably low. By reducing the "average number of functional groups that react with isocyanate groups other than the chain stopper" to a low degree, it is possible to suppress the entanglement caused by the entanglement of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) itself. The compatibility between the alkali-soluble resin or the photopolymerizable monomer in the solvent or the photosensitive resin composition tends to deteriorate. In addition, it is possible to prevent the steric hindrance from increasing due to the entanglement of the dispersant, and it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the adsorption of the pigment. Thereby, the dispersibility in a solvent, the alkali-resistant developer resistance at the time of formation of a thin line, and the heat resistance at the time of high-temperature processing are good, and there exists a tendency which can fully exhibit the effect of this invention.
尚且,本實施形態之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的數量平均分子量,較佳為3,000以上、更佳為5,000以上,且較佳為40,000以下、更佳為30,000以下。 Moreover, the number average molecular weight of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) of this embodiment is preferably 3,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more, and preferably 40,000 or less, and more preferably 30,000 or less.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物中之分散劑(b)係至少含有上述聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1),但在不影響藉由使用聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)所得之本發明效果的範圍內,亦可併用聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)以外之其他分散劑(b-2)。 The dispersant (b) in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least the above-mentioned polyurethane dispersant (b-1), but does not affect the use of the polyurethane dispersant (b) -1) Within the range of the effects of the present invention obtained, a dispersant (b-2) other than the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) may be used in combination.
作為其他分散劑(b-2),較佳為高分子分散劑,由分散穩定性方面而言,更佳係羧基;磷酸基;磺酸基;或此等之鹼;1級、2級或3級胺基;4級銨鹽基;吡啶、嘧啶或吡等之具有含氮原子雜環基等官能基的高分子分散劑。其中,特佳為1級、2級或3級胺基;4級銨鹽基;吡啶、嘧啶或吡等之具有含氮原子雜 環基等鹼性官能基的高分子分散劑。 As the other dispersant (b-2), a polymer dispersant is preferred. In terms of dispersion stability, a carboxyl group; a phosphoric acid group; a sulfonic acid group; or such a base; Tertiary amine; quaternary ammonium; pyridine, pyrimidine or pyridine High molecular dispersants with functional groups such as heterocyclic groups containing nitrogen atoms. Among them, particularly preferred is a level 1, 2 or 3 amine group; a level 4 ammonium salt; pyridine, pyrimidine or pyridine Etc. is a polymeric dispersant having a basic functional group such as a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic group.
又,作為其他可併用之高分子分散劑,可列舉例如聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)以外之胺基甲酸乙酯系分散劑、丙烯酸系分散劑、聚乙烯亞胺系分散劑、聚烯丙基胺系分散劑、包含具有胺基之單體與巨單體的分散劑、聚氧乙烯烷基醚系分散劑、聚氧乙烯二酯系分散劑、聚醚磷酸系分散劑、聚酯磷酸系分散劑、去水山梨醇脂肪族酯系分散劑及脂肪族改質聚酯系分散劑等。 Examples of other polymer dispersants that can be used in combination include, for example, urethane-based dispersants, acrylic dispersants, and polyethyleneimine-based dispersants other than the polyurethane dispersant (b-1). Agent, polyallylamine dispersant, dispersant containing monomer having amine group and macromonomer, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether dispersant, polyoxyethylene diester dispersant, polyether phosphoric acid dispersant Agents, polyester phosphoric acid-based dispersants, sorbitan aliphatic ester-based dispersants, and aliphatic modified polyester-based dispersants.
作為此種其他可併用的分散劑的具體例,依商品名可列舉EFKA[註冊商標,以下相同。EFKA CHEMICALS BV(EFKA)公司製。]、Disperbyk(註冊商標,以下相同。BYK Chemie公司製。)、DISPARLON(註冊商標,以下相同。楠本化成公司製)、SOLSPERSE(註冊商標,以下相同。Lubrizol公司製。)、KP(信越化學工業公司製)、Polyflow或Flowlen(共榮社化學公司製)、Ajisper(註冊商標,以下相同。味之素Fine-techno公司製。)等。 Specific examples of such other dispersants that can be used in combination include EFKA [registered trademark, the same applies hereinafter]. EFKA CHEMICALS BV (EFKA). ], Disperbyk (registered trademark, the same below. Made by BYK Chemie.), DISPARLON (registered trademark, the same below. Made by Kusumoto Kasei), SOPSPERSE (registered trademark, the same below: made by Lubrizol Corporation.), KP (Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Company), Polyflow or Flowlen (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Ajisper (registered trademark, the same below. Ajinomoto Fine-techno company.), Etc.
更具體而言,可列舉例如EFKA-4046、-4047(BASF公司製)、Disperbyk-111、-161、-162、-163、-166、-167、-182、-2000、-2001(BYK Chemie公司製)、DISPARLON DA-7301、ED-701(楠本化成公司製)、SOLSPERSE-22000、-24000、-28000(Lubrizol公司製)、Flowlen KDG-2400(共榮社化學公司製)及Ajisper-PB-821、-881(味之素Fine-techno公司製)等。 More specifically, for example, EFKA-4046, -4047 (manufactured by BASF), Disperbyk-111, 161, -162, -163, -166, -167, -182, -2000, -2001 (BYK Chemie (Manufactured by the company), DISPARLON DA-7301, ED-701 (manufactured by Kusumoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), SOLSPERSE-22000, -24000, -28000 (manufactured by Lubrizol), Flowlen KDG-2400 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and Ajisper-PB -821, -881 (manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-techno), and the like.
此等高分子分散劑可僅以1種與聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)併用,亦可併用2種以上。 These polymer dispersants may be used in combination with only one kind of polyurethane dispersant (b-1), or may be used in combination of two or more kinds.
此等其他之分散劑中,較佳係具有鹼性官能基之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)以外的胺基甲酸乙酯系高分子分散劑及/或丙 烯酸系高分子分散劑,特佳係胺基甲酸乙酯系高分子分散劑。又,具有鹼性官能基,並具有聚酯及/或聚醚鍵的高分子分散劑亦較佳。 Among these other dispersants, urethane-based polymer dispersants other than the polyurethane-based dispersant (b-1) having a basic functional group and / or propylene are preferred. The enoic acid-based polymer dispersant, especially the urethane-based polymer dispersant. A polymer dispersant having a basic functional group and having a polyester and / or polyether bond is also preferred.
若具體例示作為胺基甲酸乙酯系高分子分散劑的較佳化學構造,可列舉例如:藉由使如甲苯二異氰酸酯三聚物般之具有3個以上異氰酸酯基的聚異氰酸酯化合物、分子內具有1個或2個羥基且具有數量平均分子量300~10,000之親溶媒基的化合物或具有鏈延長基的化合物、與同一分子內具有1個活性氫與3級胺基的化合物進行反應而獲得的重量平均分子量1,000~200,000的分散樹脂等。 Specific examples of a preferable chemical structure as a urethane-based polymer dispersant include, for example, a polyisocyanate compound having three or more isocyanate groups, such as a toluene diisocyanate trimer, having Weight obtained by reacting a compound having one or two hydroxyl groups and a compound having a number-average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 or a compound having a chain extension group and a compound having one active hydrogen and a tertiary amine group in the same molecule A dispersion resin with an average molecular weight of 1,000 to 200,000.
於此種樹脂中,同一分子內具有活性氫與3級胺基的化合物的導入量,較佳係控制於以反應後之胺價計為1~100mgKOH/g的範圍內。更佳係5~95mgKOH/g之範圍。 In such a resin, the introduction amount of a compound having active hydrogen and a tertiary amine group in the same molecule is preferably controlled within a range of 1 to 100 mgKOH / g based on the amine value after the reaction. A more preferable range is 5 to 95 mgKOH / g.
作為此種市售之分散劑,有Disperbyk-161、-162、-163、-166、-167、-182(BYK Chemie公司製)或EFKA-4046、-4047(BASF公司製等)。 Examples of such commercially available dispersants include Disperbyk-161, -162, -163, -166, -167, -182 (by BYK Chemie), or EFKA-4046, -4047 (by BASF, etc.).
本發明中,胺價係藉由酸對鹼性胺基進行中和滴定,對應酸價而由KOH之mg數所表示的值;具體而言,係依以下方法所測定。若胺價低於上述範圍,有分散能力降低的傾向;又,若超過上述範圍,則顯影性容易降低。 In the present invention, the amine valence is a value represented by the number of mg of KOH corresponding to the acid value when the basic amine group is neutralized and titrated with an acid; specifically, it is measured by the following method. If the amine value is lower than the above range, the dispersing ability tends to decrease, and if it exceeds the above range, the developability tends to decrease.
胺價係由分散劑試料中去除了溶劑之固形份每1g的鹼量與當量的KOH的質量所表示,可藉由下述方法進行測定。 The amine valence is represented by the mass of alkali and equivalent KOH per 1 g of the solid content of the dispersant sample without the solvent, and can be measured by the following method.
於100mL燒杯精秤分散劑試料0.5~1.5g,以50mL醋 酸溶解。使用具備pH電極之自動滴定裝置,將此溶液以0.1mol/L之HClO4(過氯酸)醋酸溶液進行中和滴定。以滴定pH曲線之反曲點作為滴定終點,並由下式求得胺價。 In a 100mL beaker, weigh 0.5 ~ 1.5g of the dispersant sample and dissolve it in 50mL acetic acid. Using an automatic titration device with a pH electrode, this solution was neutralized and titrated with a 0.1 mol / L HClO 4 (perchloric acid) acetic acid solution. The inflection point of the titration pH curve was used as the end point of the titration, and the amine value was obtained from the following formula.
胺價[mgKOH/g]=(561×V)/(W×S) Amine value [mgKOH / g] = (561 × V) / (W × S)
[其中,W:分散劑試料秤取量[g],V:滴定終點的滴定量[mL],S:分散劑試料之固形份濃度[質量%]。] [Where: W: the dispersant sample weighing amount [g], V: the titration end point of the titration [mL], and S: the solid content concentration [mass%] of the dispersant sample. ]
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物所含有的光聚合起始劑(c),其特徵為至少含有肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)。 The photopolymerization initiator (c) contained in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is characterized by containing at least an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1).
本發明中,以屬於肟衍生物類(肟系及酮肟系化合物)之肟酯作為光聚合起始劑(c)而有效的理由,係如下述。 In the present invention, the reason why the oxime esters belonging to the oxime derivatives (oxime-based and ketoxime-based compounds) are effective as the photopolymerization initiator (c) is as follows.
亦即,本發明中使用作為分散劑(b)的特定聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1),係於感光性樹脂組成物中,在使用了肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)作為光聚合起始劑(c)時,於製作彩色濾光片時等,藉由提升對鹼顯影液之耐性,並抑制其後高溫硬化處理中之熱變形,而可容易形成目前市場所要求之高細微之細線。 That is, the specific polyurethane dispersant (b-1) used as the dispersant (b) in the present invention is a photosensitive resin composition, and an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c -1) When used as a photopolymerization initiator (c), when making a color filter, etc., it can be easily formed by improving the resistance to an alkali developer and suppressing thermal deformation in the subsequent high-temperature hardening treatment. The fine and fine lines required by the market.
本發明中所使用之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1),係如上述般,於吸附基或胺基甲酸乙酯骨架之部位攝入顏料,於聚酯鏈或聚酯鏈之部位與感光性樹脂組成物中之樹脂或單體良好相溶並纏合,又,其後,藉由紫外線以光聚合起始劑(c)使感光性樹脂組成物之樹脂或單體進行交聯,藉此使本發明效果之耐鹼顯影性及耐熱性 更加提升。可認為此效果係藉由併用聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)與肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)而更進一步提升。 The urethane dispersant (b-1) used in the present invention, as described above, ingests pigment at the position of the adsorption group or the urethane skeleton, and is contained in the polyester chain or polyester chain. The part and the resin or monomer in the photosensitive resin composition are compatible with each other and entangled, and thereafter, the resin or monomer of the photosensitive resin composition is subjected to photopolymerization initiator (c) by ultraviolet rays. Alkali development and heat resistance Improved even more. It is considered that this effect is further enhanced by using a polyurethane dispersant (b-1) and an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) together.
尤其是在紫外線難以到達之基板與細線圖案之接黏部分或紫外線曝光時因遮罩使紫外線被遮光而變弱的細線圖案之側面部,藉由使肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)與聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)共存,可使鹼顯影液耐性與耐熱性的效果相乘性地提升,可容易形成高細微之細線。 In particular, at the side of the thin line pattern where the ultraviolet light is blocked by the mask during the exposure of the substrate and the thin line pattern that are hard to reach by ultraviolet rays, or the ultraviolet light, the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1 ) Coexistence with the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) can multiply improve the effects of the resistance of the alkali developing solution and the heat resistance, and can easily form high-fine fine lines.
另外,肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)由於於其構造中兼具有吸收紫外線之構造、傳達光能量之構造、與產生自由基之構造,故少量即感度高,且對熱反應呈穩定,依少量即可設計高感度之感光性樹脂組成物。尤其由對於曝光光源之i射線(365nm)之光吸收性的觀點而言,在具有亦可經取代之咔唑基(具有亦可經取代之咔唑環的基)的肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)的情況下,可良好地表現此構造特性,故更佳。 In addition, the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) has a structure that absorbs ultraviolet light, a structure that transmits light energy, and a structure that generates free radicals in its structure. It is stable, and a small amount of photosensitive resin composition can be designed. In particular, from the viewpoint of light absorption of i-rays (365 nm) of an exposure light source, photopolymerization of an oxime ester having a carbazolyl group which may be substituted (a group having a carbazole ring which may be substituted) is initiated. In the case of the agent (c-1), this structural property is well expressed, so it is more preferable.
目前市場上係要求遮光度高,另一方面為薄膜的BM(黑色矩陣),顏料濃度亦逐漸增高。於此種狀況下,肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)可有效地發揮機能。 At present, the market requires a high degree of shading. On the other hand, the film is BM (black matrix), and the pigment concentration is gradually increasing. Under such conditions, the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) can effectively function.
作為肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)之肟系化合物,可列舉含有下述一般式(22)所示之構造部分的化合物,較佳可列舉下述一般式(23)所示之肟酯系化合物。 Examples of the oxime-based compound of the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) include compounds containing a structural moiety represented by the following general formula (22), and preferably include compounds represented by the following general formula (23) Oxime ester compounds.
上式(22),R22表示亦可分別被取代之碳數2~12之烷 醯基、碳數1~20之雜芳基烷醯基、碳數3~25之烯醯基(alkenoyl)、碳數3~8之環烷醯基、碳數3~20之烷氧基羰基烷醯基、碳數8~20之苯氧基羰基烷醯基、碳數3~20之雜芳氧基羰基烷醯基、碳數2~10之胺基烷羰基、碳數7~20之芳醯基、碳數1~20之雜芳醯基、碳數2~10之烷氧基羰基、或碳數7~20之芳氧基羰基。 In the above formula (22), R 22 represents an alkanoyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a heteroarylalkanoyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkenoyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms, respectively, which may be substituted. , 3 to 8 carbon alkanoyl groups, 3 to 20 carbon alkoxycarbonyl alkyl groups, 8 to 20 carbon phenoxy carbonyl alkyl groups, 3 to 20 heteroaryloxy groups Carbonyl alkanoyl, amine alkyl carbonyl having 2 to 10 carbons, aryl fluorenyl having 7 to 20 carbons, heteroaryl fluorenyl having 1 to 20 carbons, alkoxycarbonyl having 2 to 10 carbons, or carbon Aryloxycarbonyl groups of 7 to 20.
上式(23)中,R21a表示氫原子、或亦可分別被取代之碳數1~20之烷基、碳數2~25之烯基、碳數6~20之芳基、碳數1~20之雜芳基烷基、碳數3~20之烷氧基羰基烷基、碳數8~20之苯氧基羰基烷基、碳數1~20之雜芳氧基羰基烷基或雜芳基硫烷基、碳數1~20之胺基烷基、碳數2~12之烷醯基、碳數3~25之烯醯基、碳數3~8之環烷醯基、碳數7~20之芳醯基、碳數1~20之雜芳醯基、碳數2~10之烷氧基羰基、碳數7~20之芳氧基羰基、或碳數6~20之環烷基烷基。 In the above formula (23), R 21a represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 25 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number 1 Heteroarylalkyl of 20 to 20, alkoxycarbonylalkyl of 3 to 20 carbons, phenoxycarbonylalkyl of 8 to 20 carbons, heteroaryloxycarbonylalkyl of 1 to 20 carbons or hetero Arylsulfanyl group, amino alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkyl alkyl group with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, alkenyl group with 3 to 25 carbon atoms, naphthene alkyl group with 3 to 8 carbon atoms, carbon number Aryl onium of 7 to 20, heteroaryl on carbon of 1 to 20, alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 10 carbon, aryloxycarbonyl of 7 to 20 carbon, or cycloalkane of 6 to 20 carbon Alkyl.
R21b表示含有芳香環或雜芳香環的任意取代基。 R 21b represents an arbitrary substituent containing an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring.
尚且,R21a亦可與R21b一起形成環,其連接基可列舉亦可分別具有取代基之碳數1~10之伸烷基、聚乙烯基[-(CH=CH)r-]或聚乙炔基[-(C≡C)r-]或組合此等而成的基。又,r為0~3之整數。 Moreover, R 21a and R 21b may form a ring together, and examples of the linking group thereof include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a polyvinyl group [-(CH = CH) r- ], or poly Ethynyl [-(C≡C) r- ] or a combination of these. In addition, r is an integer of 0 to 3.
R22a表示與上式(22)中之R22相同的基。 R 22a represents the same group as R 22 in the above formula (22).
此等之中,由感度的觀點而言,作為上述一般式(22)中之R22及上述一般式(23)中之R22a,較佳可列舉碳數2~12之烷醯基、碳數1~20之雜芳基烷醯基、碳數3~8之環烷醯基;更佳可列 舉碳數2~10之烷醯基;更佳可列舉碳數2~5之烷醯基。 Among these, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, as R 22 in the above general formula (22) and R 22a in the above general formula (23), preferably, alkyl groups of 2 to 12 carbons, carbon Heteroarylalkanoyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and cycloalkanoyl groups having 3 to 8 carbon atoms; more preferable examples include alkyl alkanoyl groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms; and more preferred examples include alkyl alkanoyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
作為上述一般式(23)中之R21a,由對溶媒之溶解性、感度的觀點而言,較佳可列舉亦可被取代之碳數1~20之烷基、亦可被取代之碳數1~10之環烷基烷基、或亦可被取代之碳數6~20之芳基。更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、環戊基乙基、4-(2-甲氧基-1-甲基)乙氧基-2-甲基苯基或由N-乙醯基-N-乙醯氧基胺基所取代的丙基。 As R 21a in the general formula (23), from the viewpoints of solubility and sensitivity to a solvent, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms that can be substituted, and a carbon number that can be substituted are preferably listed. A cycloalkylalkyl group having 1 to 10 or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted. More preferably, it is methyl, ethyl, propyl, cyclopentylethyl, 4- (2-methoxy-1-methyl) ethoxy-2-methylphenyl or N-ethenyl- Propyl substituted by N-ethoxyamino.
另外,作為上述一般式(23)中之R21b,較佳可列舉亦可被取代之咔唑基、亦可被取代之9-氧硫基或亦可被取代之苯基硫醚基。在含有亦可被取代之咔唑基作為R21b時,由上述理由而言為更佳。又,含有具硝基之咔唑基的肟酯起始劑亦屬有效。 In addition, as R 21b in the general formula (23), a carbazolyl group which may be substituted, and 9-oxysulfide, which may be substituted, are preferred. Or may be substituted phenyl sulfide. When R 21b is contained as a carbazolyl group which may be substituted, it is more preferable for the reasons described above. An oxime ester initiator containing a carbazolyl group having a nitro group is also effective.
作為肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1),含有亦可被取代之咔唑基作為R21b者係基於上述理由為較佳。更佳係具有選自包含亦可被取代之碳數6~25之芳基、亦可被取代之碳數7~25之芳基羰基、亦可被取代之碳數5~25之雜芳基、亦可被取代之碳數6~25之雜芳基羰基、及硝基之群組中的至少1種基的咔唑基。由感度之觀點而言,特佳係具有選自包含苯甲醯基、甲苯甲醯基、萘甲醯基、噻吩基羰基、及硝基之群組中的至少1種基的咔唑基。若咔唑基所亦可具有之取代基為此等,則對光聚合起始劑之感度並無較大影響,即使稍有影響,仍可藉由調整曝光量、或調整光聚合起始劑之添加量,而有可形成所需之細線的傾向。 It is preferable that the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) contains a carbazolyl group which may be substituted as R 21b for the reasons described above. More preferably, it is selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 25 carbon atoms which may be substituted, an aryl carbonyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms which may be substituted, and a heteroaryl group having 5 to 25 carbon atoms which may be substituted. , A heteroarylcarbonyl group having 6 to 25 carbon atoms which may be substituted, and a carbazolyl group having at least one kind of nitro group. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, particularly preferred is a carbazolyl group having at least one type selected from the group consisting of benzamyl, tolylmethyl, naphthylmethyl, thienylcarbonyl, and nitro. If the substituents that the carbazolyl group can also have are these, there is no great influence on the sensitivity of the photopolymerization initiator. Even if it has a slight effect, you can still adjust the exposure amount or adjust the photopolymerization initiator. The added amount tends to form a desired thin line.
又,此等基由有效率地傳達所吸收之光能量的觀點而言,較佳係鍵結於咔唑基的3位。同樣地,上式(23)中之C原子較佳係鍵結於咔唑基的6位。 From the viewpoint of efficiently transmitting the absorbed light energy, these groups are preferably bonded to the 3-position of the carbazole group. Similarly, the C atom in the above formula (23) is preferably bonded to the 6-position of the carbazolyl group.
又,鍵結於咔唑基之N原子的H原子,亦可由任意取代基所 取代,由對溶媒之溶解性的觀點而言,作為任意取代基較佳為碳數1~20之烷基,更佳為碳數1~10之烷基,再更佳為碳數1~5之烷基。 The H atom bonded to the N atom of the carbazolyl group may be substituted by an arbitrary substituent. From the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, an arbitrary substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Of alkyl.
作為此種肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)的市售物,有BASF公司製之OXE-02、常州強力電子公司製之TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-314或ADEKA公司製NCI-831等。 As commercially available products of this oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1), there are OXE-02 manufactured by BASF Corporation, TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-314 manufactured by Changzhou Qiangli Electronics Co., or ADEKA Corporation. NCI-831 and so on.
作為肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1),本發明中較佳之肟酯系化合物,具體而言,可列舉如以下所例示的化合物,但並不限定於此等化合物。 As the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1), preferred oxime ester compounds in the present invention include the compounds exemplified below, but are not limited to these compounds.
[化73]
[化75]
另一方面,作為肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)之酮肟酯系化合物,可列舉含有下述一般式(24)所示之構造部分的化合物,較佳可列舉下述一般式(25)所示之肟酯系化合物。 On the other hand, examples of the ketoxime ester compound as the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) include compounds containing a structural moiety represented by the following general formula (24), and preferably the following general formula The oxime ester compound shown in (25).
[化76]
上述一般式(24)中,R24係與上述一般式(22)中之R22同義。 In the general formula (24), R 24 is synonymous with R 22 in the general formula (22).
上述一般式(25)中,R23a亦可表示分別被取代之苯基、碳數1~20之烷基、碳數2~25之烯基、碳數1~20之雜芳基烷基、碳數3~20之烷氧基羰基烷基、碳數8~20之苯氧基羰基烷基、碳數2~20之烷基硫烷基、碳數1~20之雜芳氧基羰基烷基或雜芳基硫烷基、碳數1~20之胺基烷基、碳數2~12之烷醯基、碳數3~25之烯醯基、碳數3~8之環烷醯基、碳數7~20之芳醯基、碳數1~20之雜芳醯基、碳數2~10之烷氧基羰基、碳數7~20之芳氧基羰基、或碳數6~20之環烷基烷基。 In the general formula (25), R 23a may also represent a substituted phenyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 25 carbon atoms, a heteroaryl alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, Alkoxycarbonylalkyl with 3 to 20 carbons, phenoxycarbonylalkyl with 8 to 20 carbons, alkylsulfanyl with 2 to 20 carbons, heteroaryloxycarbonylalkane with 1 to 20 carbons Or heteroarylsulfanyl group, amino alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkyl alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, alkenyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms, and cycloalkyl alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms , Arylfluorenyl group with 7 to 20 carbon atoms, Heteroarylarylene group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, Alkoxycarbonyl group with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, Aryloxycarbonyl group with 7 to 20 carbon atoms, or 6 to 20 carbon atoms Its cycloalkylalkyl.
R23b表示含有芳香環或雜芳香環的任意取代基。 R 23b represents an arbitrary substituent containing an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring.
尚且,R23a亦可與R23b一起形成環,其連接基可列舉亦可分別具有取代基之碳數1~10的伸烷基、聚乙烯基[-(CH=CH)r-]或聚乙炔基[-(C≡C)r-]或組合此等而成的基。又,r為0~3之整數。 Moreover, R 23a and R 23b may form a ring together, and examples of the linking group thereof include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a polyvinyl group [-(CH = CH) r- ], or poly Ethynyl [-(C≡C) r- ] or a combination of these. In addition, r is an integer of 0 to 3.
R24a表示亦可分別被取代之碳數2~12之烷醯基、碳數3~25之烯醯基、碳數4~8之環烷醯基、碳數7~20之苯甲醯基、碳數3~20之雜芳醯基、碳數2~10之烷氧基羰基、碳數7~20之芳氧基羰基、碳數2~20之雜芳基、或碳數2~20之烷胺基羰基。 R 24a represents an alkylfluorenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylfluorenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, and a benzamyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, respectively, which may be substituted. , Heteroarylfluorenyl with 3 to 20 carbons, alkoxycarbonyl with 2 to 10 carbons, aryloxycarbonyl with 7 to 20 carbons, heteroaryl with 2 to 20 carbons, or 2 to 20 carbons Alkylaminocarbonyl.
作為上述一般式(24)中之R24及上述一般式(25)中之 R24a,較佳可列舉碳數2~12之烷醯基、碳數1~20之雜芳基烷醯基、碳數3~8之環烷醯基或碳數7~20之芳醯基。 As R 24 in the general formula (24) and R 24a in the general formula (25), preferred examples include alkyl alkanoyl groups having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, heteroaryl alkyl fluorenyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, A cycloalkanoyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or an arylfluorenyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.
作為上述一般式(25)中之R23a,較佳為無取代之乙基、丙基或丁基,或經甲氧基羰基所取代的乙基或丙基。又,作為上述一般式(25)中之R23b,較佳可列舉亦可被取代之咔唑基、亦可被取代之苯基硫醚基,但含有咔唑基作為R23b者係基於上述理由,故更佳。 As R 23a in the general formula (25), an unsubstituted ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group, or an ethyl group or a propyl group substituted with a methoxycarbonyl group is preferred. In addition, as R 23b in the general formula (25), a carbazolyl group which may be substituted and a phenylthioether group which may be substituted may be mentioned. However, those containing carbazolyl as R 23b are based on the above. The reason is better.
作為肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1),本發明中較佳之酮肟酯系化合物,具體而言,可列舉如以下例示的化合物,但並不限定於此等化合物。 As the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1), preferred ketoxime ester compounds in the present invention include the compounds exemplified below, but are not limited to these compounds.
[化78]
作為此種肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)的市售物,有BASF 公司製之OXE-01或常州強力電子公司製之TR-PBG-305等。 As a commercially available product of such an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1), there is BASF OXE-01 made by the company or TR-PBG-305 made by Changzhou Qiangli Electronics Co., Ltd.
此等肟及酮肟酯系化合物本身為公知化合物,例如屬於日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、或日本專利特開2006-36750號公報記載之一系列之化合物的一種。 These oxime and ketoxime ester compounds are known compounds per se, for example, one of a series of compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-80068 or Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-36750.
上述肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 The said oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
本發明之光聚合起始劑(c)係至少含有上述肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)者,但在不影響藉由使用肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)所得之本發明效果的範圍內,亦可併用肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)以外之其他光聚合起始劑(c-2)。又,視需要亦可使用加速劑、增感色素等之加成劑。 The photopolymerization initiator (c) of the present invention contains at least the above-mentioned oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1), but does not affect the product obtained by using the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1). Within the scope of the effects of the present invention, a photopolymerization initiator (c-2) other than the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) may be used in combination. If necessary, an additive such as an accelerator or a sensitizing dye may be used.
作為其他光聚合起始劑(c-2),可列舉例如日本專利特開昭59-152396號公報、日本專利特開昭61-151197號公報記載之含有二茂鈦衍生物類的二茂金屬化合物;日本專利特開2000-56118號公報記載之聯咪唑衍生物;日本專利特開平10-39503號公報記載之鹵甲基化二唑衍生物、鹵甲基-s-三衍生物、N-苯基甘胺酸等之N-芳基-α-胺基酸類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸鹽類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸酯類等之自由基活性劑或α-胺基烷基苯乙酮衍生物等。 Examples of other photopolymerization initiators (c-2) include metallocenes containing a titanocene derivative described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-152396 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-151197. Compounds; biimidazole derivatives described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-56118; halomethylation described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-39503 Diazole derivatives, halomethyl-s-tris Derivatives, N-aryl-α-amino acids such as N-phenylglycine, N-aryl-α-amino acid salts, N-aryl-α-amino acid esters, etc. Free radical activators or α-aminoalkylacetophenone derivatives.
具體而言,例如作為二鈦衍生物類,可列舉二環戊二烯基二氯化鈦、二環戊二烯基聯苯基鈦、二環戊二烯基雙(2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯-1-基)鈦、二環戊二烯基雙(2,3,5,6-四氟苯-1-基)鈦、二環戊二烯基雙(2,4,6-三氟苯-1-基)鈦、二環戊二烯基二(2,6-二氟苯-1-基)鈦、二環戊二烯基二(2,4-二氟苯-1-基)鈦、二(甲基環戊二烯基)雙 (2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯-1-基)鈦、二(甲基環戊二烯基)雙(2,6-二氟苯-1-基)鈦及二環戊二烯基[2,6-二-氟-3-(吡咯-1-基)-苯-1-基)鈦等。 Specifically, for example, as the dititanium derivatives, dicyclopentadienyl titanium dichloride, dicyclopentadienyl biphenyl titanium, and dicyclopentadienyl bis (2,3,4, 5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl) titanium, dicyclopentadienyl bis (2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl) titanium, dicyclopentadienyl bis (2, 4,6-trifluorophenyl-1-yl) titanium, dicyclopentadienyl bis (2,6-difluorophenyl-1-yl) titanium, dicyclopentadienyl bis (2,4-difluoro Phen-1-yl) titanium, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) bis (2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl) titanium, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) bis (2,6-difluorophenyl-1-yl) titanium and dicyclopentyl Dienyl [2,6-di-fluoro-3- (pyrrol-1-yl) -phenyl-1-yl) titanium and the like.
又,作為聯咪唑衍生物類,可列舉例如2-(2'-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑2聚物、2-(2'-氯苯基)-4,5-雙(3'-甲氧苯基)咪唑2聚物、2-(2'-氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑2聚物、2-(2'-甲氧苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑2聚物及(4'-甲氧苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑2聚物等。 Examples of the biimidazole derivatives include 2- (2'-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer and 2- (2'-chlorophenyl) -4,5- Bis (3'-methoxyphenyl) imidazole dimer, 2- (2'-fluorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (2'-methoxyphenyl)- 4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer and (4'-methoxyphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer.
另外,作為鹵甲基化二唑衍生物類,可列舉例如2-三氯甲基-5-(2'-苯并呋喃基)-1,3,4-二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-[β-(2'-苯并呋喃基)乙烯基]-1,3,4-二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-[β-(2'-(6"-苯并呋喃基)乙烯基)]-1,3,4-二唑及2-三氯甲基-5-呋喃基-1,3,4-二唑等。 In addition, as halomethylation Examples of the diazole derivatives include 2-trichloromethyl-5- (2'-benzofuranyl) -1,3,4- Diazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- [β- (2'-benzofuranyl) vinyl] -1,3,4- Diazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- [β- (2 '-(6 "-benzofuranyl) vinyl)]-1,3,4- Diazole and 2-trichloromethyl-5-furanyl-1,3,4- Diazole and so on.
又,作為鹵甲基-s-三衍生物類,可列舉例如2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三、2-(4-甲氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三、2-(4-乙氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三、及2-(4-乙氧基羰基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三等。 Also, as halomethyl-s-tri Examples of the derivatives include 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-tri , 2- (4-methoxynaphthyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-tri , 2- (4-ethoxynaphthyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-tri , And 2- (4-ethoxycarbonylnaphthyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-tri Wait.
又,作為α-胺基烷基苯乙酮衍生物類,可列舉例如2-甲基-1[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-啉基丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲烷胺基-1-(4-啉基苯基)-丁酮-1、2-苄基-2-二甲胺基-1-(4-啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮、4-二甲胺基苯甲酸乙酯、4-二甲胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、4-二乙胺基苯乙酮、4-二甲胺基丙醯苯、2-乙基己基-1,4-二甲胺基苯甲酸酯、2,5-雙(4-二乙胺基亞苄基)環己酮、7-二乙胺基-3-(4-二乙胺基苯甲醯基)香豆素及4-(二乙胺基)查耳酮等。 Examples of the α-aminoalkylacetophenone derivatives include 2-methyl-1 [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2- Porinylpropane-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4- Phenylphenyl) -butanone-1, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4- (Phenylphenyl) butane-1-one, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid isoamyl ester, 4-diethylaminoacetophenone, 4-dimethylamine Propylbenzene, 2-ethylhexyl-1,4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2,5-bis (4-diethylaminobenzylidene) cyclohexanone, 7-diethylamino -3- (4-Diethylaminobenzyl) coumarin and 4- (diethylamino) chalcone.
其他可列舉例如苯偶姻甲基醚、苯偶姻苯基醚、苯偶姻異丁基醚、苯偶姻異丙基醚等之苯偶姻烷基醚類;2-甲基蒽醌、2-乙基蒽醌、2-第三丁基蒽醌、1-氯蒽醌等之蒽醌衍生物類;二苯 基酮、米其勒酮、2-甲基二苯基酮、3-甲基二苯基酮、4-甲基二苯基酮、2-氯二苯基酮、4-溴二苯基酮、2-羧基二苯基酮等之二苯基酮衍生物類;2,2-二甲氧基-2-苯基苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、α-羥基-2-甲基苯基丙酮、1-羥基-1-甲基乙基-(對異丙基苯基)酮、1-羥基-1-(對十二烷基苯基)酮、2-甲基-(4'-甲基硫苯基)-2-啉基-1-丙酮、1,1,1-三氯甲基-(對丁基苯基)酮等之苯乙酮衍生物類;9-氧硫、2-乙基9-氧硫、2-異丙基9-氧硫、2-氯9-氧硫、2,4-二甲基9-氧硫、2,4-二乙基9-氧硫、2,4-二異丙基9-氧硫等之9-氧硫衍生物類;對二甲胺基安息香酸乙酯、對二乙胺基安息香酸乙酯等之安息香酸乙酯衍生物類;9-苯基吖啶、9-(對甲氧基苯基)吖啶等之吖啶衍生物類;9,10-二甲基苯并啡等之啡衍生物類;苯并蒽酮等之蒽酮衍生物類等。 Other examples include benzoin alkyl ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin phenyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether; 2-methylanthraquinone, Anthraquinone derivatives such as 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-tert-butylanthraquinone, 1-chloroanthraquinone; diphenyl ketone, Michelin, 2-methyldiphenyl ketone, 3- Diphenyl ketone derivatives such as methyl diphenyl ketone, 4-methyl diphenyl ketone, 2-chlorodiphenyl ketone, 4-bromodiphenyl ketone, 2-carboxydiphenyl ketone; 2 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone, α-hydroxy-2-methylphenylacetone, 1 -Hydroxy-1-methylethyl- (p-isopropylphenyl) ketone, 1-hydroxy-1- (p-dodecylphenyl) ketone, 2-methyl- (4'-methylthiobenzene Base) -2- Acetophenone derivatives such as phosphono-1-acetone, 1,1,1-trichloromethyl- (p-butylphenyl) ketone; 9-oxysulfur 2-ethyl 9-oxysulfur , 2-isopropyl 9-oxysulfur , 2-chloro9-oxysulfur 2,4-dimethyl 9-oxosulfur , 2,4-diethyl 9-oxysulfur 2,4-diisopropyl 9-oxysulfur 9-oxysulfur Derivatives; ethyl benzoate derivatives such as ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl p-diethylaminobenzoate; 9-phenylacridine, 9- (p-methoxyphenyl) Acridine derivatives such as acridine; 9,10-dimethylbenzophene Waiting for coffee Derivatives; Anthrone derivatives such as benzoxanthone.
此等其他之光聚合起始劑可僅使用1種,亦可使用2種以上。 These other photopolymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
作為加速劑,可列舉例如2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑等之具雜環之巰基化合物或脂肪族多官能巰基化合物等。加速劑可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用。 Examples of the accelerator include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole and 2-mercaptobenzo Azole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole and other heterocyclic mercapto compounds or aliphatic polyfunctional mercapto compounds. The accelerator may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.
於光聚合起始劑(c)中,視需要依提高感應感度的目的,可併用配合了影像曝光光源之波長的增感色素。作為此等增感色素,可列 舉:日本專利特開平4-221958號公報、日本專利特開平4-219756號公報記載之色素;日本專利特開平3-239703號公報、日本專利特開平5-289335號公報記載之具雜環的香豆素色素;日本專利特開平3-239703號公報、日本專利特開平5-289335號公報記載之3-酮香豆素化合物、日本專利特開平6-19240號公報記載之吡咯次甲基色素;其他,日本專利特開昭47-2528號公報、日本專利特開昭54-155292號公報、日本專利特公昭45-37377號公報、日本專利特開昭48-84183號公報、日本專利特開昭52-112681號公報、日本專利特開昭58-15503號公報、日本專利特開昭60-88005號公報、日本專利特開昭59-56403號公報、日本專利特開平2-69號公報、日本專利特開昭57-168088號公報、日本專利特開平5-107761號公報、日本專利特開平5-210240號公報、日本專利特開平4-288818號公報記載之具有二烷基胺基苯骨格的色素等。 In the photopolymerization initiator (c), a sensitizing dye combined with a wavelength of an image exposure light source may be used in combination according to the purpose of improving the sensitivity of the sensing as needed. Examples of such sensitizing dyes include those described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-221958 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-219756. Pigments; coumarin pigments with heterocyclic rings described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3-239703 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-289335; Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3-239703 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-289335 3-ketocoumarin compounds described in the gazette, pyrromethene pigments described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-19240; others, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 47-2528, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 54-155292 Gazette, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 45-37377, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 48-84183, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 52-112681, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 58-15503, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication 60-88005, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-56403, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-69, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 57-168088, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-107761, Japanese Patent A pigment having a dialkylaminobenzene skeleton as described in JP-A 5-210240 and JP-A 4-288818.
此等增感色素中,較佳為含胺基之增感色素,更佳為同一分子內具有胺基及苯基的化合物。特佳為例如4,4'-二甲胺基二苯基酮、4,4'-二乙胺基二苯基酮、2-胺基二苯基酮、4-胺基二苯基酮、4,4'-二胺基二苯基酮、3,3'-二胺基二苯基酮、3,4-二胺基二苯基酮等之二苯基酮系化合物;2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并唑、2-(對二乙胺基苯基)苯并唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并[4,5]苯并唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并[6,7]苯并唑、2,5-雙(對二乙胺基苯基)1,3,4-唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二乙胺基苯基)苯并曝唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并咪唑、2-(對乙胺基苯基)苯并咪唑、2,5-雙(對二乙胺基苯基)1,3,4-噻二唑、(對二甲胺基苯基)吡啶、(對二乙胺基苯基)吡啶、(對二甲胺基苯基)喹啉、(對二乙胺基苯基) 喹啉、(對二甲胺基苯基)嘧啶、(對二乙胺基苯基)嘧啶等之含有對二烷胺基苯基的化合物等。 Among these sensitizing dyes, amine-containing sensitizing dyes are preferable, and compounds having an amine group and a phenyl group in the same molecule are more preferable. Particularly preferred are, for example, 4,4'-dimethylaminodiphenyl ketone, 4,4'-diethylaminodiphenyl ketone, 2-aminodiphenyl ketone, 4-aminodiphenyl ketone, Diphenyl ketone compounds such as 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ketone, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ketone, 3,4-diaminodiphenyl ketone; 2- (p- Dimethylaminophenyl) benzo Azole, 2- (p-diethylaminophenyl) benzo Azole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzo [4,5] benzo Azole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzo [6,7] benzo Azole, 2,5-bis (p-diethylaminophenyl) 1,3,4- Azole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzothiazole, 2- (p-diethylaminophenyl) benzoxazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzimidazole, 2- (P-ethylaminophenyl) benzimidazole, 2,5-bis (p-diethylaminophenyl) 1,3,4-thiadiazole, (p-dimethylaminophenyl) pyridine, (p-diamino Ethylaminophenyl) pyridine, (p-dimethylaminophenyl) quinoline, (p-diethylaminophenyl) quinoline, (p-dimethylaminophenyl) pyrimidine, (p-diethylaminobenzene) Compounds) containing p-dialkylaminophenyl and the like.
其中,最佳為4,4'-二烷胺基二苯基酮。 Among these, 4,4'-dialkylamino diphenyl ketone is the most preferable.
增感色素可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 The sensitizing dye may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
作為本發明之感光性樹脂組成物所應用的樹脂,係應用鹼可溶性樹脂(d)。本發明所使用之鹼可溶性樹脂(d),若為在將含有其之本發明之感光性樹脂組成物進行塗佈、乾燥而得之膜予以曝光後,曝光部與非曝光部對鹼顯影液的溶解性發生變化者,則無特別限定,較佳係具有羧基及乙烯性不飽和基之至少一者的鹼可溶性樹脂(d-1),更佳係具有羧基與乙烯性不飽和基的鹼可溶性樹脂。 As the resin used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin (d) is used. If the alkali-soluble resin (d) used in the present invention is a film obtained by coating and drying the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention containing the same, the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion are exposed to the alkali developing solution. The solubility is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkali-soluble resin (d-1) having at least one of a carboxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, and more preferably an alkali having a carboxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated group. Soluble resin.
具體而言,可列舉例如具有羧基之環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂及丙烯酸共聚合樹脂。作為較佳者,更具體而言,可列舉作為後述之環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)、環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-2)、丙烯酸共聚合樹脂(D2-1)、丙烯酸共聚合樹脂(D2-2)、丙烯酸共聚合樹脂(D2-3)及丙烯酸共聚合樹脂(D2-4)所記載者。此等可使用1種或2種以上。 Specific examples include epoxy (meth) acrylate resins and acrylic copolymer resins having a carboxyl group. As a preferable one, the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-1), epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-2), and acrylic acid copolymerization mentioned later are mentioned more specifically, Resin (D2-1), acrylic copolymer resin (D2-2), acrylic copolymer resin (D2-3), and acrylic copolymer resin (D2-4). These may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.
上述之中,特佳為具有羧基之環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂。其理由如以下所述。 Among the above, an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxyl group is particularly preferred. The reason is as follows.
鹼可溶性樹脂(d)係於本發明所使用之含有上述具胺基甲酸乙酯骨架與親溶媒基及吸附基的聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)、與溶劑(e)的感光性樹脂組成物中,可良好地相溶,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈與高分子之鹼可溶性樹脂(d) 係成為防止色材(a)凝集的立體障礙部,保持良好的分散狀態。 The alkali-soluble resin (d) is used in the present invention and contains the above-mentioned polyurethane dispersant (b-1) having a urethane skeleton, a soluble solvent group and an adsorption group, and a solvent (e). The photosensitive resin composition is well compatible, and the polyether chain and / or polyester chain of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) and the polymer are alkali-soluble resins (d). It is a three-dimensional obstacle that prevents the color material (a) from aggregating, and maintains a good dispersion state.
又,在製作彩色濾光片時,藉由良好相溶之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈與高分子之鹼可溶性樹脂(d)交纏,或者聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之吸附基或聚胺基甲酸酯骨架吸附於色材(a),而攝入耐性高之色材(a),則鹼顯影時或其後之高溫處理時,因鹼顯影液之浸蝕或熱所造成的變形較小。 In the production of a color filter, the polyether chain and / or polyester chain of the highly compatible polyurethane dispersant (b-1) and the alkali-soluble resin (d) of the polymer cross each other. Entanglement, or the adsorption group or polyurethane skeleton of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) adsorbs to the color material (a), and if the color material (a) with high resistance is taken in, the alkali develops At or after high temperature treatment, the deformation caused by the etching or heat of the alkali developer is small.
又,在彩色濾光片製作時,在非曝光部溶解於鹼顯影液時,作為黏結劑樹脂,係應用具有羥基、羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基等酸性官能基的鹼可溶性樹脂。尤其在鹼可溶性樹脂具有羧基的情況,相較於具有羥基的情況,有更容易溶解於鹼顯影液的傾向。 In addition, when a color filter is produced, when a non-exposed portion is dissolved in an alkali developing solution, an alkali-soluble resin having an acidic functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, or a sulfonic acid group is used as a binder resin. In particular, when an alkali-soluble resin has a carboxyl group, it tends to be more easily dissolved in an alkali developing solution than when it has a hydroxyl group.
又,磷酸基或磺酸基係酸性度較羧基高,但容易與感光性樹脂組成物中之具有鹼性的光聚合起始劑、光聚合性單體、分散劑、其他添加劑反應,而有保存穩定性惡化的情形。 In addition, the phosphate group or sulfonic acid group is more acidic than the carboxyl group, but it is easy to react with a basic photopolymerization initiator, photopolymerizable monomer, dispersant, and other additives in the photosensitive resin composition. When storage stability deteriorates.
又,在鹼可溶性樹脂之酸性基為羧基時,不致影響分散,與分散劑(b)呈弱親和,有抑制因鹼顯影時之鹼顯影液所造成的浸蝕、或其後之高溫處理時之熱所造成的變形的傾向。 In addition, when the acidic group of the alkali-soluble resin is a carboxyl group, it does not affect the dispersion, has a weak affinity with the dispersant (b), and inhibits the erosion caused by the alkali developer during alkali development or the subsequent high-temperature treatment. The tendency to deform by heat.
再者,在鹼可溶性樹脂具有乙烯性不飽和基的情況,藉由紫外線照射進行交聯,上述聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之聚醚鏈及/或聚酯鏈與鹼可溶性樹脂(d)的交纏變得更加牢固,有紫外線照射部之鹼顯影液耐性及耐熱性變得非常大的傾向。 When the alkali-soluble resin has an ethylenically unsaturated group, the polyether chain and / or polyester chain of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) and the alkali are crosslinked by ultraviolet irradiation. The entanglement of the soluble resin (d) becomes stronger, and the alkali developing solution resistance and heat resistance of the ultraviolet irradiated portion tend to be very large.
又,在鹼可溶性樹脂(d)具有乙烯性不飽和基的情況,可使因併用聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)與肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)所得效果更加提升。 When the alkali-soluble resin (d) has an ethylenically unsaturated group, the effect obtained by using a polyurethane dispersant (b-1) and an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) in combination can be obtained. Improved even more.
尤其是在紫外線不易到達之基板與細線圖案間之接 黏部分或在紫外線曝光時因遮罩使紫外線被遮光而變弱的細線圖案之側面部,藉由併用具有乙烯性不飽和基之鹼可溶性樹脂與聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)及肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1),有相乘性地提高鹼顯影液耐性與耐熱性、容易形成高細微之細線的傾向。 Especially the connection between the substrate and the thin line pattern which are hard to reach by ultraviolet rays The sticky part or the side face of the thin line pattern that is weakened by light shielding due to the mask during ultraviolet exposure, is combined with an alkali-soluble resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group and a polyurethane dispersant (b-1 ) And the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) tend to multiply improve the resistance and heat resistance of the alkali developing solution, and tend to form highly fine fine lines.
又,在使用環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂作為具有羧基與乙烯性不飽和基的鹼可溶性樹脂時,可於樹脂中較多地加成不飽和基或羧基。又,可較多地導入芳香環構造、或導入立體體積較大的脂環式構造,而可更進一步提升耐鹼顯影液性及耐熱性。 When an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is used as the alkali-soluble resin having a carboxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, a large amount of unsaturated groups or carboxyl groups can be added to the resin. In addition, it is possible to introduce more aromatic ring structures or alicyclic structures with a larger three-dimensional volume, and it is possible to further improve the resistance to alkali developer and heat resistance.
作為具有羧基之環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂,可列舉例如以下之環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)及/或環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-2)。 Examples of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxyl group include the following epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-1) and / or epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1) -2).
藉由於環氧樹脂中使α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯加成,進而使多元酸及其酐之至少一者反應,所獲得之環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂。 The ring obtained by adding an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group in an epoxy resin to react at least one of a polybasic acid and an anhydride thereof. Oxy (meth) acrylate resin.
藉由於環氧樹脂中使α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯加成,進而使多元醇、與多元酸及其酐之至少一者反應,所獲得的環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂。 By adding an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group in an epoxy resin, a polyhydric alcohol and at least one of a polybasic acid and an anhydride thereof are reacted, The obtained epoxy (meth) acrylate resin.
作為成為環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D-1)及環氧基 (甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D-2)之原料的環氧樹脂,可列舉例如雙酚A型環氧樹脂(例如三菱化學公司製之「Epikote(註冊商標。以下相同。)828」、「Epikote 1001」、「Epikote 1002」、「Epikote 1004」等)、藉由雙酚A型環氧樹脂之醇性羥基與表氯醇之反應所得的環氧基(例如,日本化藥公司製之「NER-1302」(環氧當量323,軟化點76℃))、雙酚F型樹脂(例如,三菱化學公司製之「Epikote 807」、「EP-4001」、「EP-4002」、「EP4004等」)、雙酚F型環氧樹脂之醇性羥基與表氯醇之反應所得的環氧樹脂(例如,日本化藥公司製之「NER-7406」(環氧當量350,軟化點66℃))、雙酚S型環氧樹脂、聯苯基環氧丙基醚(例如,三菱化學公司製之「YX-4000」)、酚系酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂(例如,日本化藥公司製之「EPPN-201」、三菱化學公司製之「EP-152」、「EP-154」、DOW CHEMICAL公司製之「DEN-438」)、(鄰,間,對-)甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂(例如,日本化藥公司製「EOCN(註冊商標。以下相同。)-102S」、「EOCN-1020」、「EOCN-104S」)、三環氧丙基三聚異氰酸酯(例如,日產化學公司製之「TEPIC(註冊商標)」、三酚甲烷型環氧樹脂(例如,日本化藥公司製之「EPPN(註冊商標。以下相同。)-501」、「EPN-502」、「EPPN-503」、脂環式環氧樹脂(DAICEL化學工業公司製之「Celloxide(註冊商標。以下相同。)2021P」、「Celloxide EHPE」)、將由二環戊二烯與酚之反應所得的酚樹脂進行環氧丙基化的環氧樹脂(例如,大日本油墨公司製之「EXA-7200」、日本化藥公司製之「NC-7300」)及下述一般式(d1)~(d4)所示之環氧樹脂等。 Used as epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D-1) and epoxy group Examples of the epoxy resin used as a raw material for the (meth) acrylate resin (D-2) include bisphenol A type epoxy resins (for example, "Epikote (registered trademark. The same applies hereinafter) 828", "828" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, and " Epikote 1001 "," Epikote 1002 "," Epikote 1004 ", etc.), epoxy groups obtained by the reaction of alcoholic hydroxyl groups of bisphenol A epoxy resin with epichlorohydrin (for example," made by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. " "NER-1302" (epoxy equivalent 323, softening point 76 ° C)), bisphenol F-type resin (for example, "Epikote 807", "EP-4001", "EP-4002", "EP4004, etc." manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation "), An epoxy resin obtained by reacting an alcoholic hydroxyl group of an bisphenol F-type epoxy resin with epichlorohydrin (for example," NER-7406 "manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (epoxy equivalent 350, softening point 66 ° C) ), Bisphenol S-type epoxy resin, biphenyl glycidyl ether (for example, "YX-4000" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), phenol-based novolac-type epoxy resin (for example, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. "EPPN-201", "EP-152" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, "EP-154", "DEN-438" manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.), (Neighbor, Inter, Right-) Novolac-type epoxy resin (for example, "EOCN (registered trademark. The same applies hereinafter) -102S", "EOCN-1020", "EOCN-104S") manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., triglycidyl trimer isocyanate ( For example, "TEPIC (registered trademark)" manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd., and triphenol methane epoxy resin (for example, "EPPN (registered trademark. The same applies hereinafter) -501", "EPN-502" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. , "EPPN-503", alicyclic epoxy resin ("Celloxide (registered trademark. The same applies hereinafter) 2021P", "Celloxide EHPE", manufactured by DAICEL Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and will be obtained by the reaction of dicyclopentadiene and phenol Epoxy resin (e.g., "EXA-7200" manufactured by Dainippon Ink Co., Ltd., and "NC-7300" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and the following general formula (d1) ~ ( d4).
具體而言,可列舉例如,作為下述一般式(d1)所示之環氧樹脂的日本化藥公司製之「XD-1000」、下述一般式(d2)所示之 環氧樹脂的日本化藥公司製之「NC-3000」及下述一般式(d4)所示之環氧樹脂的新日鐵化學公司製之「ESF-300」等。 Specifically, for example, "XD-1000" manufactured by Nippon Kayakusho Co., Ltd. as an epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (d1), and by the following general formula (d2) "NC-3000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. and "ESF-300" manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. of epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (d4).
上述一般式(d1)中,b11表示平均值、且表示0~10之數。R11表示氫原子、鹵原子、碳數1~8之烷基、碳數3~10之環烷基、苯基、萘基、或聯苯基。又,1分子中存在的複數的R11可彼此為相同或相異。 In the general formula (d1), b11 represents an average value and a number from 0 to 10. R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, phenyl, naphthyl, or biphenyl. The plural R 11 in one molecule may be the same as or different from each other.
上述一般式(d2)中,b12表示平均值、且表示0~10之數。R21表示氫原子、鹵原子、碳數1~8之烷基、碳數3~10之環烷基、苯基、萘基、或聯苯基。又,1分子中存在的複數的R21可彼此為相同或相異。 In the general formula (d2), b12 represents an average value and a number from 0 to 10. R 21 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a biphenyl group. The plural R 21 present in one molecule may be the same as or different from each other.
上述一般式(d3)中,X表示下述一般式(d3-1)或(d3-2) 所示的連接基。其中,於分子構造中含有1個以上之金剛烷構造。b13表示2或3之整數。 In the above general formula (d3), X represents the following general formula (d3-1) or (d3-2) Linker shown. Among them, the molecular structure contains one or more adamantane structures. b13 represents an integer of 2 or 3.
上述一般式(d3-1)及(d3-2)中,R31~R34及R35~R37分別獨立表示亦可具有取代基之金剛烷基、氫原子、亦可具有取代基之碳數1~12之烷基、或亦可具有取代基之苯基。又,各式中之*記號係表示(d3)中之鍵結部位。 In the above general formulae (d3-1) and (d3-2), R 31 to R 34 and R 35 to R 37 each independently represent an adamantyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carbon that may also have a substituent. An alkyl group having 1 to 12 or a phenyl group which may have a substituent. In addition, the * symbol in each formula shows the bonding site in (d3).
上述一般式(d4)中,p及q分別獨立表示0~4之整數,R41及R42分別獨立表示烷基或鹵原子。R43及R44分別獨立表示伸烷基。x及y分別獨立表示0以上的整數。 In the general formula (d4), p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and R 41 and R 42 each independently represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom. R 43 and R 44 each independently represent an alkylene group. x and y each independently represent an integer of 0 or more.
此等之中,較佳係使用一般式(d1)~(d4)之任一者所表示的環氧樹脂。 Among these, an epoxy resin represented by any of the general formulae (d1) to (d4) is preferably used.
作為α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯,可列舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸、鄰-、間-、對-乙烯基安息香酸、(甲基)丙烯酸之α位鹵烷基、烷氧基、鹵素、硝基、氰基取代物等之單羧酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯 氧基乙基六氫酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基順丁烯二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基四氫酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基順丁烯二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基氫酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基順丁烯二酸、於丙烯酸中加成了ε-己內酯、β-丙內酯、γ-丁內酯、δ-戊內酯等之內酯類的單體,或於羥烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯中加成了琥珀酸(酐)、酞酸(酐)、順丁烯二酸(酐)等之酸(酐)的單體及(甲基)丙烯酸二聚物等。 Examples of the α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid having a carboxyl group include (meth) acrylic acid, butenoic acid, o-, m-, and p-vinyl benzoic acid , (Meth) acrylic acid, α-haloalkyl, alkoxy, halogen, nitro, cyano substituted monocarboxylic acids, 2- (meth) acryloxyethyl succinic acid, 2- ( (Meth) acrylic acid oxyethyl adipic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid oxyethyl phthalic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid Oxyethylhexahydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid, oxyethyl maleic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid, oxypropyl succinic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid Oxypropyl adipic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxypropyltetrahydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxypropylphthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxy Propylmaleic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxybutyl succinic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxybutyl adipate, 2- (meth) acryloxybutyl Hydroxyphthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxybutyl phthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxybutyl maleic acid, ε-caprolactone, β- Monolactone monomers such as propiolactone, γ-butyrolactone, δ-valerolactone, or succinic acid added to hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate (Anhydride), phthalic acid (anhydride), maleic acid (anhydride) and other monomers of acid (anhydride), (meth) acrylic acid dimer, and the like.
此等之中,由感度的觀點而言,特佳為(甲基)丙烯酸。 Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
作為對環氧樹脂加成α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯的方法,可使用公知手法。例如,可在酯化觸媒的存在下,依50~150℃之溫度,使α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯與環氧樹脂進行反應。 As a method for adding an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group to an epoxy resin, a known method can be used. For example, in the presence of an esterification catalyst, an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid having a carboxyl group can be reacted with an epoxy resin at a temperature of 50 to 150 ° C. .
作為此處所使用之酯化觸媒,可使用例如三乙胺、三甲胺、苄基二甲胺及苄基二乙胺等之3級胺,以及四甲基氯化銨、四乙基氯化銨、十二烷基三甲基氯化銨等之4級銨鹽等。 As the esterification catalyst used here, for example, tertiary amines such as triethylamine, trimethylamine, benzyldimethylamine, and benzyldiethylamine, and tetramethylammonium chloride and tetraethyl chloride can be used. Grade 4 ammonium salts such as ammonium, dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, etc.
尚且,環氧樹脂、α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯,以及酯化觸媒,可單獨使用任1種,亦可併用2種以上。 Moreover, an epoxy resin, an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group, and an esterification catalyst may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.
α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯的使用量,係相對於環氧樹脂之環氧基1當量,較佳為0.5~1.2當量之範圍、更佳為0.7~1.1當量之範圍。 The amount of α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group is 1 equivalent to the epoxy group of the epoxy resin, preferably in the range of 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents. A more preferable range is 0.7 to 1.1 equivalents.
α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯的使用量若較少,則不飽和基之導入量不足,接著與多元酸及/或其酐的反應亦不足。 If the amount of α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group is small, the amount of unsaturated group introduced will be insufficient, followed by reaction with a polybasic acid and / or its anhydride Also insufficient.
又,殘存多量之環氧基的情況亦不利。另一方面,若該使用量較多,則α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯依未反應物之型式殘存。認定任一情況下均有硬化特性惡化的傾向。 Moreover, it is disadvantageous that a large amount of epoxy groups remain. On the other hand, if the amount is large, the α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or the α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group remains as an unreacted substance. In any case, it is believed that the hardening characteristics tend to deteriorate.
作為多元酸及/或其酐,可列舉例如選自順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、酞酸、四氫酞酸、六氫酞酸、焦蜜石酸、偏苯三甲酸、二苯基酮四羧酸、甲基六氫酞酸、內亞甲基四氫酞酸、氯橋酸、甲基四氫酞酸及聯苯基四羧酸以及此等之酐等的1種或2種以上。 Examples of the polybasic acid and / or its anhydride include those selected from maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromelic acid, trimellitic acid, Diphenyl ketone tetracarboxylic acid, methylhexahydrophthalic acid, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorobridged acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, and anhydrides thereof Or 2 or more.
較佳係順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、酞酸、四氫酞酸、六氫酞酸、焦蜜石酸、偏苯三甲酸或聯苯基四羧酸、或此等之酐。特佳為四氫酞酸、聯苯基四羧酸、四氫酞酸酐、或聯苯基四羧酸二酐。 Preferred are maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromelic acid, trimellitic acid or biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, or the like anhydride. Particularly preferred are tetrahydrophthalic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, or biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride.
關於多元酸及/或其酐之加成反應,可使用公知手法,在與對環氧樹脂之α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯的加成反應相同的條件下,可繼續反應而得到目標物。 With regard to the addition reaction of a polybasic acid and / or its anhydride, a known method can be used to add the Under the same conditions as the reaction, the reaction can be continued to obtain the target.
多元酸及/或其酐成分的加成量,較佳係所生成之含羧基之環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂的酸價為10~150mgKOH/g之範圍的程度,更佳係20~140mgKOH/g之範圍的程度。 The addition amount of the polybasic acid and / or its anhydride component is preferably such that the carboxylic group-containing epoxy (meth) acrylate resin has an acid value in the range of 10 to 150 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 20 A degree in the range of ~ 140 mgKOH / g.
若含羧基之環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂的酸價為未滿上述範圍,有缺乏鹼顯影性之傾向,又,若超過上述範圍,認定 有硬化性能劣化的傾向。 If the acid value of the carboxyl-containing epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is less than the above range, it tends to lack alkali developability, and if it exceeds the above range, it is considered that The hardening performance tends to deteriorate.
尚且,在多元酸及/或其酐之加成反應合成時,亦可添加三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇等之多元醇,作為經導入多分岐構造者。 In addition, in the synthesis of the addition reaction of a polybasic acid and / or its anhydride, a polyhydric alcohol such as trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, and dipentaerythritol may be added as a polymorphic structure to be introduced.
環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)、(D1-2)通常係藉由於環氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯的反應物中,混合多元酸及/或其酐後,或者於環氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之反應物中,混合多元酸及/或其酐及多元醇後,予以加溫而獲得。 Epoxy (meth) acrylate resins (D1-1) and (D1-2) are usually produced by epoxy resin and α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid with carboxyl group. The reactant of the acid ester is mixed with the polybasic acid and / or its anhydride or the reactant of the epoxy resin and the α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or the α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid having a carboxyl group , Obtained by mixing a polybasic acid and / or its anhydride and a polyhydric alcohol and heating it.
此時,多元酸及/或其酐與多元醇的混合順序,並無特別限制。藉由加溫,對於環氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯的反應物、及與多元醇的混合物中所存在的任一羥基,使多元酸及/或其酐進行加成反應。 In this case, the order of mixing the polybasic acid and / or its anhydride with the polyhydric alcohol is not particularly limited. By heating, any hydroxyl group present in a mixture of an epoxy resin with an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or an α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group, and a polyol , Addition reaction of polybasic acid and / or its anhydride.
多元醇之使用量,若過少則效果較薄;若過多則有增黏或凝膠化之可能性,故相對於環氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸或於酯部分與具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯的反應物,通常為0.01~0.5質量份左右、較佳為0.02~0.2質量倍左右。 If the amount of polyhydric alcohol is too small, the effect is relatively thin; if it is too large, there is a possibility of thickening or gelation. Therefore, it is more suitable for epoxy resin and α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or ester part and having carboxyl group. The reactant of α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester is usually about 0.01 to 0.5 parts by mass, preferably about 0.02 to 0.2 times by mass.
如此所得之環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)、(D1-2)的酸價,通常為10mgKOH/g以上、較佳為50mgKOH/g以上。酸價未滿10mgKOH/g時,有顯影性不足的情形。 The acid values of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resins (D1-1) and (D1-2) thus obtained are usually 10 mgKOH / g or more, and preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more. When the acid value is less than 10 mgKOH / g, the developability may be insufficient.
又,若酸價過高,有於感光性樹脂組成物之鹼耐性發生問題(亦即,視鹼性顯影液,發生圖案表面之粗面化或膜減少)的情形,故酸價較佳為200mgKOH/g以下、更佳為150mgKOH/g以下。 Moreover, if the acid value is too high, there may be a problem in the alkali resistance of the photosensitive resin composition (that is, depending on the alkaline developer, the pattern surface may be roughened or the film may be reduced). Therefore, the acid value is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less.
環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)、(D1-2)之凝膠滲 透層析(GPC)測定所得之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw),較佳為1,000以上、更佳為1,500以上。且,較佳為10,000以下、更佳為8,000以下、再更佳為6,000以下。重量平均分子量(Mw)若過小,有感度、塗膜強度或鹼耐性發生問題的可能性;若過大,有顯影性或再溶解性發生問題的情形。 Gel penetration of epoxy (meth) acrylate resins (D1-1) and (D1-2) The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) obtained by permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement is preferably 1,000 or more, and more preferably 1,500 or more. In addition, it is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 8,000 or less, and even more preferably 6,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is too small, there may be a problem in sensitivity, coating film strength, or alkali resistance; if it is too large, problems in developability or resolubility may occur.
作為丙烯酸共聚合樹脂,可使用例如日本專利特開平7-207211號公報、日本專利特開平8-259876號公報、日本專利特開平10-300922號公報、日本專利特開11-140144號公報、日本專利特開平11-174224號公報、日本專利特開2000-56118號公報、日本專利特開2003-233179號公報、日本專利特開2007-270147號公報等各公報所記載的各種高分子化合物;較佳可列舉以下之(D2-1)~(D2-4)之樹脂等。其中,(D2-1)~(D2-4)之樹脂中,較佳為(D2-1)與(D2-3)之樹脂。 As the acrylic copolymer resin, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-207211, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-259876, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-300922, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-140144, and Japan Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-174224, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-56118, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-233179, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-270147, and other polymer compounds described in various publications; Preferred examples include the following resins (D2-1) to (D2-4). Among the resins (D2-1) to (D2-4), the resins (D2-1) and (D2-3) are preferred.
(D2-1):對於含有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、與其他自由基聚合性單體的共聚合體,於該共聚合體所具有之環氧基之至少一部分使不飽和一元酸加成而成的樹脂,或於藉該加成反應所產生之羥基之至少一部分使多元酸酐加成而得的樹脂(以下有時稱為「(D2-1)樹脂」。) (D2-1): For a copolymer of an epoxy-containing (meth) acrylate and another radical polymerizable monomer, unsaturated monobasic acid is added to at least a part of the epoxy group of the copolymer The resulting resin, or a resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least a part of the hydroxyl groups generated by the addition reaction (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(D2-1) resin").
(D2-2):於主鏈含有羧基之直鏈狀鹼可溶性樹脂(以下有時稱為「(D2-2)樹脂」。) (D2-2): A linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(D2-2) resin").
(D2-3):於上述(D2-2)樹脂之羧基部分,使含有環氧基之不飽和化 合物加成的樹脂(以下有時稱為「(D2-3)樹脂」。) (D2-3): Unsaturation of the epoxy group-containing group in the carboxyl portion of the resin (D2-2) Resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(D2-3) resin").
(D2-4):(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂(以下有時稱為「(D2-4)樹脂」。) (D2-4): (meth) acrylic resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(D2-4) resin")
尚且,上述(D2-1)樹脂亦涵括於環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂之概念。 Moreover, the above-mentioned (D2-1) resin is also included in the concept of epoxy (meth) acrylate resin.
以下,針對此等之各樹脂進行說明。 Each of these resins will be described below.
(D2-1)作為對於含有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、與其他自由基聚合性單體的共聚合體,於該共聚合體所具有之環氧基之至少一部分使不飽和一元酸加成而成的樹脂,或於藉該加成反應所產生之羥基之至少一部分使多元酸酐加成而得的樹脂,更具體而言,可列舉「對於含有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯5~90莫耳%、與其他自由基聚合性單體10~95莫耳%的共聚合體,於該共聚合體所具有之環氧基之10~100莫耳%使不飽和一元酸加成而成的樹脂,或於藉該加成反應所產生之羥基之10~100莫耳%進一步使多元酸酐加成而得的樹脂」。 (D2-1) As a copolymer of an epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and another radical polymerizable monomer, an unsaturated monobasic acid is added to at least a part of the epoxy group in the copolymer. The resulting resin, or a resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least a part of the hydroxyl groups generated by the addition reaction, more specifically, "for (meth) acrylates containing epoxy groups, 5 to 90 mol%, and 10 to 95 mol% of copolymers with other free-radically polymerizable monomers. The unsaturated monobasic acid is added to 10 to 100 mol% of epoxy groups in the copolymer. Resin, or a resin obtained by further adding polybasic acid anhydride at 10 to 100 mole% of the hydroxyl group produced by the addition reaction. "
作為構成(D2-1)樹脂的「含有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯」,可列舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(3,4-環氧基環己基)甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯環氧丙基醚等。其中,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯。此等之含有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 Examples of the "epoxy-containing (meth) acrylate" constituting the (D2-1) resin include propylene oxide (meth) acrylate and 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth) acrylate. , (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, epoxypropyl ether, and the like. Among them, propylene oxide (meth) acrylate is preferred. These (meth) acrylates containing an epoxy group may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
作為與上述含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行共聚合的其他之自由基聚合性單體,較佳係具有下述一般式(11)所示構造的單(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 The other radically polymerizable monomer copolymerized with the epoxy-group-containing (meth) acrylate is preferably a mono (meth) acrylate having a structure represented by the following general formula (11).
上述一般式(11)中,R81~R88分別獨立表示氫原子、或碳數1~3之烷基,R87及R88亦可彼此連接形成環。上述一般式(11)中,R87與R88連接所形成之環較佳為脂肪族環,可為飽和或不飽和之任一種,碳數較佳為5~6。 In the above general formula (11), R 81 to R 88 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and R 87 and R 88 may be connected to each other to form a ring. In the above general formula (11), the ring formed by linking R 87 and R 88 is preferably an aliphatic ring, which may be either saturated or unsaturated, and the number of carbons is preferably 5 to 6.
其中,作為上述一般式(11)所示之構造,較佳為下式(11a)、(11b)或(11c)所示之構造。 Among them, the structure represented by the above general formula (11) is preferably a structure represented by the following formula (11a), (11b), or (11c).
藉由於鹼可溶性樹脂中導入此等構造,在將本發明之感光性樹脂組成物使用於彩色濾光片或影像顯示裝置時,可提高其耐熱性及強度。 By introducing such a structure into an alkali-soluble resin, when the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is used in a color filter or an image display device, its heat resistance and strength can be improved.
作為具有上述一般式(11)所示構造的單(甲基)丙烯酸酯,在具有該構造之下可使用各種者,特佳為下述一般式(12)所示者。 As the mono (meth) acrylate having the structure represented by the general formula (11), various types can be used with the structure, and particularly preferred is the one represented by the following general formula (12).
[化87]
上述一般式(12)中,R89表示氫原子或甲基,R90表示上述一般式(11)所示之構造。 In the general formula (12), R 89 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 90 represents a structure represented by the general formula (11).
於上述含有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、與其他自由基聚合性單體的共聚合體中,來自具有上述一般式(11)所示構造之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯的重複單位,係於來自「其他自由基聚合性單體」的重複單位中,較佳為含有5~90莫耳%、特佳為含有15~50莫耳%。 In the copolymer of the epoxy-containing (meth) acrylate and other radical polymerizable monomers, the repeating unit is derived from a mono (meth) acrylate having a structure represented by the general formula (11), The repeating unit derived from the "other radically polymerizable monomer" preferably contains 5 to 90 mole%, and particularly preferably contains 15 to 50 mole%.
尚且,作為具有上述一般式(11)所示構造之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的「其他自由基聚合性單體」,並無特別限定。 The "other radically polymerizable monomer" other than the mono (meth) acrylate having a structure represented by the general formula (11) is not particularly limited.
作為(D2-1)樹脂之上述含有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與上述其他自由基聚合性單體的共聚合體,較佳係包含來自含有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯的重複單位5~90莫耳%、與來自其他自由基聚合性單體的重複單位10~95莫耳%者,特佳係包含前者30~70莫耳%、與後者70~30莫耳%者。 The copolymer of the epoxy-containing (meth) acrylate and the other radically polymerizable monomer as the (D2-1) resin is preferably one containing an epoxy-containing (meth) acrylate. The repeating unit is 5 to 90 mol%, and the repeating unit from other free-radically polymerizable monomers is 10 to 95 mol%. The special line includes the former 30 to 70 mol% and the latter to 70 to 30 mol%. .
(D2-1)樹脂中,係於上述含有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與其他自由基聚合性單體的共聚合體的環氧基部分,使不飽和一元酸(聚合性成分)、與多元酸酐反應。 (D2-1) The resin is based on the epoxy group of the copolymer of the epoxy-containing (meth) acrylate and other radical polymerizable monomers, and makes unsaturated monobasic acid (polymerizable component), Reacts with polybasic anhydride.
於此,作為於環氧基中進行加成的「不飽和一元酸」,可使用各種者,可列舉例如具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的不飽和羧酸。作為具體例,可列舉藉(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸、鄰-、間-或對-乙烯基安息香酸、α-位為鹵烷基、烷氧基、鹵原子、硝基或氰基等所取代的(甲基)丙烯酸等之單羧酸等。其中,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸。此等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。藉由使此種成分加成,可 對(D2-1)樹脂賦予聚合性。 Here, as the "unsaturated monobasic acid" added to the epoxy group, various kinds can be used, and examples thereof include unsaturated carboxylic acids having ethylenically unsaturated double bonds. Specific examples include (meth) acrylic acid, butenoic acid, ortho-, meta-, or para-vinyl benzoic acid, α-position of haloalkyl, alkoxy, halogen atom, nitro, or cyano (Meth) acrylic acid, etc. substituted monocarboxylic acids and the like. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is preferred. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. By adding such ingredients, you can Polymerization is imparted to the (D2-1) resin.
此等不飽和一元酸通常對上述共聚合體所具有之環氧基的10~100莫耳%進行加成,較佳係對50~100莫耳%進行加成。 These unsaturated monoacids usually add 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy group of the above-mentioned copolymer, and preferably add 50 to 100 mol%.
再者,作為對在使不飽和一元酸加成至共聚合體之環氧基時所產生之羥基進行加成的「多元酸酐」,可使用各種者。可列舉例如順丁烯二酸酐、琥珀酸酐、伊康酸酐、酞酸酐、四氫酞酸酐、六氫酞酸酐及氯橋酸酐等之二元酸酐;偏苯三甲酸酐、焦蜜石酸酐、二苯基酮四羧酸酐及聯苯基四羧酸酐等之三元以上之酸的酐。其中,較佳為四氫酞酸酐及琥珀酸酐。此等多元酸酐可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 In addition, as a "polyacid anhydride" which adds the hydroxyl group produced when the unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy group of a copolymer, various can be used. Examples include dibasic anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, and chlorobridged anhydride; trimellitic anhydride, pyromelic anhydride, diphenyl Triketone anhydrides such as ketone tetracarboxylic anhydride and biphenyl tetracarboxylic anhydride. Among them, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and succinic anhydride are preferred. These polybasic acid anhydrides may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.
藉由使此種成分加成,可對(D2-1)樹脂賦予鹼可溶性。 By adding such a component, alkali-solubility can be provided to (D2-1) resin.
此等多元酸酐通常係對藉由使不飽和一元酸加成於上述共聚合體所具有之環氧基而產生之羥基的10~100莫耳%進行加成,但較佳係對30~80莫耳%進行加成。 These polybasic acid anhydrides usually add 10 to 100 mole% of the hydroxyl group generated by adding an unsaturated monoacid to the epoxy group of the above-mentioned copolymer, but it is preferably 30 to 80 mole%. Ear% is added.
(D2-2)作為於主鏈含有羧基之直鏈狀鹼可溶性樹脂,若具有羧基則無特別限定,通常係將含有羧基之聚合性單體進行聚合而獲得。 (D2-2) The linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain is not particularly limited as long as it has a carboxyl group, and is usually obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer containing a carboxyl group.
作為含羧基之聚合性單體,可列舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸、順丁烯二酸、丁烯酸、伊康酸、反丁烯二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基順丁烯二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基六氫酞酸、2-(甲基) 丙烯醯氧基乙基酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基順丁烯二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基氫酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基順丁烯二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基氫酞酸及2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基酞酸等之乙烯基系單體;於丙烯酸中加成了ε-己內酯、β-丙內酯、γ-丁內酯及δ-戊內酯等之內酯類的單體;於羥烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯中加成了琥珀酸、順丁烯二酸及酞酸以及此等之酐等之酸或酐的單體等。此等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 Examples of the carboxyl group-containing polymerizable monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, maleic acid, butenoic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, and 2- (meth) acryloxyethyl Succinic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxyethyl adipate, 2- (meth) acryloxyethyl maleate, 2- (meth) acryloxyethylhexade Hydrophthalic acid, 2- (methyl) Acrylic acid ethyl phthalic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid oxypropyl succinic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid oxypropyl adipic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid oxy Propylmaleic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxypropylhydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxypropyl phthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxybutyl Succinic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxybutyl adipate, 2- (meth) acryloxybutylmaleic acid, 2- (meth) acryloxybutylhydrophthalide Vinyl monomers such as acids and 2- (meth) acryloxybutylphthalic acid; ε-caprolactone, β-propiolactone, γ-butyrolactone, and δ- Lactone monomers such as valerolactone; monomers in which succinic acid, maleic acid, phthalic acid, and anhydrides thereof are added to hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates Wait. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
其中,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸或2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸,更佳為(甲基)丙烯酸。 Among these, (meth) acrylic acid or 2- (meth) acryloxyethyl succinic acid is preferred, and (meth) acrylic acid is more preferred.
又,(D2-2)樹脂亦可為於上述含羧基之聚合性單體中使不具有羧基之其他聚合性單體進行共聚合者。此時,作為其他之聚合性單體並無特別限定,可列舉日本專利特開2009-52010號公報所記載者等。又,此等聚合物單體中,由顏料分散性優越的觀點而言,特佳為含有(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯的共聚合體樹脂。 The (D2-2) resin may be one in which another polymerizable monomer having no carboxyl group is copolymerized with the carboxyl group-containing polymerizable monomer. In this case, the other polymerizable monomer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-52010. Among these polymer monomers, a copolymer resin containing benzyl (meth) acrylate is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of superior pigment dispersibility.
(D2-3)於上述(D2-2)樹脂之羧基部分,使含有環氧基之不飽和化合物加成的樹脂中,作為於(D2-2)樹脂之羧基部分進行加成的含環氧基之不飽和化合物,若為分子內具有乙烯性不飽和基及環氧基者,則無特別限定。 (D2-3) The epoxy resin-containing resin added to the carboxyl portion of the (D2-2) resin and the unsaturated compound containing an epoxy group is added to the carboxyl portion of the (D2-2) resin The unsaturated compound is not particularly limited as long as it has an ethylenically unsaturated group and an epoxy group in the molecule.
作為此含有環氧基之不飽和化合物,可列舉例如(甲 基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯、烯丙基環氧丙基醚、環氧丙基-α-乙基丙烯酸酯、巴豆醯基環氧丙基醚、(異)丁烯酸環氧丙基醚、N-(3,5-二甲基-4-環氧丙基)苄基丙烯醯胺及4-羥基丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯環氧丙基醚等之含有非環式環氧基之不飽和化合物。由耐熱性及顏料之分散性的觀點而言,較佳係以下記載之含有脂環式環氧基的不飽和化合物。 Examples of the epoxy-containing unsaturated compound include (A Based) glycidyl acrylate, allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl-α-ethyl acrylate, crotonyl glycidyl ether, (meth) butyric acid glycidyl ether, N- (3,5-dimethyl-4-glycidyl) benzylpropenamide and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate glycidyl ether containing acyclic epoxy groups Unsaturated compounds. From the viewpoints of heat resistance and dispersibility of the pigment, an unsaturated compound containing an alicyclic epoxy group described below is preferred.
於此,作為含有脂環式環氧基之不飽和化合物的脂環式環氧基,可列舉例如2,3-環氧基環戊基、3,4-環氧基環己基及7,8-環氧基(三環[5.2.1.0]癸-2-基)等。又,作為乙烯性不飽和基,較佳為來自(甲基)丙烯醯基者。 Here, examples of the alicyclic epoxy group of the alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound include 2,3-epoxycyclopentyl, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl, and 7,8 -Epoxy (tricyclic [5.2.1.0] dec-2-yl) and the like. The ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably one derived from a (meth) acrylfluorenyl group.
作為(D2-4)(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂,可列舉使以下述一般式(6)所示之化合物為必要的單體成分進行聚合而成的(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂。 Examples of (D2-4) (meth) acrylic resins include (meth) acrylic resins obtained by polymerizing a compound represented by the following general formula (6) as a necessary monomer component.
上述一般式(6)中,R71及R72分別獨立表示氫原子或亦可具有取代基之碳數1~25之烴基。 In the general formula (6), R 71 and R 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
以下,針對一般式(6)之化合物進行詳述。 Hereinafter, the compound of general formula (6) will be described in detail.
一般式(6)所示之醚二聚物中,作為R71及R72所示之亦可具有取代基之碳數1~25的烴基,並無特別限制,可列舉例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、第三 戊基、硬脂基、月桂基及2-乙基己基等之直鏈狀或分岐狀之烷基;苯基等之芳基;環己基、第三丁基環己基、二環戊二烯基、三環十二烷基、異基、金剛烷基及2-甲基-2-金剛烷基等之脂環式基;由1-甲氧基乙基及1-乙氧基乙基等之烷氧基所取代的烷基;由苄基等之芳基所取代的烷基等。此等之中,由耐熱性之觀點而言,特佳係如甲基、乙基、環己基及苄基等般之難以因酸或熱而脫離之具有1級或2級碳原子的取代基。又,R71及R72可為同種取代基,亦可為相異取代基。 The ether dimer represented by the general formula (6) is not particularly limited as the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may also have a substituent represented by R 71 and R 72 , and examples thereof include methyl and ethyl groups. Straight-chain or branched alkyl groups such as n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, third butyl, third pentyl, stearyl, lauryl, and 2-ethylhexyl Aryl groups such as phenyl; cyclohexyl, third butyl cyclohexyl, dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclododecyl, iso Cycloaliphatic radicals such as alkyl, adamantyl and 2-methyl-2-adamantyl; alkyls substituted by alkoxy groups such as 1-methoxyethyl and 1-ethoxyethyl; An alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as benzyl and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, particularly preferred are substituents having a primary or secondary carbon atom, such as methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, and benzyl, which are difficult to be removed by acid or heat. . R 71 and R 72 may be the same substituent or different substituents.
作為一般式(6)所示之醚二聚物,特佳為二甲基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二乙基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯或二苄基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯。此等醚二聚物可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 As the ether dimer represented by the general formula (6), dimethyl-2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-acrylate and diethyl-2,2 are particularly preferred. '-[Oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-acrylate, dicyclohexyl-2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-acrylate or dibenzyl-2 , 2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-acrylate. These ether dimers may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.
獲得(D2-4)樹脂時,單體成分中之上述醚二聚物的比例並無特別限制,於總單體成分中,通常為2~60質量%、較佳為5~50質量%。 When the (D2-4) resin is obtained, the proportion of the above-mentioned ether dimer in the monomer component is not particularly limited, and it is usually 2 to 60% by mass, preferably 5 to 50% by mass in the total monomer component.
(D2-4)樹脂較佳為具有酸基。藉由具有酸基,使用此所得之本發明之感光性樹脂組成物可作成為藉由酸基與環氧基進行反應而形成酯鍵的交聯反應(以下有時簡稱為「酸-環氧基硬化」)而可硬化的感光性樹脂組成物,或可將未硬部藉由鹼顯影液進行顯影的感光性樹脂組成物。 (D2-4) The resin preferably has an acid group. By having an acid group, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention obtained by using this can be used as a cross-linking reaction (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "acid-epoxy" for short) to form an ester bond by reacting an acid group with an epoxy group. Base hardening "), a photosensitive resin composition that can be hardened, or a photosensitive resin composition that can develop an unhardened portion with an alkali developing solution.
作為上述酸基並無特別限制,可列舉例如羧基、酚性羥基及羧酸酐基等。樹脂1分子中所含有之此等酸基可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The acid group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a carboxylic anhydride group. These acid groups contained in one molecule of the resin may be only one kind, or two or more kinds.
在(D2-4)樹脂中導入酸基時,若例如使用具有酸基之單體、及/或「於聚合後可賦予酸基之單體」(以下亦稱為「用於導入酸基之單體」)作為單體成分即可。又,在使用「於聚合後可賦予酸基之單體」作為單體成分時,必須於聚合後進行用於賦予酸基的處理。 When introducing an acid group into the (D2-4) resin, for example, if a monomer having an acid group is used, and / or "a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization" (hereinafter also referred to as "a monomer for introducing an acid group" Monomer ") may be used as the monomer component. When using "monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization" as a monomer component, it is necessary to perform a treatment for imparting an acid group after polymerization.
作為上述具有酸基之單體,可列舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸或伊康酸等之具有羧基之單體;N-羥苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺等之具有酚性羥基的單體;順丁烯二酸酐或伊康酸酐等之具有羧酸酐基的單體等。此等之中,特佳為(甲基)丙烯酸。 Examples of the monomer having an acid group include monomers having a carboxyl group, such as (meth) acrylic acid and itaconic acid; and monomers having a phenolic hydroxyl group, such as N-hydroxyphenyl maleimide diimide. ; Monomers having a carboxylic acid anhydride group such as maleic anhydride or itaconic anhydride. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferred.
作為上述於聚合後可賦予酸基的單體,可列舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙基酯等之具有羥基的單體;(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙基酯等之具有環氧基的單體;(甲基)丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯等之具有異氰酸酯基的單體等。 Examples of the monomer capable of imparting an acid group after the polymerization include monomers having a hydroxyl group, such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate; and epoxy groups having an epoxy group, such as epoxypropyl (meth) acrylate. Monomers having isocyanate groups; monomers having isocyanate groups such as 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
此等用於導入酸基之單體,可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 These monomers for introducing an acid group may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.
在得到(D2-4)樹脂時之單體成分為含有上述用於導入酸基之單體的情況下,其含有比例通常於總單體成分中為5~70質量%、較佳10~60質量%。 When the monomer component when the (D2-4) resin is obtained contains the monomer for introducing an acid group, the content ratio is usually 5 to 70% by mass, preferably 10 to 60% of the total monomer component. quality%.
得到(D2-4)樹脂時之單體成分中,除了上述單體成分之外,視需要亦可含有其他可共聚合之單體。 The monomer component when the (D2-4) resin is obtained may contain other copolymerizable monomers in addition to the above-mentioned monomer components, if necessary.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物,作為鹼可溶性樹脂(d)較佳係含有上述環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)、環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-2)、(D2-1)樹脂、(D2-2)樹脂、(D2-3)樹脂及(D2-4)樹脂之任一者;更佳係含有環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)、環 氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-2)、(D2-1)樹脂及(D2-3)樹脂之任一者;特佳為至少含有環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)及/或環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-2)。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains, as the alkali-soluble resin (d), the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-1) and the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1- 2), any of (D2-1) resin, (D2-2) resin, (D2-3) resin, and (D2-4) resin; more preferably epoxy resin (meth) acrylate resin ( D1-1), ring Any of oxy (meth) acrylate resins (D1-2), (D2-1) resins, and (D2-3) resins; it is particularly preferred that they contain at least epoxy (meth) acrylate resins (D1 -1) and / or epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-2).
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物,除了上述環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)、環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-2)、(D2-1)~(D2-4)樹脂以外,亦可含有其他鹼可溶性樹脂之1種或2種以上作為鹼可溶性樹脂(d)。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, in addition to the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-1), epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-2), (D2-1) ~ ( D2-4) In addition to the resin, one or two or more other alkali-soluble resins may be contained as the alkali-soluble resin (d).
其他之鹼可溶性樹脂並無限制,若為選自於感光性樹脂組成物所通常使用的樹脂即可。可列舉例如日本專利特開2007-271727號公報、日本專利特開2007-316620號公報、日本專利特開2007-334290號公報等記載的鹼可溶性樹脂等。 The other alkali-soluble resin is not limited, and it may be selected from resins generally used in photosensitive resin compositions. Examples include alkali-soluble resins described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-271727, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-316620, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-334290.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物係含有色材(a)。色材(a)係指對本發明之感光性樹脂組成物進行著色者。作為色材(a),可使用染顏料,但由耐熱性及耐光性等觀點而言,較佳為顏料。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a color material (a). The color material (a) is a coloring material of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Dyeing pigments can be used as the color material (a), but pigments are preferred from the viewpoints of heat resistance and light resistance.
作為顏料,可列舉例如藍色顏料、綠色顏料、紅色顏料、黃色顏料、紫色顏料、橙色顏料、棕色顏料或黑色顏料等各種色之顏料。又,其構造可列舉例如偶氮系、酞菁系、喹吖酮系、苯并咪唑酮系、異吲哚啉系、二系、陰丹士林系、苝系等之有機顏料,或其他各種無機顏料等。 Examples of the pigment include pigments of various colors such as a blue pigment, a green pigment, a red pigment, a yellow pigment, a purple pigment, an orange pigment, a brown pigment, or a black pigment. Examples of the structure include azo-based, phthalocyanine-based, quinacridone-based, benzimidazolone-based, isoindolinoline-based, and Series, Yin Dan Shilin series, 苝 series and other organic pigments, or various other inorganic pigments.
以下以色素號表示本發明可使用之顏料的具體例。尚 且,以下列舉之「C.I.色素紅2」等用語,係指色指數(C.I.)。 Specific examples of the pigments usable in the present invention are shown below with pigment numbers. Yet In addition, terms such as "C.I. Pigment Red 2" listed below refer to a color index (C.I.).
作為紅色顏料可列舉例如C.I.色素紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、12、14、15、16、17、21、22、23、31、32、37、38、41、47、48、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、52:2、53、53:1、53:2、53:3、57、57:1、57:2、58:4、60、63、63:1、63:2、64、64:1、68、69、81、81:1、81:2、81:3、81:4、83、88、90:1、101、101:1、104、108、108:1、109、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、147、149、151、166、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、177、178、179、181、184、185、187、188、190、193、194、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、214、216、220、221、224、230、231、232、233、235、236、237、238、239、242、243、245、247、249、250、251、253、254、255、256、257、258、259、260、262、263、264、265、266、267、268、269、270、271、272、273、274、275及276。其中,較佳為C.I.色素紅48:1、122、168、177、202、206、207、209、224、242或254;更佳可列舉C.I.色素紅177、209、224、254。 Examples of the red pigment include CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 37, 38 , 41, 47, 48, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 50: 1, 52: 1, 52: 2, 53, 53: 1 , 53: 2, 53: 3, 57, 57: 1, 57: 2, 58: 4, 60, 63, 63: 1, 63: 2, 64, 64: 1, 68, 69, 81, 81: 1 , 81: 2, 81: 3, 81: 4, 83, 88, 90: 1, 101, 101: 1, 104, 108, 108: 1, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146 , 147, 149, 151, 166, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 181, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 200, 202 , 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 214, 216, 220, 221, 224, 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 242, 243, 245, 247, 249, 250 , 251, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, and 276. Among them, C.I. Pigment Red 48: 1, 122, 168, 177, 202, 206, 207, 209, 224, 242, or 254 is preferred; more preferably, C.I. Pigment Red 177, 209, 224, 254 is mentioned.
作為藍色顏料,可列舉例如C.I.色素藍1、1:2、9、14、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、17、19、25、27、28、29、33、35、36、56、56:1、60、61、61:1、62、63、66、67、68、71、72、73、74、75、76、78及79。此等之中,較佳為C.I.色素藍15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4或15:6,更佳可列舉C.I.色素藍15:6。 Examples of the blue pigment include CI Pigment Blue 1, 1: 2, 9, 14, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 17, 19, 25 , 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 36, 56, 56: 1, 60, 61, 61: 1, 62, 63, 66, 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78 And 79. Among these, C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, or 15: 6 is preferable, and C.I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 is more preferable.
作為綠色顏料,可列舉例如C.I.色素綠1、2、4、7、 8、10、13、14、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、51、54及55。其中,較佳可列舉C.I.色素綠7、36或58。 Examples of the green pigment include C.I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54 and 55. Among these, C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, or 58 is preferable.
作為黃色顏料,可列舉例如C.I.色素黃1、1:1、2、3、4、5、6、9、10、12、13、14、16、17、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、61、62、62:1、63、65、73、74、75、81、83、87、93、94、95、97、100、101、104、105、108、109、110、111、116、117、119、120、126、127、127:1、128、129、133、134、136、138、139、142、147、148、150、151、153、154、155、157、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、180、181、182、183、184、185、188、189、190、191、191:1、192、193、194、195、196、197、198、199、200、202、203、204、205、206、207及208。其中,較佳可列舉C.I.色素黃83、117、129、138、139、150、154、155、180或185;更佳可列舉C.I.色素黃83、138、139、150或180。 Examples of the yellow pigment include CI Pigment Yellow 1, 1: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62: 1, 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 104, 105, 108, 109, 110, 111, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 127: 1, 128, 129, 133, 134, 136, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 188, 189, 190, 191, 191: 1, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 and 208. Among them, C.I. Pigment Yellow 83, 117, 129, 138, 139, 150, 154, 155, 180, or 185 is preferable, and C.I. Pigment Yellow 83, 138, 139, 150, or 180 is more preferable.
作為橙色顏料,可列舉例如C.I.色素橙1、2、5、13、16、17、19、20、21、22、23、24、34、36、38、39、43、46、48、49、61、62、64、65、67、68、69、70、71、72、73、74、75、77、78及79。其中,較佳可列舉C.I.色素橙38或71。 Examples of the orange pigment include CI pigment orange 1, 2, 5, 13, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 34, 36, 38, 39, 43, 46, 48, 49, 61, 62, 64, 65, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78 and 79. Among them, C.I. Pigment Orange 38 or 71 is preferred.
作為紫色顏料,可列舉例如C.I.色素紫1、1:1、2、2:2、3、3:1、3:3、5、5:1、14、15、16、19、23、25、27、29、31、32、37、39、42、44、47、49及50。其中,較佳可列舉C.I.色素紫19或23,更佳可列舉C.I.色素紫23。 Examples of the purple pigment include CI Pigment Violet 1, 1: 1,2, 2: 2, 3, 3: 1, 3: 3, 5, 5: 1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49 and 50. Among them, C.I. Pigment Violet 19 or 23 is preferred, and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 is more preferred.
又,在本發明之感光性樹脂組成物為彩色濾光片之樹 脂黑色矩陣用感光性樹脂組成物時,可使用黑色色材作為色材(a)。黑色色材可為單獨之黑色色材,亦可為由紅、綠及藍等混合而成者。又,此等色材可由無機或有機之顏料、染料中適當選擇。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a tree of color filters. In the case of a photosensitive resin composition for a fat black matrix, a black color material can be used as the color material (a). The black color material can be a single black color material or a mixture of red, green, and blue. These color materials can be appropriately selected from inorganic or organic pigments and dyes.
作為用於調製黑色色材而可混合使用的色材,可列舉例如維多利亞純藍(42595)、金胺O(41000)、Cathilon亮黃素(brilliant flavin)(鹼性13)、玫瑰紅6GCP(45160)、玫瑰紅B(45170)、番紅OK70:100(50240)、罌紅X(42080)、No.120/雷奧諾爾黃(Lionol Yellow)(21090)、雷奧諾爾黃GRO(21090)、斯姆勒堅牢黃(Symuler fast yellow)8GF(21105)、聯苯胺黃4T-564D(21095)、斯姆勒堅牢紅4015(12355)、雷奧諾爾紅7B4401(15850)、Fastogen藍TGR-L(74160)、雷奧諾爾藍SM(26150)、雷奧諾爾藍ES(顏料藍15:6)、Lionogen紅GD(顏料紅168)、雷奧諾爾綠2YS(顏料綠36)等(另外,上述( )內的數字意指色指數(C.I.))。 Examples of color materials that can be mixed for the preparation of black color materials include Victoria Pure Blue (42595), Aumine O (41000), Cathilon brilliant flavin (basic 13), and Rose Red 6GCP ( 45160), Rose B (45170), Saffron OK70: 100 (50240), Poppy X (42080), No. 120 / Lionol Yellow (21090), Leonor GRO (21090) Symuler fast yellow 8GF (21105), benzidine yellow 4T-564D (21095), Smler fast red 4015 (12355), Leonor red 7B4401 (15850), Fastogen blue TGR-L (74160), Leonor Blue SM (26150), Leonor Blue ES (Pigment Blue 15: 6), Lionogen Red GD (Pigment Red 168), Leonor Green 2YS (Pigment Green 36), etc. (In addition, the above The number in () means color index (CI)).
另外,若藉由C.I.編號進一步表示其他可混合使用的顏料,可列舉例如C.I.黃色顏料20、24、86、93、109、110、117、125、137、138、147、148、153、154、166;C.I.橙色顏料36、43、51、55、59及61;C.I.紅色顏料9、97、122、123、149、168、177、180、192、215、216、217、220、223、224、226、227、228及240;C.I.紫色顏料19、23、29、30、37、40及50;C.I.藍色顏料15、15:1、15:4、22、60及64;C.I.綠色顏料7;及C.I.棕色顏料23、25及26等。 In addition, if the CI number is used to further indicate other miscible pigments, examples include CI yellow pigments 20, 24, 86, 93, 109, 110, 117, 125, 137, 138, 147, 148, 153, 154, 166; CI orange pigments 36, 43, 51, 55, 59, and 61; CI red pigments 9, 97, 122, 123, 149, 168, 177, 180, 192, 215, 216, 217, 220, 223, 224, 226, 227, 228, and 240; CI purple pigments 19, 23, 29, 30, 37, 40, and 50; CI blue pigments 15, 15: 1, 15: 4, 22, 60, and 64; CI green pigments 7; And CI brown pigments 23, 25 and 26 and so on.
另外,作為可單獨使用的黑色色材,可列舉例如:碳黑、乙快黑、燈黑、骨黑(bone black)、石墨、鐵黑、苯胺黑、花青黑、鈦黑等。 Examples of the black color material that can be used alone include carbon black, ethylene black, lamp black, bone black, graphite, iron black, aniline black, cyan black, and titanium black.
在使用黑色色材時,此等色材(a)中,由遮光率、影像特性的觀點而言,較佳為碳黑。作為碳黑的例子,可列舉如以下的碳黑。 When a black color material is used, among these color materials (a), carbon black is preferable from the viewpoints of light shielding rate and image characteristics. Examples of the carbon black include the following carbon blacks.
三菱化學公司製造:MA7、MA77、MA8、MA11、MA100、MA100R、MA220、MA230、MA600、#5、#10、#20、#25、#30、#32、#33、#40、#44、#45、#47、#50、#52、#55、#650、#750、#850、#950、#960、#970、#980、#990、#1000、#2200、#2300、#2350、#2400、#2600、#3050、#3150、#3250、#3600、#3750、#3950、#4000、#4010、OIL7B、OIL9B、OIL11B、OIL30B及OIL31B。 Manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation: MA7, MA77, MA8, MA11, MA100, MA100R, MA220, MA230, MA600, # 5, # 10, # 20, # 25, # 30, # 32, # 33, # 40, # 44, # 45, # 47, # 50, # 52, # 55, # 650, # 750, # 850, # 950, # 960, # 970, # 980, # 990, # 1000, # 2200, # 2300, # 2350 , # 2400, # 2600, # 3050, # 3150, # 3250, # 3600, # 3750, # 3950, # 4000, # 4010, OIL7B, OIL9B, OIL11B, OIL30B and OIL31B.
DEGUSSA公司製造:Printex(註冊商標,以下相同)3、Printex3OP、Printex30、Printex30OP、Printex40、Printex45、Printex55、Printex60、Printex75、Printex80、Printex85、Printex90、PrintexA、PrintexL、PrintexG、PrintexP、PrintexU、PrintexV、PrintexG、SpecialBlack550、SpecialBlack350、SpecialBlack250、SpecialBlack100、SpecialBlack6、SpecialBlack5、SpecialBlack4、ColorBlackFW1、ColorBlackFW2、Coo0rBlackFW2V、ColorBlackFW18、ColorBlackFW18、ColorBlackFW200、ColorBlackS160、ColorBlackS170。 Made by DEGUSSA: Printex (registered trademark, the same below) 3, Printex3OP, Printex30, Printex30OP, Printex40, Printex45, Printex55, Printex60, Printex75, Printex80, Printex85, Printex90, PrintexA, PrintexL, PrintexG, PrintexP, PrintexU, PrintexV, PrintexG, SpecialBlack550, SpecialBlack350, SpecialBlack250, SpecialBlack100, SpecialBlack6, SpecialBlack5, SpecialBlack4, ColorBlackFW1, ColorBlackFW2, Coo0rBlackFW2V, ColorBlackFW18, ColorBlackFW18, ColorBlackFW200, ColorBlackS160, ColorBlackS170.
Cabot公司製造:Monarch(註冊商標,以下相同)120、Monarch280、Monarch460、Monarch800、Monarch880、Monarch900、Monarch1000、Monarch1100、Monarch1300、Monarch1400、Monarch4630、REGAL(註冊商標,以下相同)99、REGAL99R、REGAL415、REGAL415R、REGAL250、REGAL250R、REGAL330、REGAL400R、REGAL55R0、REGAL660R、BLACKPEARLS480、 PEARLS130、VULCAN(註冊商標,以下相同)XC72R、ELFTEX(註冊商標)-8。 Manufactured by Cabot: Monarch (registered trademark, same below) 120, Monarch280, Monarch460, Monarch800, Monarch880, Monarch900, Monarch1000, Monarch1100, Monarch1300, Monarch1400, Monarch4630, REGAL (registered trademark, same below) 99, REGAL99R, REGAL415, REGAL415R, REGAL250, REGAL250R, REGAL330, REGAL400R, REGAL55R0, REGAL660R, BLACKPEARLS480, PEARLS130, VULCAN (registered trademark, the same below) XC72R, ELFTEX (registered trademark) -8.
Columbian Carbon公司製造:RAVEN(註冊商標,以下相同)11、RAVEN14、RAVEN15、RAVEN16、RAVEN22、RAVEN30、RAVEN35、RAVEN40、RAVEN410、RAVEN420、RAVEN450、RAVEN500、RAVEN780、RAVEN850、RAVEN890H、RAVEN1000、RAVEN1020、RAVEN1040、RAVEN1060U、RAVEN1080U、RAVEN1170、RAVEN1190U、RAVEN1250、RAVEN1500、RAVEN2000、RAVEN2500U、RAVEN3500、RAVEN5000、RAVEN5250、RAVEN5750、RAVEN7000。 Made by Columbian Carbon: RAVEN (registered trademark, the same below) 11, RAVEN14, RAVEN15, RAVEN16, RAVEN22, RAVEN30, RAVEN35, RAVEN40, RAVEN410, RAVEN420, RAVEN450, RAVEN500, RAVEN780, RAVEN850, RAVEN890H, RAVEN1000, RAVEN1020, RAVEN1040, RAVEN1060U , RAVEN1080U, RAVEN1170, RAVEN1190U, RAVEN1250, RAVEN1500, RAVEN2000, RAVEN2500U, RAVEN3500, RAVEN5000, RAVEN5250, RAVEN5750, RAVEN7000.
碳黑亦可使用藉樹脂所被覆者。若使用藉樹脂所被覆之碳黑,則有使對玻璃基板之密黏性及體積電阻值提升的效果。作為藉樹脂所被覆之碳黑,可較佳地使用例如日本專利特開平09-71733號公報記載的碳黑等。 Carbon black can also be used by resin coating. If carbon black coated with resin is used, it has the effect of improving the adhesion to the glass substrate and the volume resistance value. As the carbon black covered with the resin, for example, carbon black described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 09-71733 can be preferably used.
作為進行被覆處理之碳黑,較佳係Na與Ca的合計含量為100ppm以下。其理由如下。亦即,碳黑通常係依百分比之等級含有以由製造時之原料油或燃燒油(或氣體)、反應停止水或造粒水、或反應爐之爐材等所混合之Na、Ca、K、Mg、Al或Fe等為組成的灰份。其中,一般係Na及Ca分別含有數百ppm以上,但若此等存在較多,則有滲透至透明電極(ITO)或其他電極中,而成為電氣短路之原因的情形。 As the carbon black subjected to the coating treatment, the total content of Na and Ca is preferably 100 ppm or less. The reason is as follows. That is, carbon black usually contains Na, Ca, and K mixed in percentage grades with raw material oil or combustion oil (or gas) at the time of manufacture, reaction stop water or pelletized water, or furnace materials of the reaction furnace. , Mg, Al, Fe, etc. are the ash of the composition. Among them, Na and Ca generally contain hundreds of ppm or more, respectively. However, if these are present in a large amount, they may penetrate into the transparent electrode (ITO) or other electrodes and may cause the electrical short circuit.
作為減低碳黑中含有此等Na或Ca之灰份的含量的方法,可列舉嚴格選擇此等含量極少者作為製造碳黑時之原料油及燃料油(或氣體)及反應停止水,以及極力減少調整結構之鹼物質添 加量的方法。作為其他方法,可列舉對由爐所製成之碳黑以水或鹽酸等進行洗淨,藉此使Na或Ca溶解去除的方法。 As a method for reducing the content of ash containing such Na or Ca in carbon black, strict selection of those with very little content as raw material oil and fuel oil (or gas) and reaction stop water when producing carbon black, and extremely Reduce the amount of alkali How to increase the amount. Other methods include a method of washing carbon black produced in a furnace with water, hydrochloric acid, or the like to dissolve and remove Na or Ca.
作為其他黑色顏料之例子,可將鈦黑、苯胺黑、氧化鐵系黑色顏料、及紅色、綠色、藍色這三色的有機顏料混合而使用作為黑色顏料。 As examples of other black pigments, titanium black, aniline black, iron oxide-based black pigments, and red, green, and blue organic pigments can be mixed and used as a black pigment.
另外,作為顏料,亦可使用硫酸鋇、硫酸鉛、氧化鈦、黃色鉛、鐵丹或氧化鉻等。 In addition, as the pigment, barium sulfate, lead sulfate, titanium oxide, yellow lead, iron dandelion, or chromium oxide can also be used.
此等各種顏料亦可併用複數種。例如為了調整色度,可將綠色顏料與黃色顏料併用、或將藍色顏料與紫色顏料併用。 These various pigments may be used in combination. For example, in order to adjust the chromaticity, a green pigment and a yellow pigment may be used in combination, or a blue pigment and a purple pigment may be used in combination.
屬於本發明所使用之色材(a)的顏料的平均一次粒徑,在作為彩色濾光片之著色層時,若為可表現所需發色者即可,並無特別限定,亦視所使用之顏料種類而異,但較佳為10~100nm範圍內,更佳為10~70nm範圍內,再更佳為20~60nm範圍內。藉由使該顏料之平均一次粒徑為上述範圍,可將使用本發明之感光性樹脂組成物所製造的影像顯示裝置的色特性作成為高品質。又,顏料為碳黑時之平均一次粒徑較佳為100nm以下、更佳為80nm以下、再更佳為60nm以下、特佳為50nm以下。且,顏料為碳黑時之平均一次粒徑較佳為20nm以上、更佳為24nm以上、特佳為27nm以上。 The average primary particle diameter of the pigment belonging to the color material (a) used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a coloring layer of a color filter, which can express the desired color development. The type of pigment used varies, but it is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, more preferably in the range of 10 to 70 nm, and even more preferably in the range of 20 to 60 nm. By setting the average primary particle diameter of the pigment to the above range, the color characteristics of an image display device manufactured using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be made high quality. When the pigment is carbon black, the average primary particle diameter is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 80 nm or less, even more preferably 60 nm or less, and particularly preferably 50 nm or less. When the pigment is carbon black, the average primary particle diameter is preferably 20 nm or more, more preferably 24 nm or more, and particularly preferably 27 nm or more.
藉由設為上述上限值以下,有聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)所進行之顏料攝入良好、提升耐鹼顯影性及耐熱性的傾向。另一方面,藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可抑制因分散劑(b)之量需要較多而造成分散性降低的傾向。 By making it below the said upper limit, there exists a tendency for the pigment intake by the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) to be favorable, and the alkali-resistant developing property and heat resistance will improve. On the other hand, by making it more than the said lower limit, there exists a tendency which can suppress the fall of a dispersibility by requiring a large amount of dispersing agent (b).
尚且,上述顏料之平均一次粒徑可藉由從電子顯微鏡照片對一次粒子之尺寸直接進行計測的方法所求得。具體而言,計測各個一次粒子之短軸徑與長軸徑,以其平均值作為該粒子之粒徑。接著,針對100個以上之粒子,依近似所求得粒徑之長方體求得各個粒子的體積(重量),並求得體積平均粒徑而將此作為平均一次粒徑。尚且,電子顯微鏡係不論使用穿透型(TEM)或掃描型(SEM)均可得到相同結果。 In addition, the average primary particle diameter of the said pigment can be calculated | required by the method which directly measures the size of a primary particle from an electron microscope photograph. Specifically, the short-axis diameter and the long-axis diameter of each primary particle were measured, and the average value was used as the particle diameter of the particle. Next, for 100 or more particles, the volume (weight) of each particle was obtained from a cuboid approximating the obtained particle diameter, and the volume average particle diameter was obtained as the average primary particle diameter. Moreover, the electron microscope system can obtain the same results regardless of whether a transmission type (TEM) or a scanning type (SEM) is used.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物較佳係含有顏料作為色材(a),但在不影響本發明效果之範圍內亦可併用染料。作為可併用之染料,可列舉例如偶氮系染料、蒽醌系染料、酞菁系染料、醌亞胺系染料、喹啉系染料、硝基系染料、羰基系染料、次甲基系染料等。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment as the color material (a), but a dye may be used in combination as long as the effect of the present invention is not affected. Examples of the dyes that can be used in combination include azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, quinimine dyes, quinoline dyes, nitro dyes, carbonyl dyes, and methine dyes. .
作為偶氮系染料,可列舉例如C.I.酸性黃11、C.I.酸性橙7、C.I.酸性紅37、C.I.酸性紅180、C.I.酸性藍29、C.I.直接紅28、C.I.直接紅83、C.I.直接黃12、C.I.直接橙26、C.I.直接綠28、C.I.直接綠59、C.I.活性黃(reactive yellow)2、C.I.活性紅17、C.I.活性紅120、C.I.活性黑5、C.I.分散橙5、C.I.分散紅58、C.I.分散藍165、C.I.鹼性藍41、C.I.鹼性紅18、C.I.媒染紅(mordant red)7、C.I.媒染黃5、C.I.媒染黑7等。 Examples of the azo dyes include CI Acid Yellow 11, CI Acid Orange 7, CI Acid Red 37, CI Acid Red 180, CI Acid Blue 29, CI Direct Red 28, CI Direct Red 83, CI Direct Yellow 12, CI Direct orange 26, CI direct green 28, CI direct green 59, CI reactive yellow 2, CI reactive red 17, CI reactive red 120, CI reactive black 5, CI disperse orange 5, CI disperse red 58, CI disperse Blue 165, CI Basic Blue 41, CI Basic Red 18, CI Mordant Red 7, CI Mordant Yellow 5, CI Mordant Black 7, and the like.
作為蒽醌系染料,可列舉例如:C.I.還原藍4、C.I.酸性藍40、C.I.酸性綠25、C.I.活性藍19、C.I.活性藍49、C.I.分散紅60、C.I.分散藍56、C.I.分散藍60等。 Examples of the anthraquinone dye include CI reduction blue 4, CI acid blue 40, CI acid green 25, CI active blue 19, CI active blue 49, CI disperse red 60, CI disperse blue 56, CI disperse blue 60, and the like. .
作為酞菁系染料,可列舉例如C.I.還原藍5等。作為醌亞胺系染料,可列舉例如C.I.鹼性藍3及C.I.鹼性藍9等。 Examples of the phthalocyanine dye include C.I. Vat Blue 5 and the like. Examples of the quinone imine-based dye include C.I. Basic Blue 3 and C.I. Basic Blue 9.
作為喹啉系染料,可列舉例如:C.I.溶劑黃33、C.I.酸性黃3及C.I.分散黃64等。作為硝基系染料,可列舉例如:C.I.酸性黃1、C.I.酸性橙3及C.I.分散黃42等。 Examples of the quinoline dye include C.I. Solvent Yellow 33, C.I. Acid Yellow 3, and C.I. Disperse Yellow 64. Examples of the nitro-based dyes include C.I. Acid Yellow 1, C.I. Acid Orange 3, and C.I. Disperse Yellow 42.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物,由感度等觀點而言,較佳為含有光聚合性單體。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerizable monomer from the viewpoint of sensitivity and the like.
作為本發明所使用之光聚合性單體,可列舉於分子內具有至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(以下有時稱為「乙烯性單體」)。 Examples of the photopolymerizable monomer used in the present invention include compounds having at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "ethylenic monomer").
具體而言,可列舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯、具有1個乙烯性不飽和鍵的羧酸、及多元或單元醇之單酯等。 Specific examples include (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters, acrylonitrile, styrene, a carboxylic acid having one ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a monoester of a polyhydric or unit alcohol.
本發明中,特佳係使用於1分子中具有二個以上乙烯性不飽和基的多官能乙烯性單體。 In the present invention, particularly preferred is a polyfunctional ethylenic monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
作為此種多官能乙烯性單體,可列舉例如脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯;芳香族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯;脂肪族多羥基化合物、芳香族多羥基化合物等之多價羥基化合物,與不飽和羧酸及多元羧酸間之酯化反應所得的酯等。 Examples of such a polyfunctional ethylenic monomer include an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid; an ester of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid; an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an aromatic polyhydroxy compound Etc. Polyvalent hydroxy compounds such as esters obtained by esterification reaction with unsaturated carboxylic acids and polycarboxylic acids.
作為上述脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯,可列舉例如乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四酯五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四酯六丙烯酸酯及甘油丙烯酸 酯等之脂肪族多羧基化合物的丙烯酸酯,以及將此等例示化合物之丙烯酸酯替代為甲基丙烯酸酯的甲基丙烯酸酯;同樣替代為伊康酸酯的伊康酸酯、替代為丁烯酸酯的丁烯酸酯及替代為順丁烯二酸酯的順丁烯二酸酯等。 Examples of the ester of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, and trimethylolethane triacrylate. Ester, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, and glycerol acrylic acid Acrylates of aliphatic polycarboxy compounds such as esters, and methacrylates of which the acrylates of these exemplified compounds are replaced by methacrylates; the same are replaced by the iconates of the iconates and the butenes Esters of maleic acid, maleic acid esters substituted with maleic acid esters, and the like.
作為芳香族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯,可列舉例如氫醌二丙烯酸酯、氫醌二甲基丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯及焦五倍子酚三丙烯酸酯等之芳香族多羥基化合物的丙烯酸酯以及甲基丙烯酸酯等。 Examples of the ester of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid include hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcinol diacrylate, resorcinol dimethacrylate, and pyrocarbonate. Acrylates and methacrylates of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds such as gallic phenol triacrylate.
作為藉由多元羧酸及不飽和羧酸、與多價羥基化合物之酯化反應所得的酯,並不一定為單一物,作為其代表性之具體例,可列舉丙烯酸、酞酸、及乙二醇之縮合物,丙烯酸、順丁烯二酸、及二乙二醇的縮合物,甲基丙烯酸、對苯二甲酸及季戊四醇之縮合物,以及丙烯酸、己二酸、丁二醇及甘油的縮合物等。 The ester obtained by the esterification reaction of a polyvalent carboxylic acid, an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a polyvalent hydroxy compound is not necessarily a single substance, and representative examples thereof include acrylic acid, phthalic acid, and ethylene glycol. Condensate of alcohol, condensation of acrylic acid, maleic acid, and diethylene glycol, condensation of methacrylic acid, terephthalic acid, and pentaerythritol, and condensation of acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol, and glycerol Things.
其他,作為本發明所使用之多官能乙烯性單體,例如:使聚異氰酸酯化合物與含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯或聚異氰酸酯化合物與多元醇及含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行反應而得般之胺基甲酸乙酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;多價環氧化合物與羥基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或(甲基)丙烯酸的加成反應般之環氧基丙烯酸酯類;乙烯雙丙烯醯胺等之丙烯醯胺類;酞酸二烯丙酯等之烯丙酯類;二乙烯基酞酸酯等之含乙烯基化合物等為有用。 In addition, as the polyfunctional ethylenic monomer used in the present invention, for example, a polyisocyanate compound and a hydroxyl-containing (meth) acrylate or a polyisocyanate compound are reacted with a polyol and a hydroxyl-containing (meth) acrylate. To obtain general urethane (meth) acrylates; polyvalent epoxy compounds and hydroxy (meth) acrylate or (meth) acrylic acid-like epoxy acrylates; ethylene Acrylamides such as bisacrylamide; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; vinyl-containing compounds such as divinylphthalate are useful.
再者,作為本發明所使用之多官能乙烯性單體,例如為分子內具有己內酯構造與2個以上乙烯性不飽和基的化合物(以下有時稱為「含己內酯構造之多官能性單體」),由於可與本發明所使用之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)良好相溶,並進一步提升此等分 散劑所造成之效果,故為有用,且可較佳地使用。 In addition, as the polyfunctional ethylenic monomer used in the present invention, for example, a compound having a caprolactone structure and two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "the caprolactone-containing structure has many Functional monomer "), because it can be compatible with the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) used in the present invention, and further improve this fraction The effect caused by the powder is useful and can be preferably used.
作為含有己內酯構造之多官能性單體,可列舉例如藉由於三羥甲基乙烷、二(三羥甲基)乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二(三羥甲基)丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、二甘油或三羥甲基三聚氰胺等之多元醇中,將ε-己內酯藉由開環加成反應而使開環骨架鍵結,於開環骨架之末端羥基使(甲基)丙烯醯基氯化物反應、或與(甲基)丙烯酸進行酯化反應而導入(甲基)丙烯醯基的公知方法,而可合成的含有ε-己內酯構造的多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 Examples of the polyfunctional monomer containing a caprolactone structure include trimethylolethane, bis (trimethylol) ethane, trimethylolpropane, bis (trimethylol) propane, In a polyhydric alcohol such as pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerol, diglycerol, or trimethylolmelamine, ε-caprolactone is bonded by a ring-opening addition reaction to the ring-opening skeleton A known method for introducing a (meth) acrylfluorenyl group by reacting a (meth) acrylfluorenyl chloride with a terminal hydroxyl group or by performing an esterification reaction with (meth) acrylic acid. Multifunctional (meth) acrylate.
此種含有己內酯構造之多官能性單體,有如以下市售物。可列舉例如,作為使用二季戊四醇作為多元醇,並將其與丙烯酸與ε-己內酯進行酯化之物,係有由日本化藥(股)依KAYARAD DPCA系列所市售的DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60及DPCA-120等,可較佳地使用作為本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的光聚合性單體。 Such a polyfunctional monomer containing a caprolactone structure is as follows. For example, as a substance using dipentaerythritol as a polyhydric alcohol and esterifying it with acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone, there are DPCA-20 commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. under the KAYARAD DPCA series, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120 and the like can be preferably used as the photopolymerizable monomer of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
另外,作為ε-己內酯改質參-(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)三聚異氰酸酯化合物的市售物,有新中村化學工業股份有限公司之A-9300-1CL(於1莫耳化合物中,具有1莫耳之ε-己內酯構造),於1莫耳化合物中具有此等ε-己內酯構造0.1~9莫耳、更佳為1~3莫耳者,亦可較佳地使用作為本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的光聚合性單體。 In addition, as a commercially available product of ε-caprolactone modified ginseng- (2-propenyloxyethyl) trimeric isocyanate compound, there is A-9300-1CL (in 1 mol) of Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Among the compounds, there is 1 mol of ε-caprolactone structure), and those having ε-caprolactone structure of 0.1 to 9 mol in 1 mol compound, more preferably 1 to 3 mol, can also be compared with The photopolymerizable monomer used as the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably used.
又,使用季戊四醇作為多元醇,並將其與ε-己內酯經酯化後於末端羥基進一步使丙烯酸經酯化者,亦可較佳地使用作為本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的光聚合性單體。此等係於1莫耳化合物中具有ε-己內酯構造較佳為0.1~20莫耳者、更佳為1~12莫耳者、 特佳為1~4莫耳者。 In addition, those who use pentaerythritol as a polyhydric alcohol and esterify ε-caprolactone with terminal hydroxyl groups to further esterify acrylic acid may also preferably use photopolymerization as the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Sex monomer. These are those having a ε-caprolactone structure in 1 mole compound, preferably 0.1 to 20 mole, more preferably 1 to 12 mole, Extraordinary is 1 to 4 moles.
此等光聚合性單體可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 These photopolymerizable monomers may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物,為了高感度化、提升對基板之密黏性,較佳係亦含有硫醇類。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains thiols in order to increase sensitivity and improve the adhesion to the substrate.
作為硫醇類之種類,可列舉例如己烷二硫酚、癸烷二硫酚、1,4-二甲基巰基苯、丁二醇雙硫丙酸酯、丁二醇雙硫乙醇酸酯、乙二醇雙硫乙醇酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷參硫乙醇酸酯、丁二醇雙硫丙酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷參硫丙酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷參硫乙醇酸酯、季戊四醇肆硫丙酸酯、季戊四醇肆硫乙醇酸酯、參羥基乙基參硫丙酸酯、乙二醇雙(3-巰基丁酸酯)、丙二醇雙(3-巰基丁酸酯)(簡稱PGMB)、丁二醇雙(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁醯氧基)丁烷[商品名:Karenz(註冊商標,以下相同)MT BD1,昭和電工(股)製]、丁二醇三羥甲基丙烷參(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇肆(3-巰基丁酸酯)(商品名:Karenz MT PE1,昭和電工(股)製)、季戊四醇參(3-巰基丁酸酯)、乙二醇雙(3-巰基異丁酸酯)、丁二醇雙(3-巰基異丁酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷參(3-巰基異丁酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷參(3-巰基丁酸酯)(簡稱TPMB)、三羥甲基丙烷參(2-巰基異丁酸酯)(簡稱TPMIB)及1,3,5-參(3-巰基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮(商品名:Karenz MT NR1,昭和電工(股)製)等;此等各種可單獨使用1種,亦可混合2種以上使用。 Examples of the thiols include hexanedithiophenol, decanedithiophenol, 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene, butanediol dithiopropionate, butanediol dithiopropionate, Ethylene glycol dithioglycolate, trimethylolpropane thioglycolate, butanediol dithiopropionate, trimethylolpropane thiosulfate, trimethylolpropane thioglycolate , Pentaerythritol thiopropionate, pentaerythritol thiopropionate, p-hydroxyethyl p-thiopropionate, ethylene glycol bis (3-mercaptobutyrate), propylene glycol bis (3-mercaptobutyrate) (abbreviation PGMB), butanediol bis (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutyryloxy) butane [trade name: Karenz (registered trademark, the same below) MT BD1, Showa Denko ( )], Butanediol trimethylolpropane ginseng (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol (3-mercaptobutyrate) (trade name: Karenz MT PE1, manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation), pentaerythritol Ginseng (3-mercaptobutyrate), ethylene glycol bis (3-mercaptoisobutyrate), butanediol bis (3-mercaptoisobutyrate), trimethylolpropane ginseng (3-mercaptoisobutyrate) Acid ester), trimethylolpropane ginseng (3-mercaptobutyrate) (abbreviated TPMB), trimethylolpropane ginseng (2-mercaptoisobutyrate) (TPMIB for short) and 1,3,5-ginseng (3-mercaptobutoxyethyl) -1,3,5-tris -2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione (Trade name: Karenz MT NR1, manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation), etc .; these kinds can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
較佳為上述PGMB、TPMB、TPMIB、Karenz MT BD1、 Karenz MT PE1、Karenz MT NR1等之多官能硫醇,其中更佳為Karenz MT BD1、Karenz MT PE1、Karenz MT NR1,特佳為Karenz MT PE1。 Preferably the above-mentioned PGMB, TPMB, TPMIB, Karenz MT BD1, Multifunctional thiols such as Karenz MT PE1 and Karenz MT NR1, among which Karenz MT BD1, Karenz MT PE1, Karenz MT NR1 are more preferred, and Karenz MT PE1 is particularly preferred.
此等硫醇類可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 These mercaptans may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物通常係依鹼可溶性樹脂(d)、光聚合性單體、光聚合起始劑(c)、色材(a)、分散劑(b)及視需要所使用之各種材料,溶解或分散於溶劑(e)的狀態使用。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is generally based on an alkali-soluble resin (d), a photopolymerizable monomer, a photopolymerization initiator (c), a color material (a), a dispersant (b), and an optionally used one. Various materials are used in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in the solvent (e).
作為本發明所使用之溶劑(e),較佳係選擇沸點(壓力1013.25[hPa]條件下,以下關於沸點均相同)為100~300℃之範圍的有機溶劑。更佳係具有120~280℃之沸點的有機溶劑。 As the solvent (e) used in the present invention, an organic solvent having a boiling point (both of which are the same with respect to the boiling point under the pressure of 1013.25 [hPa]) is preferably selected in the range of 100 to 300 ° C. More preferably, it is an organic solvent having a boiling point of 120 to 280 ° C.
作為此種有機溶劑,可列舉例如下述者。 Examples of such an organic solvent include the following.
乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙二醇單丙基醚、乙二醇單丁基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單乙基醚、丙二醇單正丁基醚、丙二醇第三丁基醚、二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單正丁基醚、甲氧基甲基戊醇、二丙二醇單乙基醚、二丙二醇單甲基醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、三乙二醇單甲基醚、三乙二醇單乙基醚及三丙二醇甲基醚般之二醇單烷基醚類;乙二醇二甲基醚、乙二醇二乙基醚、二乙二醇二甲基醚、二乙二醇二乙基醚、二乙二醇二丙基醚、二乙二醇二丁基醚及二丙二醇二甲基醚般之二醇二烷基醚類;乙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單正丁基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙基醚 乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁基醚乙酸酯、甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、2-乙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單正丁基醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯及3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯般之二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類;乙二醇二乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯及1,6-己醇二乙酸酯等之二醇二乙酸酯類;環己醇乙酸酯等之烷基乙酸酯類;戊基醚、二乙基醚、二丙基醚、二異丙基醚、二丁基醚、二戊基醚、乙基異丁基醚及二己基醚般之醚類;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基戊基酮、甲基異丙基酮、甲基異戊基酮、二異丙基酮、二異丁基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、乙基戊基酮、甲基丁基酮、甲基己基酮、甲基壬基酮及甲氧基甲基戊酮般之酮類;乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、丁二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、甲氧基甲基戊醇、甘油及苄醇般之1價或多價醇類;正戊烷、正辛烷、二異丁烯、正己烷、己烯、異戊二烯、二戊烯及十二烷般之脂肪族烴類;環己烷、甲基環己烷、甲基環己烯及聯環己烷般之脂環式烴類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯及異丙苯般之芳香族烴類;甲酸戊酯、甲酸乙酯、醋酸乙酯、醋酸丁酯、醋酸丙 酯、醋酸戊酯、異丁酸甲酯、乙二醇乙酸酯、、丙酸乙酯、丙酸丙酯、丁酸丁酯、丁酸異丁酯、異丁酸甲酯、辛酸乙酯、硬脂酸丁酯、苯甲酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯及γ-丁內酯般之鏈狀或環狀酯類;3-甲氧基丙酸及3-乙氧基丙酸般之烷氧基羧酸類;氯丁烷及氯戊烷般之鹵化烴類;甲氧基甲基戊酮般之醚酮類;乙腈、苯腈般之腈類等;作為上述該當之市售溶劑,可列舉例如礦油精、Varsol #2、Apco #18 Solvent、Apco Thinner、Socal Solvent No.1及No.2、Solvesso #150、Shell TS28、Solvent、卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、甲基賽珞蘇(「賽珞蘇」為註冊商標,以下相同)、乙基賽珞蘇、乙基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、甲基賽珞蘇乙酸酯及二甘二甲醚(均為商品名)等。 Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether , Propylene glycol third butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, methoxymethylpentanol, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether , Dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and tripropylene glycol methyl ether-like glycol monoalkane Ethers; ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol Glycol dialkyl ethers such as alcohol dibutyl ether and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether Ether ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether Acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methoxypentyl acetate , 2-ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, three Glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, and 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate-like glycol alkyl ether acetates; Glycol diacetate, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate, and other glycol diacetates; cyclohexanol acetate and other alkyl acetates Class; amyl ether, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dibutyl ether, dipentyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether and dihexyl ether-like ethers; acetone, methyl Methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethyl Amyl ketones, methyl butyl ketones, methyl hexyl ketones, methyl nonyl ketones, and methoxymethylpentanone-like ketones Ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, methoxymethylpentanol, glycerol, and benzyl alcohol Normal monovalent or polyvalent alcohols; n-pentane, n-octane, diisobutylene, n-hexane, hexene, isoprene, dipentene and dodecane-like aliphatic hydrocarbons; cyclohexane, Methylcyclohexane, methylcyclohexene and bicyclohexane-like alicyclic hydrocarbons; benzene, toluene, xylene and cumene-like aromatic hydrocarbons; amyl formate, ethyl formate, acetic acid Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate Ester, amyl acetate, methyl isobutyrate, ethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, butyl butyrate, isobutyl butyrate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl octoate , Butyl stearate, ethyl benzoate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate Esters, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate and γ-butyrolactone like chain or cyclic esters; 3-methoxypropionic acid and 3-ethoxy Propanoic acid-like alkoxycarboxylic acids; chlorobutane and chloropentane-like halogenated hydrocarbons; methoxymethylpentanone-like ether ketones; acetonitrile, benzonitrile-like nitriles, etc .; Commercially available solvents include, for example, mineral spirits, Varsol # 2, Apco # 18 Solvent, Apco Thinner, Socal Solvent No. 1 and No. 2, Solvesso # 150, Shell TS28, Solvent, carbitol, ethylcarbide Alcohol, butylcarbitol, methyl cyperidine ("cyperidine" is a registered trademark, the same applies hereinafter), ethyl cyperidine, ethyl cyperidine acetate, methyl cyperidine acetate And diglyme (both trade names).
此等有機溶劑,可單獨使用,亦可併用2種以上。 These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
在以光刻法形成彩色濾光片之畫素或黑色矩陣時,較佳係選擇沸點100~200℃之範圍者作為有機溶劑。更佳係具有120~170℃之沸點者。 When forming pixels or a black matrix of a color filter by photolithography, it is preferred to select a solvent having a boiling point in the range of 100 to 200 ° C. More preferably, it has a boiling point of 120 to 170 ° C.
上述有機溶劑中,由塗佈性、表面張力等之平衡良好、組成物中之構成成分的溶解度較高的觀點而言,較佳係二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類。 Among the above organic solvents, glycol alkyl ether acetates are preferred from the viewpoints of a good balance of coatability, surface tension, and the like, and high solubility of constituent components in the composition.
又,二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類可單獨使用,亦可與其他有機溶劑併用。作為併用之有機溶劑,特佳為二醇單烷基醚類。其中, 由組成物中之構成成分之溶解性而言,特佳為丙二醇單甲基醚。 The glycol alkyl ether acetates may be used alone or in combination with other organic solvents. As the organic solvent used in combination, diol monoalkyl ethers are particularly preferred. among them, In terms of the solubility of the constituents in the composition, propylene glycol monomethyl ether is particularly preferred.
尚且,二醇單烷基醚類極性高,若添加量過多則有顏料等之色材(a)容易凝集、其後所得之感光性樹脂組成物的黏度上升等保存穩定性降低的傾向,故溶劑(e)中之二醇單烷基醚類的比例較佳為5~30質量%、更佳為5~20質量%。 Moreover, glycol monoalkyl ethers have high polarity, and if the amount is too large, color materials (a) such as pigments tend to aggregate, and the storage stability of the photosensitive resin composition obtained thereafter tends to decrease. The proportion of the diol monoalkyl ethers in the solvent (e) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 20% by mass.
又,作為溶劑(e),較佳亦可併用具有150℃以上之沸點的有機溶劑(以下有時稱為「高沸點溶劑」)。藉由併用此種高沸點溶劑,則感光性樹脂組成物難以乾燥,但具有防止組成物中色材(a)之均勻分散狀態因急遽乾燥而被破壞的效果。亦即,具有防止例如狹縫噴嘴前端之因色材(a)等之析出‧固化而造成之異物缺陷發生的效果。 In addition, as the solvent (e), an organic solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “high-boiling-point solvent”) may be preferably used in combination. By using such a high-boiling-point solvent in combination, it is difficult to dry the photosensitive resin composition, but it has the effect of preventing the uniform dispersion state of the color material (a) in the composition from being destroyed by rapid drying. That is, it has the effect of preventing foreign matter defects caused by the precipitation and solidification of the color material (a) and the like at the tip of the slit nozzle.
由此種效果較高的觀點而言,上述各種溶劑中,特佳為二乙二醇單正丁基醚、二乙二醇單正丁基醚乙酸酯、及二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯。 From such a viewpoint of high effect, among the above-mentioned various solvents, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monoethyl are particularly preferable. Ether acetate.
溶劑(e)中之高沸點溶劑的含有比例,較佳為3~50質量%、更佳為5~40質量%、特佳為5~30質量%。若高沸點溶劑之量過少,有例如於狹縫噴嘴前端色材(a)等析出‧固化而引起異物缺陷的可能性;又,若過多,則組成物之乾燥溫度變慢,在後述之彩色濾光片製造步驟中,有引起減壓乾燥製程之效率不良、以及預烤之銷痕跡等問題之虞。 The content of the high-boiling point solvent in the solvent (e) is preferably 3 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 5 to 30% by mass. If the amount of the high boiling point solvent is too small, for example, the color material (a) at the front end of the slit nozzle may precipitate and solidify and cause foreign matter defects; if the amount is too high, the drying temperature of the composition will be slower, and the color will be described later The filter manufacturing steps may cause problems such as poor efficiency of the reduced-pressure drying process and pre-baked pin marks.
尚且,沸點150℃以上之高沸點溶劑亦可為二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類、或二醇單烷基醚類,此時,亦可另外含有沸點150℃以上之高沸點溶劑。 In addition, the high-boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C or higher may be a glycol alkyl ether acetate or a diol monoalkyl ether. In this case, a high-boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C or higher may also be contained.
作為較佳之高沸點溶劑,例如上述各種溶劑中,可列舉二乙二 醇單正丁基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己醇二乙酸酯及三乙酸甘油酯等。 As a preferred high-boiling solvent, for example, among the above-mentioned various solvents, diethylene glycol Alcohol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol di Acetate and glycerol triacetate.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物中,除了上述成分之外,可適當調配密黏提升劑、塗佈性提升劑、顯影改良劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、矽烷偶合劑、界面活性劑、顏料衍生物、聚合加速劑、光酸產生劑、交聯劑、可塑劑、保存穩定劑、表面保護劑、有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐、顯影改良劑或熱聚合防止劑等。 In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, in addition to the above-mentioned components, an adhesion promoter, a coating improver, a development improver, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a silane coupling agent, a surfactant, and a pigment can be appropriately blended. Derivatives, polymerization accelerators, photoacid generators, crosslinking agents, plasticizers, storage stabilizers, surface protection agents, organic carboxylic acids, organic carboxylic anhydrides, development improvers, or thermal polymerization inhibitors.
為了改善與基板間之密黏性,亦可使密黏提升劑含於本發明之感光性樹脂組成物中。作為密黏提升劑,可列舉例如矽烷偶合劑、磷酸系密黏提升劑及其他之密黏提升劑等。 In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, the adhesion promoter may be contained in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Examples of the adhesion promoter include a silane coupling agent, a phosphoric acid-based adhesion promoter, and other adhesion promoters.
作為矽烷偶合劑之種類,可將環氧系、(甲基)丙烯酸系或胺基系等各種者單獨使用1種,或混合2種以上使用。 As the type of the silane coupling agent, various types such as epoxy-based, (meth) acrylic-based or amine-based may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
作為較佳之矽烷偶合劑,可列舉例如3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷及3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等之(甲基)丙烯醯氧基矽烷類;2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷及3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等之環氧矽烷類;3-脲丙基三乙氧基矽烷等之脲矽烷類;以及3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷等之異氰酸酯矽烷類。特佳可列舉環氧矽烷類之矽烷偶合劑。 Examples of preferred silane coupling agents include (meth) acrylic acid, such as 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane and 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane. Oxysilanes; 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyl Epoxy silanes such as diethoxysilane and 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane; urethane silanes such as 3-uretopropyltriethoxysilane; and 3-isocyanatepropyltrisiloxane Isocyanate silanes such as ethoxysilane. Particularly preferred are silane coupling agents of epoxy silane type.
作為磷酸系密黏提升劑,較佳為含有(甲基)丙烯醯氧 基之磷酸酯類,其中較佳為下述一般式(g1)、(g2)或(g3)所示者。 As a phosphoric acid-based adhesion promoter, (meth) acrylic acid is preferably contained Among these phosphate esters, preferred are those represented by the following general formula (g1), (g2), or (g3).
上述一般式(g1)、(g2)或(g3)中,R51表示氫原子或甲基,l及l'為1~10之整數,m為1、2或3。 In the general formulae (g1), (g2), or (g3), R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, l and l ′ are integers of 1 to 10, and m is 1, 2 or 3.
作為其他之密黏提升劑,可列舉例如TEGO*Add Bond LTH(Evonik公司製)等。 Examples of other tackifiers include TEGO * Add Bond LTH (manufactured by Evonik).
此等磷酸系密黏提升劑及其他之密黏提升劑,可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用。 These phosphate-based adhesion promoters and other adhesion promoters can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物中,為了提升塗佈性,亦可含有界面活性劑。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant in order to improve coating properties.
作為界面活性劑,可使用例如陰離子系、陽離子系、非離子系、兩性界面活性劑等各種者。其中,由對各種特性造成不良影響的可能性較低的觀點而言,較佳為使用非離子系界面活性劑,尤其是氟系或矽系之界面活性劑在塗佈性方面具有效果。 As the surfactant, various ones such as anionic, cationic, nonionic, and amphoteric surfactants can be used. Among them, from the viewpoint of a low possibility of adversely affecting various characteristics, it is preferable to use a nonionic surfactant, especially a fluorine-based or silicon-based surfactant, which is effective in terms of coatability.
作為此種界面活性劑,可列舉例如TSF4460(GE東芝Silicone公司製)、DFX-18(NEOS公司製)、BYK-300、BYK-325、 BYK-330(BYK Chemie公司製)、KP340(信越Silicone公司製)、F-470、F-475、F-478、F-559(大日本油墨化學工業公司製)、SH7PA(東麗Silicone公司製)、DS-401(大金公司製)、L-77(日本Unicar公司製)及FC4430(住友3M公司製)等。 Examples of such a surfactant include TSF4460 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone), DFX-18 (manufactured by NEOS), BYK-300, BYK-325, BYK-330 (by BYK Chemie), KP340 (by Shin-Etsu Silicone), F-470, F-475, F-478, F-559 (by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), SH7PA (by Toray Silicone Co., Ltd.) ), DS-401 (made by Daikin), L-77 (made by Japan Unicar), and FC4430 (made by Sumitomo 3M).
此等界面活性劑可使用1種,亦可依任意組合及比率併用2種以上。 These surfactants may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any combination and ratio.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物中,為了提升分散性、保存性,亦可含有顏料衍生物,尤其是由分散性提升之觀點而言,較佳為分散劑(b)與顏料衍生物之併用。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a pigment derivative in order to improve the dispersibility and storage properties. In particular, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility, it is preferable to use a dispersant (b) together with a pigment derivative. .
作為顏料衍生物,可列舉例如偶氮系、酞菁系、喹吖酮系、苯并咪唑酮系、喹啉黃系、異吲哚啉系、二系、蒽醌系、陰丹士林系、苝系、芘酮系、二酮吡咯并吡咯系及二系。其中較佳為酞菁系或喹啉黃系。 Examples of the pigment derivative include azo-based, phthalocyanine-based, quinacridone-based, benzimidazolone-based, quinoline yellow-based, isoindoline-based, and Series, anthraquinone series, indanthrene series, stilbene series, fluorenone series, diketopyrrolopyrrole series and two system. Among them, a phthalocyanine system or a quinoline yellow system is preferred.
作為顏料衍生物之取代基,可列舉例如磺酸基、磺醯胺基及其4級鹽、酞醯亞胺甲基、二烷胺基烷基、羥基、羧基或醯胺基等直接或經由烷基、芳基或雜環基等而鍵結於顏料骨架者;較佳為磺酸基。又,此等取代基亦可於1個顏料骨架中進行複數取代。 Examples of the substituent of the pigment derivative include a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamido group and a quaternary salt thereof, a phthaloiminomethyl group, a dialkylaminoalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or a sulfonylamino group, etc., directly or via An alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group is bonded to the pigment skeleton; a sulfonic group is preferred. Moreover, these substituents may be substituted plurally in one pigment skeleton.
作為顏料衍生物之具體例,可列舉酞菁之磺酸衍生物、喹啉黃之磺酸衍生物、蒽醌之磺酸衍生物、喹吖酮之磺酸衍生物、二酮吡咯并吡咯之磺酸衍生物及二之磺酸衍生物等。 Specific examples of the pigment derivative include sulfonic acid derivatives of phthalocyanine, sulfonic acid derivatives of quinoline yellow, sulfonic acid derivatives of anthraquinone, sulfonic acid derivatives of quinacridone, and diketopyrrolopyrrole Sulfonic acid derivatives and two Sulfonic acid derivatives.
此等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物之色材(a)的含有比例,係相對於感光性樹脂組成物中之總固形份量,通常為1質量%以上、較佳為5質量%以上、更佳為10質量%以上、再更佳為20質量%以上、又更佳為30質量%以上、特佳為40質量%以上;且通常為70質量%以下、較佳為65質量%以下、更佳為60質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可防止由於為了獲得既定色濃度而膜厚增厚所造成之液晶單元化時之間隙控制等的不良影響的傾向;又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有容易得到充分之影像形成性的傾向。 The content ratio of the color material (a) of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is generally 1 mass% or more, preferably 5 mass% or more, and more preferably, relative to the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition. 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more; and usually 70% by mass or less, preferably 65% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less. By setting it to be more than the above-mentioned lower limit value, there is a tendency to prevent adverse effects such as gap control when the liquid crystal cell becomes thick due to increase in film thickness in order to obtain a predetermined color density; If the value is less than or equal to the value, sufficient image formability tends to be easily obtained.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物係如上述般可使用於各種用途,由本發明之感光性樹脂組成物所造成之優越之影像形成性,係在使用於彩色濾光片用黑色矩陣之形成時特別具有效果。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be used in various applications as described above, and the excellent image forming property caused by the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is particularly useful when forming a black matrix for a color filter. With effect.
在將本發明之感光性樹脂組成物使用於黑色矩陣時,若使用上述碳黑或鈦黑等黑色色材作為色材(a),或將黑色以外之色材混合複數種類並調整為黑色使用即可。其中,由遮光性之觀點而言,特佳為使用碳黑。 When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is used in a black matrix, if a black color material such as carbon black or titanium black is used as the color material (a), or a plurality of color materials other than black are mixed and adjusted to black, Just fine. Among them, carbon black is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of light-shielding properties.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物所造成的效果,尤其在黑色顏料之顏料濃度變大的領域中可有效發揮。如上所述,近年來為了提升遮光度而必須提高黑色顏料濃度,但由具有大幅產生本發明效果之傾向的觀點而言,黑色顏料之含有比例,相對於感光性樹脂組成物之總固形份,較佳為40質量%以上、更佳為45質量%以上、再更佳為48質量%以上、特佳為50質量%以上。 The effect of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be effectively exhibited particularly in a field where the pigment concentration of a black pigment becomes large. As described above, in order to increase the light-shielding degree in recent years, it is necessary to increase the concentration of the black pigment. However, from the viewpoint of having a tendency to greatly produce the effects of the present invention, the content ratio of the black pigment is relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 45% by mass or more, even more preferably 48% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or more.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物中,藉由依上述範圍內含有黑色顏料,有可獲得遮光性(光學密度、OD值)高之著色感光性 樹脂組成物的傾向。具體而言,藉由將黑色顏料之含有比例設為相對於感光性樹脂組成物之總固形份為45質量%以上,在使用本發明之感光性樹脂組成物形成厚1μm之黑色矩陣時有使光學密度成為4.0以上之值的傾向。此光學密度更佳為4.2以上。 In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, by containing a black pigment within the above range, it is possible to obtain coloring sensitivity with high light-shielding properties (optical density, OD value). Resin composition tendency. Specifically, by setting the content ratio of the black pigment to 45% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, it is possible to use the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention to form a black matrix with a thickness of 1 μm. The optical density tends to be a value of 4.0 or more. This optical density is more preferably 4.2 or more.
一般而言,在遮光性較高的情況,紫外線難以穿透至膜深部,而有尤其是在基板與細線之密黏部分藉光聚合所進行之交聯變弱的傾向,但在使用本發明之感光性樹脂組成物時,即使顏料濃度較高,仍可顯著地確認到本發明效果。作為本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的顏料濃度,相對於固形份為40~65質量%特別有效果。 Generally speaking, when the light-shielding property is high, it is difficult for ultraviolet rays to penetrate to the deep part of the film, and the cross-linking by photopolymerization tends to weaken especially in the close-adhesive part of the substrate and the thin wires. In the case of the photosensitive resin composition, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably confirmed even if the pigment concentration is high. The pigment concentration of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is particularly effective at 40 to 65% by mass based on the solid content.
尚且,本發明之感光性樹脂組成物並不限於顏料濃度較高之情況,即使在較低的情況下亦可發揮本發明效果。在感光性樹脂組成物中僅變更了顏料濃度時,視顏料濃度,有在顯影後之熱硬化處理時發生熱變形而細線之線寬稍微變粗或變細的情形,但藉由調整光聚合性單體或光聚合性起始劑等之成分量,或調整曝光量,可得到所需之線寬的細線。 Moreover, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is not limited to the case where the pigment concentration is high, and the effect of the present invention can be exhibited even when the pigment concentration is low. When only the pigment concentration is changed in the photosensitive resin composition, depending on the pigment concentration, thermal deformation may occur during the thermal curing treatment after development, and the line width of the fine lines may become slightly thicker or thinner. However, by adjusting photopolymerization, A thin line having a desired line width can be obtained by adjusting the amount of components such as a monomer or a photopolymerizable initiator or adjusting the exposure amount.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物之分散劑(b)的含有比例並無特別限定,於感光性樹脂組成物之總固形份中,通常為50質量%以下、較佳為30質量%以下、更佳為20質量%以下、再更佳為15質量%以下;且通常為1質量%以上、較佳為3質量%以上、更佳為5質量%以上、再更佳為8質量%以上。 The content ratio of the dispersant (b) of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and it is usually 50% by mass or less, preferably 30% by mass or less in the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 15% by mass or less; and usually 1% by mass or more, preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 8% by mass or more.
又,分散劑(b)之含有比例,相對於色材(a)100質量份,通常為5質量份以上、較佳為10質量份以上、更佳為15質量份以上,且通常為200質量份以下、較佳為80質量份以下、更佳為50質量份以下、再更佳為40質量份以下、特佳為30質量份以 下。藉由將分散劑(b)之含有比例設為上述下限值以上,有容易得到充分之分散性的傾向,藉由設為上述上限值以下,相對地可充分確保其他成分之含有比例,有容易得到所需之色濃度、所需之感度、所需之成膜性等的傾向。 The content of the dispersant (b) is usually 5 parts by mass or more, preferably 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 15 parts by mass or more, and usually 200 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the color material (a). Parts by mass, preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or more under. When the content ratio of the dispersant (b) is set to the above lower limit value or more, sufficient dispersibility tends to be easily obtained. By setting the content ratio of the dispersant (b) or less to the above upper limit value, the content ratios of other components can be sufficiently ensured, It tends to be easy to obtain a desired color density, a desired sensitivity, a desired film forming property, and the like.
尚且,分散劑(b)中所佔有之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)的比例,由更有效地獲得因使用聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)所造成之本發明效果的觀點而言,較佳為50質量%以上、更佳為60質量%以上、再更佳為70質量%以上、又更佳為80質量%以上、特佳為90質量%以上;且通常為100質量%以下。 Moreover, the proportion of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) in the dispersant (b) is caused by using the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) more effectively. From the viewpoint of the effect of the present invention, it is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, even more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more; It is usually 100% by mass or less.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物中,相對於鹼可溶性樹脂(d)100質量份,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)之含有比例通常為2質量份以上、較佳為5質量份以上、更佳為10質量份以上、再更佳為20質量份以上、又更佳為30質量份以上、特佳為40質量份以上。且,通常為500質量份以下、較佳為300質量份以下、更佳為100質量份以下、再更佳為80質量份以下、特佳為60質量份以下。 In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) is usually 2 parts by mass or more, and preferably 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin (d). 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 40 parts by mass or more. The amount is usually 500 parts by mass or less, preferably 300 parts by mass or less, more preferably 100 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or less.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的光聚合起始劑(c)的含有比例,相對於本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的總固形份,通常為0.1質量%以上、較佳為0.5質量%以上、更佳為0.7質量%以上、再更佳為1質量%以上、又更佳為3質量%以上、特佳為5質量%以上;且通常為30質量%以下、較佳為20質量%以下、更佳為15質量%以下、再更佳為10質量%以下。藉由將光聚合起始劑(c)之含有比例設為上述下限值以上,有可得到充分感度的傾向;又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有抑制未曝光部分對顯影液之溶解性降低、容易防止顯影不良的傾向。 The content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator (c) of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is generally 0.1% by mass or more, and preferably 0.5% by mass or more, relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. , More preferably 0.7% by mass or more, even more preferably 1% by mass or more, still more preferably 3% by mass or more, particularly preferably 5% by mass or more; and usually 30% by mass or less, preferably 20% by mass or less It is more preferably 15% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less. By setting the content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator (c) to be above the lower limit value, sufficient sensitivity tends to be obtained; and by setting the content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator (c) or less to the above upper limit value, it is possible to suppress unexposed portions from affecting the developer. The solubility is reduced, and the tendency to develop poorly is easily prevented.
尤其是光聚合起始劑(c)中所佔之肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)的比例,通常為10質量%以上、較佳為50質量%以上、更佳為90質量%以上;且通常為100質量%以下。藉由將肟酯光聚合起始劑(c-1)之含有比例設為上述下限值以上,則於本發明所使用之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)與鹼可溶性樹脂(d)的組合中,紫外線照射後、對鹼顯影液或高溫處理的耐性良好,可提升高細微之細線的形成性。 In particular, the proportion of the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) in the photopolymerization initiator (c) is usually 10% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass Above; and usually below 100% by mass. By setting the content ratio of the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (c-1) to the above lower limit value, the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) and the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention In the combination (d), after ultraviolet irradiation, the resistance to alkali developing solution or high-temperature treatment is good, and the formation of highly fine fine lines can be improved.
又,相對於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)與鹼可溶性樹脂(d)與光聚合性單體的合計量100質量份,光聚合起始劑(c)之含有比例通常為1質量份以上、較佳為2質量份以上、更佳為3質量份以上。且,通常為100質量份以下、更佳為60質量份以下、再更佳為40質量份以下。 The content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator (c) is usually 100 parts by mass based on the total amount of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1), the alkali-soluble resin (d), and the photopolymerizable monomer. 1 part by mass or more, preferably 2 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 3 parts by mass or more. The amount is usually 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 60 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 40 parts by mass or less.
在與光聚合起始劑(c)一起使用加速劑的情況,加速劑的含有比例,相對於本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的總固形份,通常為0質量%以上、較佳為0.02質量%以上,且通常為10質量%以下、較佳為5質量%以下;加速劑係相對於光聚合起始劑(c),可依較佳0.1~50質量%、更佳為0.1~10質量%的比例使用。 When the accelerator is used together with the photopolymerization initiator (c), the content ratio of the accelerator is usually 0% by mass or more, and preferably 0.02% by mass relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. % Or more, and usually 10% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass or less; The accelerator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the photopolymerization initiator (c). % Used.
又,在使用增感色素的情況,本發明之感光性樹脂組成物中所含之增感色素的含有比例,於感光性樹脂組成物中之總固形份中,通常為0~20質量%、較佳為0~15質量%、更佳為0~10質量%。 When a sensitizing dye is used, the content ratio of the sensitizing dye contained in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is usually from 0 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is preferably 0 to 15% by mass, and more preferably 0 to 10% by mass.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物之鹼可溶性樹脂(d)的含有比例,相對於本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的總固形份,通常為5質量%以上、較佳為10質量%以上、更佳為15質量%以上、再更 佳為20質量%以上;且通常為85質量%以下、較佳為80質量%以下、更佳為70質量%以下、再更佳為60質量%以下、又更佳為50質量%以下、特佳為40質量%以下、最佳為30質量%以下。 The content ratio of the alkali-soluble resin (d) of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is usually 5% by mass or more, preferably 10% by mass or more, with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Preferably 15% by mass or more It is preferably 20% by mass or more; and usually 85% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, still more preferably 60% by mass or less, and still more preferably 50% by mass or less. It is preferably 40% by mass or less, and most preferably 30% by mass or less.
藉由將鹼可溶性樹脂(d)之含有比例設為上述下限值以上,有抑制未曝光部分對顯影液之溶解性降低、容易防止顯影不良誘發的傾向。又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可將顯影液對曝光部之滲透性維持為較低的傾向,且有容易提升畫素之銳性或密黏性的傾向。 When the content ratio of the alkali-soluble resin (d) is equal to or more than the above-mentioned lower limit value, there is a tendency that the solubility of the unexposed portion in the developing solution is suppressed from lowering, and the development of poor development is easily prevented. Furthermore, by setting it to be equal to or less than the above upper limit value, the permeability of the developer to the exposed portion tends to be kept low, and the sharpness or adhesion of the pixels tends to be easily improved.
尚且,如上述般,本發明之感光性樹脂組成物作為鹼可溶性樹脂(d),較佳係含有上述環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)、環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-2)、(D2-1)樹脂、(D2-2)樹脂、(D2-3)樹脂及(D2-4)樹脂之至少一種;更佳係含有環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)、環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-2)樹脂、(D2-1)樹脂、(D2-3)樹脂;特佳為含有環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-1)及/或環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(D1-2)。 Furthermore, as described above, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains the above-mentioned epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-1) and epoxy (methyl) as the alkali-soluble resin (d). At least one of acrylate resins (D1-2), (D2-1) resins, (D2-2) resins, (D2-3) resins, and (D2-4) resins; more preferably, they contain epoxy groups (methyl groups) ) Acrylate resin (D1-1), epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-2) resin, (D2-1) resin, (D2-3) resin; particularly preferred is epoxy resin (methyl Base) acrylate resin (D1-1) and / or epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (D1-2).
在鹼可溶性樹脂(d)為含有此等較佳樹脂以外之其他鹼可溶性樹脂時,其含有比例,相對於鹼可溶性樹脂(d)之合計,通常為20質量%以下、較佳為10質量%以下,且通常0質量%以上。 When the alkali-soluble resin (d) contains other alkali-soluble resins other than these preferred resins, the content ratio is usually 20% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass, relative to the total of the alkali-soluble resin (d). Below, and usually 0% by mass or more.
尚且,本發明之感光性樹脂組成物中,相對於色材(a)100質量份,鹼可溶性樹脂(d)的量通常為20質量份以上、較佳為30質量份以上、更佳為40質量份以上;且通常為500質量份以下、較佳為300質量份以下、更佳為200質量份以下、再更佳為100質量份以下、又更佳為80質量份以下、特佳為50質量份以下。藉由將鹼可溶性樹脂(d)相對於色材(a)的含有比例設為上述下限值以 上,有可抑制未曝光部分對顯影液之溶解性降低、可防止顯影不良誘發的傾向;又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有容易得到所需畫素膜厚的傾向。 In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, the amount of the alkali-soluble resin (d) is usually 20 parts by mass or more, preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the color material (a). It is usually 500 parts by mass or less, preferably 300 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 100 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 50 parts by mass Mass parts or less. By setting the content ratio of the alkali-soluble resin (d) to the color material (a) to the above-mentioned lower limit value, From the above, there is a tendency that the solubility of the unexposed portion in the developing solution is suppressed from being lowered, and the occurrence of poor development is prevented. Furthermore, by setting the above-mentioned upper limit value or less, the desired pixel film thickness tends to be easily obtained.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物之光聚合性單體的含有比例,相對於本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的總固形份,通常為90質量%以下、較佳為80質量%以下、更佳為70質量%以下、再更佳為50質量%以下、又更佳為30質量%以下、特佳為20質量%以下。藉由將光聚合性單體之含量設為上述上限值以下,有顯影液對曝光部之滲透性變得適當、可得到良好影像的傾向。 The content ratio of the photopolymerizable monomer of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is generally 90% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably relative to the total solids content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. It is 70% by mass or less, more preferably 50% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or less. When the content of the photopolymerizable monomer is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit value, there is a tendency that the permeability of the developer to the exposed portion becomes appropriate and a good image can be obtained.
光聚合性單體之含量的下限通常為1質量%以上、較佳為5質量%以上。藉由為上述下限以上,有提升由紫外線照射進行之光硬化且鹼顯影性亦良好的傾向。 The lower limit of the content of the photopolymerizable monomer is usually 1% by mass or more, and preferably 5% by mass or more. When it is at least the above lower limit, there is a tendency that the light hardening by ultraviolet irradiation is improved and the alkali developability is also good.
又,相對於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)與鹼可溶性樹脂(d)之合計量100質量份,光聚合性單體的含有比例通常為2質量份以上、較佳為4質量份以上、更佳為6質量份以上。且,通常為500質量份以下、較佳為300質量份以下、更佳為200質量份以下。 The content of the photopolymerizable monomer is usually 2 parts by mass or more, preferably 4 based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) and the alkali-soluble resin (d). Part by mass or more, more preferably 6 parts by mass or more. The amount is usually 500 parts by mass or less, preferably 300 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
藉由將聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)、光聚合性單體、光聚合起始劑(c)相對於鹼可溶性樹脂的量設為上述下限值以上,於感光性樹脂組成物之溶液中,由於聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)與鹼可溶性樹脂(d)之相溶性所造成之對於色材(a)之凝集的立體障礙性提升,而使分散性提升;或於彩色濾光片製作時,聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)與鹼可溶性樹脂(d)藉由紫外線照射,使具有以光聚合起始劑(c)進行了交聯的乙烯性不飽和基的成分,更加增加交聯性,而有使屬於本發明效果之對鹼顯影液及高溫處理之耐性提升、容易形成高 細微之細線的傾向。 By setting the amount of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1), the photopolymerizable monomer, and the photopolymerization initiator (c) to the alkali-soluble resin to the above-mentioned lower limit value or more, the photosensitive resin is used. In the solution of the composition, due to the compatibility between the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) and the alkali-soluble resin (d), the steric hindrance to the aggregation of the color material (a) is improved, so that the dispersion is dispersed. Improve the properties; or when the color filter is manufactured, the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) and the alkali-soluble resin (d) are irradiated with ultraviolet rays, so that the photopolymerization initiator (c) is used. The cross-linked ethylenically unsaturated group component further increases the cross-linking property, and improves the resistance to the alkali developer and high-temperature treatment belonging to the effect of the present invention, and easily forms a high Subtle fine line tendencies.
又,藉由將對鹼顯影液之溶解性有惡化之傾向的聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1)、光聚合性單體、光聚合起始劑(c)的量設為上述上限值以下,有提升紫外線未曝光部分對碱顯影液之溶解性、可減低基板上之顯影殘渣的傾向。 In addition, the amounts of the polyurethane dispersant (b-1), the photopolymerizable monomer, and the photopolymerization initiator (c) tend to deteriorate the solubility of the alkali developer, as described above. Below the upper limit, there is a tendency that the solubility of the unexposed portion of the ultraviolet ray to the alkali developing solution is increased, and the development residue on the substrate is reduced.
又,在使用上述硫醇類的情況,硫醇類的含有比例,相對於本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的總固形份,通常為0.1質量%以上、較佳為0.3質量%以上、更佳為0.5質量%以上,且通常為10質量%以下、較佳為5質量%以下。若硫醇類之含量過少,則感度降低之提升效果不足;若過多,有保存穩定性惡化的情形。 In the case where the thiols are used, the content ratio of the thiols is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.3% by mass or more, and more preferably relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. It is 0.5% by mass or more, and usually 10% by mass or less, and preferably 5% by mass or less. If the content of thiols is too small, the effect of improving sensitivity is insufficient; if it is too large, storage stability may be deteriorated.
在使本發明之感光性樹脂組成物含有顏料衍生物時,顏料衍生物之含有比例,相對於本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的總固形份,通常為0.1質量%以上,且通常為10質量%以下、較佳為5質量%以下。 When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a pigment derivative, the content ratio of the pigment derivative is usually 0.1% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and is usually 10% by mass. % Or less, preferably 5 mass% or less.
又,在使用界面活性劑時,其含有比例,相對於感光性樹脂組成物中之總固形份,通常為0.001質量%以上、較佳為0.005質量%以上、更佳為0.01質量%以上、再更佳為0.03質量%以上,且通常為10質量%以下、較佳為1質量%以下、更佳為0.5質量%以下、再更佳诙0.3質量%以下。藉由將界面活性劑之含有比例設為上述範圍內,有塗佈膜之平滑性、均勻性容易充分的傾向。 When a surfactant is used, its content is usually 0.001% by mass or more, preferably 0.005% by mass or more, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, based on the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition. It is more preferably 0.03 mass% or more, and usually 10 mass% or less, preferably 1 mass% or less, more preferably 0.5 mass% or less, and even more preferably 0.3 mass% or less. When the content ratio of the surfactant is within the above range, the smoothness and uniformity of the coating film tend to be sufficient.
尚且,本發明之感光性樹脂組成物係使用上述溶劑(e),其固形份濃度通常為5質量%以上、較佳為10質量%以上;且通常為50質量%以下、較佳為以成為30質量%的方式調液。藉由設為上述範圍內,有感光性樹脂組成物之塗佈性良好的傾向。 Moreover, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention uses the above-mentioned solvent (e), and its solid content concentration is usually 5 mass% or more, preferably 10 mass% or more; and usually 50 mass% or less, preferably 30% by mass. When the content is within the above range, the coating property of the photosensitive resin composition tends to be good.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物(以下有時稱為「抗蝕劑」),係依常法製造。 The photosensitive resin composition (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "resist") of the present invention is produced by a conventional method.
通常,色材(a)較佳係事先使用塗料調理器、砂磨器、球磨器、輥磨器、石磨器、噴射磨器、均質器等進行分散處理。藉由分散處理使色材(a)微粒子化,故提升抗蝕劑的塗佈特性。又,在使用黑色色材作為色材(a)時,有助於提升遮光能力。 Generally, the color material (a) is preferably dispersed in advance using a paint conditioner, a sand mill, a ball mill, a roll mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer, and the like. The color material (a) is micronized by the dispersion treatment, so that the coating characteristics of the resist are improved. In addition, when a black color material is used as the color material (a), it contributes to improving the light shielding ability.
分散處理通常較佳係依併用了色材(a)、分散劑(b)、溶劑(e)及視需要之鹼可溶性樹脂(d)的一部分或全部的系統進行(以下有時將供於分散處理之混合物、及藉該處理所得之組成物稱為「油墨」或「顏料分散液」)。於此分散處理中,藉由使用本發明之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑(b-1),可抑制所得油墨及抗蝕劑的經時性增黏(分散穩定性優越),故較佳。 The dispersion treatment is generally preferably performed in a system using a part or all of the color material (a), dispersant (b), solvent (e), and optionally the alkali-soluble resin (d) (hereinafter, it may be used for dispersion) The treated mixture and the composition obtained by the treatment are called "ink" or "pigment dispersion"). In this dispersing treatment, by using the polyurethane dispersant (b-1) of the present invention, it is possible to suppress the time-dependent thickening of the obtained ink and resist (excellent dispersion stability). .
尚且,在對含有調配於感光性樹脂組成物之所有成分的液進行分散處理時,由於在分散處理時產生之發熱,有高反應性之成分發生改質的可能性。從而,較佳係依含有上述成分之系統進行分散處理。 In addition, when a liquid containing all components formulated in the photosensitive resin composition is subjected to a dispersion treatment, there is a possibility that the highly reactive component may be modified due to heat generated during the dispersion treatment. Therefore, it is preferable to perform the dispersion processing according to a system containing the above-mentioned components.
在以砂磨器使色材(a)分散時,可較佳地使用0.1~8mm左右之徑的玻璃珠或氧化鋯珠。分散處理條件係溫度通常為0℃至100℃,較佳為室溫至80℃之範圍。分散時間係視液之組成及分散處理裝置之尺寸等而適當時間相異,故予以適當調節。 When the color material (a) is dispersed by a sander, glass beads or zirconia beads having a diameter of about 0.1 to 8 mm can be preferably used. The temperature of the dispersion treatment is generally in the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably in the range of room temperature to 80 ° C. The dispersing time varies depending on the composition of the liquid and the size of the dispersing processing device, etc., so it should be adjusted appropriately.
分散的標準係以抗蝕劑之20度鏡面光澤度[JIS Z8741(1997年)]成為100~200之範圍的方式控制油墨光澤。在抗蝕 劑之光澤度較低時,分散處理不足而殘留粗糙顏料(色材)粒子的情況較多,有顯影性、密黏性、解析性等不足的可能性。又,若進行分散處理直到光澤度超過上述範圍,則顏料破碎而產生多數之超微粒子,故反而有損及分散穩定性的傾向。 The standard for dispersion is to control the gloss of the ink so that the 20-degree specular gloss of the resist [JIS Z8741 (1997)] is in the range of 100 to 200. In resist When the gloss of the agent is low, there are many cases where rough pigment (color material) particles remain due to insufficient dispersion treatment, and there is a possibility that the developability, adhesion, and resolution are insufficient. In addition, if the dispersing treatment is performed until the glossiness exceeds the above range, the pigment is broken and a large number of ultrafine particles are generated, so that the dispersion stability tends to be impaired.
接著,將藉上述分散處理所得之油墨、與抗蝕劑中所含之上述其他成分混合,作成均勻溶液。於抗蝕劑之製造步驟中,由於細微雜物混合於液中的情況較多,故所得抗蝕劑較佳係藉由過濾器等進行過濾處理。 Next, the ink obtained by the above-mentioned dispersion treatment is mixed with the above-mentioned other components contained in the resist to prepare a uniform solution. In the manufacturing process of the resist, since fine impurities are often mixed in the liquid, the obtained resist is preferably subjected to a filtering treatment by a filter or the like.
藉由使本發明之感光性樹脂組成物硬化,可得到本發明之硬化物。將本發明之感光性樹脂組成物進行硬化而成的硬化物,可較佳地使用作為黑色矩陣或著色間隔件。 The cured product of the present invention can be obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a black matrix or a colored spacer.
接著,針對使用了本發明之感光性樹脂組成物的黑色矩陣,根據其製造方法進行說明。 Next, the black matrix using the photosensitive resin composition of this invention is demonstrated based on the manufacturing method.
作為用於形成黑色矩陣之支撐體,若具有適度強度,則其材質並無特別限定。作為支撐體,主要使用透明基板。作為材質,可列舉例如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等之聚酯系樹脂;聚丙烯、聚乙烯等之聚烯烴系樹脂;聚碳酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚碸等之熱可塑性樹脂製片材;環氧樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂、聚(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂 等之熱硬化性樹脂片材;或各種玻璃等。其中,由耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為玻璃、耐熱性樹脂。 As a support for forming a black matrix, the material is not particularly limited as long as it has a moderate strength. As a support body, a transparent substrate is mainly used. Examples of the material include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate; polyolefin resins such as polypropylene and polyethylene; thermoplastic properties such as polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, and polyfluorene Resin sheet; epoxy resin, unsaturated polyester resin, poly (meth) acrylic resin Etc. thermosetting resin sheet; or various glass. Among them, glass and a heat-resistant resin are preferred from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
又,亦有於基板表面成膜了ITO或IZO等透明電極的情況。除了透明基材以外,亦可形成於TFT陣列上。 In addition, a transparent electrode such as ITO or IZO may be formed on the substrate surface. In addition to a transparent substrate, it may be formed on a TFT array.
對於支撐體,為了改良接黏性等之表面物性,視需要亦可進行電暈放電處理、臭氧處理、矽烷偶合劑或胺基甲酸乙酯系樹脂等之各種樹脂的薄膜形成處理等。 For the support, in order to improve the surface properties such as adhesion, if necessary, corona discharge treatment, ozone treatment, film formation treatment of various resins such as a silane coupling agent, or a urethane resin may be performed.
支撐體之厚度通常設為0.05~10mm、較佳為0.1~7mm之範圍。又,在進行各種樹脂之薄膜形成處理時,其膜厚通常為0.01~10μm、較佳為0.05~5μm之範圍。 The thickness of the support is usually set to a range of 0.05 to 10 mm, preferably 0.1 to 7 mm. In addition, when performing a thin film forming treatment of various resins, the film thickness is usually in the range of 0.01 to 10 μm, and preferably in the range of 0.05 to 5 μm.
藉由上述本發明之感光性樹脂組成物形成本發明之黑色矩陣時,係在透明基板等之支撐體上塗佈本發明之感光性樹脂組成物並乾燥後,於該塗膜上放置光罩,經由該光罩進行影像曝光、顯影,再視需要進行熱硬化或光硬化而形成黑色矩陣。 When forming the black matrix of the present invention from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention described above, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is coated on a support such as a transparent substrate and dried, and then a photomask is placed on the coating film. A black matrix is formed by performing image exposure and development through the photomask, and then performing thermal curing or light curing as necessary.
黑色矩陣用感光性樹脂組成物對於透明基板等之支撐體上的塗佈,可藉由旋塗法、線棒法、流塗法、模塗法、輥塗法、或噴塗法等進行。其中,若為模塗法,可大幅削減塗佈液使用量,且完全沒有藉旋塗法時所附著之霧粒等的影響,可抑制異物發生等,由綜合觀點而言較佳。 The application of the photosensitive resin composition for a black matrix to a support such as a transparent substrate can be performed by a spin coating method, a wire rod method, a flow coating method, a die coating method, a roll coating method, or a spray coating method. Among them, in the case of the die coating method, the amount of the coating liquid used can be greatly reduced, and the influence of fog particles and the like attached during the spin coating method is completely eliminated, and the generation of foreign matter can be suppressed, which is preferable from a comprehensive viewpoint.
塗膜之厚度若過厚,有圖案顯影困難、且液晶單元步驟中之間隙調整困難的情況;若過薄,有顏料濃度難以提高而無法進行所需之色表現的情形。塗膜之厚度係以乾燥後之膜厚計,通常較佳係設為0.2~10μm之範圍、更佳係0.5~6μm之範圍、再更佳係1~4μm之範圍。 If the thickness of the coating film is too thick, it may be difficult to develop the pattern and the gap adjustment in the step of the liquid crystal cell may be difficult; if it is too thin, the pigment concentration may be difficult to increase and the desired color expression may not be achieved. The thickness of the coating film is based on the thickness of the film after drying. Usually, it is preferably in the range of 0.2 to 10 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 6 μm, and even more preferably in the range of 1 to 4 μm.
於支撐體塗佈了感光性樹脂組成物後的塗膜的乾燥,較佳係由使用了加熱板、IR爐、或對流烤箱的乾燥法所進行。乾燥條件可配合上述溶劑成分之種類、所使用之乾燥機的性能等而適當選擇。乾燥時間係配合溶劑成分之種類、所使用之乾燥機的性能等,通常係於40~200℃之溫度、15秒~5分鐘之範圍選擇,較佳係於50~130℃之溫度、30秒~3分鐘之範圍選擇。 The drying of the coating film after the photosensitive resin composition is applied to the support is preferably performed by a drying method using a hot plate, an IR oven, or a convection oven. The drying conditions can be appropriately selected in accordance with the type of the solvent component, the performance of the dryer used, and the like. The drying time is based on the type of solvent components and the performance of the dryer used. It is usually selected at a temperature of 40 ~ 200 ° C and 15 seconds ~ 5 minutes, preferably at a temperature of 50 ~ 130 ° C and 30 seconds. Choice of ~ 3 minutes.
乾燥溫度越高,則使塗膜對支撐體之接黏性越提升,但若過高,則鹼可溶性樹脂分解,引發熱聚合而有產生顯影不良的情形。又,此塗膜之乾燥步驟,亦可為不提高溫度、於減壓室內進行乾燥的減壓乾燥法。 The higher the drying temperature, the more the adhesion of the coating film to the support is increased, but if it is too high, the alkali-soluble resin is decomposed, and thermal polymerization is initiated to cause development failure. In addition, the drying step of the coating film may be a reduced-pressure drying method for drying in a reduced-pressure chamber without increasing the temperature.
影像曝光係於感光性樹脂組成物之塗膜上,重疊負型遮罩圖案,經由此遮罩圖案,照射紫外線或可見光線之光源而進行。此時,視需要為了防止因氧所造成之光聚合性層的感度降低,亦可於光聚合性之塗膜上形成聚乙烯醇層等之氧遮蔽層後進行曝光。 The image exposure is performed by superimposing a negative mask pattern on a coating film of a photosensitive resin composition, and irradiating a light source of ultraviolet or visible light through the mask pattern. At this time, in order to prevent the sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer from being reduced due to oxygen, an oxygen shielding layer such as a polyvinyl alcohol layer may be formed on the photopolymerizable coating film and then exposed.
上述影像曝光所使用之光源並無特別限定。作為光 源,可列舉例如氙氣燈、鹵素燈、鎢燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵素燈、中壓水銀燈、低壓水銀燈、碳弧及螢光燈等之燈光源,以及氬離子雷射、YAG雷射、準分子雷射、氮雷射、氦鎘雷射及半導體雷射等之雷射光源等。在使用照射特定波長光時,亦可利用光學濾波器。 The light source used for the image exposure is not particularly limited. As light Examples of the source include lamp light sources such as xenon lamps, halogen lamps, tungsten lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, medium-pressure mercury lamps, low-pressure mercury lamps, carbon arcs, and fluorescent lamps, argon ion lasers, and YAG. Laser light sources such as lasers, excimer lasers, nitrogen lasers, helium-cadmium lasers, and semiconductor lasers. When using a specific wavelength of light, an optical filter can also be used.
本發明之黑色矩陣係在對感光性樹脂組成物之塗膜藉上述光源進行影像曝光後,藉由使用有機溶劑、或含有界面活性劑與鹼性化合物之水溶液的顯影,於基板上形成影像而可製作。於此水溶液中,可進一步含有有機溶劑、緩衝劑、錯化劑、染料或顏料。 The black matrix of the present invention is formed by forming an image on a substrate by developing an organic solvent or an aqueous solution containing a surfactant and a basic compound after image exposure of a coating film of a photosensitive resin composition by the light source described above. Can be made. The aqueous solution may further contain an organic solvent, a buffering agent, a dissolving agent, a dye, or a pigment.
作為鹼性化合物,可列舉例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鋰、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、矽酸鈉、矽酸鉀、偏矽酸鈉、磷酸鈉、磷酸鉀、磷酸氫鈉、磷酸氫鉀、磷酸二氫鈉、磷酸二氫鉀及氫氧化銨等無機鹼性化合物,以及單‧二或三乙醇胺、單‧二或三甲胺、單‧二或三乙胺、單或二異丙胺、正丁胺、單‧二或三異丙醇胺、乙烯亞胺、乙烯二亞胺、四甲基氫氧化銨(TMAH)及膽鹼等之有機鹼性化合物。此等鹼性化合物亦可為2種以上之混合物。 Examples of the basic compound include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, sodium phosphate, Inorganic basic compounds such as potassium phosphate, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate and ammonium hydroxide, as well as mono-, di- or triethanolamine, mono-, di- or trimethylamine, mono-, di- or tri-methyl Organic basic compounds such as ethylamine, mono- or diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, mono-, di- or triisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediimine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), and choline . These basic compounds may be a mixture of two or more kinds.
作為界面活性劑,可列舉例如聚氧乙烯烷基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基芳基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基酯類去水、山梨醇烷基酯類及單甘油烷基酯類等之非離子系界面活性劑,烷基苯磺酸鹽類、烷基萘磺酸鹽類、烷基硫酸鹽類、烷基磺酸鹽類及磺酸基琥珀酸酯鹽類等之陰離子性界面活性劑,以及烷基甜菜鹼類及胺基酸等之兩性界 面活性劑。 Examples of the surfactant include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkylaryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, dehydration, sorbitol alkyl esters, and monoglyceryl alkyl esters. Non-ionic surfactants, anionic interfaces such as alkylbenzenesulfonates, alkylnaphthalenesulfonates, alkylsulfates, alkylsulfonates and sulfosuccinates Active agents, and amphiphilic boundaries of alkyl betaines and amino acids Surfactant.
作為有機溶劑,可列舉例如異丙醇、苄醇、乙基賽珞蘇、丁基賽珞蘇、苯基賽珞蘇、丙二醇及二丙酮醇等。有機溶劑可單獨使用,亦可與水溶液併用。 Examples of the organic solvent include isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl cyperidine, butyl cyperidine, phenyl cyperidine, propylene glycol, and diacetone alcohol. The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination with an aqueous solution.
顯影處理之條件並無特別限制,通常,顯影溫度為10~50℃之範圍,其中較佳為15~45℃、特佳為20~40℃。顯影方法可由浸漬顯影法、噴霧顯影法、刷顯影法或超音波顯影法等之任一方法進行。 The conditions for the development process are not particularly limited. Generally, the development temperature is in the range of 10 to 50 ° C, with 15 to 45 ° C being preferred, and 20 to 40 ° C being particularly preferred. The development method can be performed by any of a dip development method, a spray development method, a brush development method, and an ultrasonic development method.
對於顯影後之支撐體,係施行熱硬化處理或光硬化處理,較佳為熱硬化處理。此時之熱硬化處理條件,溫度為100~280℃之範圍、較佳為於150~250℃之範圍選擇,時間為於5~60分鐘之範圍選擇。 The support after development is subjected to a thermal hardening treatment or a photohardening treatment, and preferably a thermal curing treatment. The heat curing treatment conditions at this time are selected in a range of 100 to 280 ° C, preferably in a range of 150 to 250 ° C, and selected in a range of 5 to 60 minutes.
依以上之方式所形成之黑色矩陣的底部的寬,通常為3~50μm、較佳為4~30μm,尤其在高細線的情況下較佳為4~8μm,高度通常為0.5~5μm、較佳為1~4μm。又,體積電阻率為1×1013Ω‧cm以上、較佳為1×1014Ω‧cm以上;相對電容率為6以下、較佳為5以下。又,每1μm厚度之光學濃度(OD)通常為3.0以上、較佳為3.5以上、更佳為4.0以上、特佳為4.2以上。 The width of the bottom of the black matrix formed in the above manner is usually 3 to 50 μm, preferably 4 to 30 μm, especially in the case of high fine lines, it is preferably 4 to 8 μm, and the height is usually 0.5 to 5 μm, preferably It is 1 to 4 μm. The volume resistivity is 1 × 10 13 Ω · cm or more, preferably 1 × 10 14 Ω · cm or more, and the relative permittivity is 6 or less, preferably 5 or less. The optical density (OD) per 1 μm thickness is usually 3.0 or more, preferably 3.5 or more, more preferably 4.0 or more, and particularly preferably 4.2 or more.
在設有黑色矩陣的支撐體上,依與上述(3-1)~(3-5)相同製程塗佈含有紅色、綠色及藍色中一色之色材的感光性樹脂組成物,並予以乾燥後,於塗膜上重疊光罩,經由該光罩進行影像曝光、顯影, 視需要藉由熱硬化或光硬化而形成畫素影像,藉此可製作著色層。將此操作分別針對紅色、綠色及藍色之三色的感光性樹脂組成物進行,藉此可形成彩色濾光片影像。此等之順序並不限定於上述。 On a support provided with a black matrix, a photosensitive resin composition containing one color material of red, green, and blue is applied and dried in the same process as in (3-1) to (3-5), and dried. Then, a mask is superimposed on the coating film, and image exposure and development are performed through the mask. If necessary, a pixel image is formed by heat curing or light curing, whereby a colored layer can be produced. This operation is performed on the photosensitive resin compositions of three colors of red, green, and blue, respectively, thereby forming a color filter image. These orders are not limited to the above.
本發明之感光性樹脂組成物除了黑色矩陣以外,亦可使用作為著色間隔件用的抗蝕劑。在將間隔件使用於TFT型LCD時,有因入射至TFT之光而使作為開關元件的TFT發生誤動作的情形,而著色間隔件係用於防止此情形;例如,日本專利特開平8-234212號公報記載將間隔件作成為遮光性。著色間隔件除了使用著色間隔件用之遮罩以外,可依與上述黑色矩陣相同的方法形成。 In addition to the black matrix, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be used as a resist for a colored spacer. When a spacer is used in a TFT type LCD, the TFT as a switching element may malfunction due to light incident on the TFT, and the colored spacer is used to prevent this; for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-234212 The publication discloses that the spacer is made light-shielding. The colored spacers can be formed in the same manner as the black matrix except that a mask for the colored spacers is used.
彩色濾光片係依其原有狀態於影像上形成ITO等透明電極,而使用作為彩色顯示器、液晶顯示裝置等之零件的一部分,但為了提高表面平滑性及耐久性,視需要亦可於影像上設置聚醯胺或聚醯亞胺等之頂塗層。又,於部分之平面配向型驅動方式(IPS模式)等用途中,亦有不形成透明電極的情形。 The color filter is used to form transparent electrodes such as ITO on the image according to its original state, and is used as part of parts such as color displays and liquid crystal display devices. However, in order to improve surface smoothness and durability, it is also possible to use A top coating such as polyimide or polyimide is provided on the top. In some applications, such as a planar alignment type driving method (IPS mode), a transparent electrode may not be formed.
本發明之影像顯示裝置若具備由本發明之感光性樹脂組成物所構成的黑色矩陣,並顯示影像或映像的裝置,則無特別限定,可列舉例如後述之液晶顯示裝置及有機EL顯示器等。 The image display device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes a black matrix composed of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention and displays an image or an image, and examples thereof include a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display described later.
本發明之液晶顯示裝置係使用上述本發明之黑色矩陣而製作者,彩色畫素或黑色矩陣之形成順序或形成位置等並無特別限制。 The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is produced by using the black matrix of the present invention, and there is no particular limitation on the formation order or formation position of the color pixels or the black matrix.
液晶顯示裝置通常係於彩色濾光片上形成配向膜,於該配向膜上散佈間隔件後,與對向基板貼合而形成液晶單元,對所形成之液晶單元注入液晶,接線至對向電極而完成。 The liquid crystal display device usually forms an alignment film on a color filter. After the spacers are dispersed on the alignment film, the liquid crystal cell is bonded to the opposite substrate to form a liquid crystal cell. Liquid crystal is injected into the formed liquid crystal cell and connected to a counter electrode. And done.
作為配向膜,較佳為聚醯亞胺等之樹脂膜。對於配向膜之形成,通常採用凹版印刷法及/或快乾印刷法,配向膜之厚度設為數10nm。在藉由熱燒成進行配向膜之硬化處理後,以紫外線照射或摩擦布之處理進行表面處理,而加工成為可調整液晶傾斜的表面狀態。 The alignment film is preferably a resin film such as polyimide. For the formation of the alignment film, a gravure printing method and / or a quick-drying printing method are generally used, and the thickness of the alignment film is set to several tens of nm. After the hardening treatment of the alignment film is performed by thermal firing, the surface treatment is performed by ultraviolet irradiation or rubbing cloth treatment, and the surface state can be adjusted by adjusting the tilt of the liquid crystal.
作為間隔件,係使用配合了與對向基板間之間隙的尺寸者,通常較佳為2~8μm者。亦可於彩色濾光片基板上,藉由光刻法形成透明樹脂膜之光間隔件(PS),將此活用於替代間隔件。作為對向基板,通常使用陣列基板,特佳為TFT(薄膜電晶體)基板。 As the spacer, a size that fits the gap between the substrate and the opposing substrate is used, and usually a size of 2 to 8 μm is preferred. A photoresist (PS) of a transparent resin film can also be formed on a color filter substrate by photolithography, and this can be used to replace the spacer. As the counter substrate, an array substrate is usually used, and a TFT (thin film transistor) substrate is particularly preferred.
與對向基板間貼合的間隙,係視液晶顯示裝置的用途而異,通常於2~8μm之範圍選擇。與對向基板貼合後,液晶注入口以外之部分係藉由環氧樹脂等之密封材進行密封。密封材係藉由紫外線(UV)照射及/或加熱而進行硬化,使液晶單元周邊被密封。 The gap to be bonded to the opposite substrate varies depending on the application of the liquid crystal display device, and is usually selected in the range of 2 to 8 μm. After bonding to the counter substrate, the portion other than the liquid crystal injection port is sealed with a sealing material such as epoxy resin. The sealing material is hardened by ultraviolet (UV) irradiation and / or heating to seal the periphery of the liquid crystal cell.
周邊經密封之液晶單元,係在切斷為面板單位後,於真空腔室內設為減壓,將上述液晶注入口浸漬於液晶後,藉由對腔室內進行漏壓,而使液晶注入至液晶單元內。 The sealed liquid crystal cell is cut into panel units, and then decompressed in the vacuum chamber. After the liquid crystal injection port is immersed in the liquid crystal, the liquid crystal is injected into the liquid crystal by leaking the pressure in the chamber. Within the unit.
液晶單元內之減壓度通常為1×10-2~1×10-7Pa,較佳為1×10-3~1×10-6Pa。又,減壓時較佳係對液晶單元進行加溫,加溫溫 度通常為30~100℃、更佳為50~90℃。 The degree of decompression in the liquid crystal cell is usually 1 × 10 -2 to 1 × 10 -7 Pa, and preferably 1 × 10 -3 to 1 × 10 -6 Pa. In addition, it is preferable to heat the liquid crystal cell during decompression. The heating temperature is usually 30 to 100 ° C, and more preferably 50 to 90 ° C.
減壓時之加溫保持通常設為10~60分鐘之範圍,其後浸漬於液晶中。經注入液晶之液晶單元係藉由使UV硬化樹脂硬化而密封液晶注入口,藉此完成液晶顯示裝置(面板)。 The heating and maintaining during decompression is usually set in a range of 10 to 60 minutes, and then immersed in liquid crystal. The liquid crystal cell injected with liquid crystal is sealed with a liquid crystal injection port by curing a UV curing resin, thereby completing a liquid crystal display device (panel).
液晶之種類並無特別限制,可為芳香族系、脂肪族系或多環狀化合物等習知所知之液晶,亦可為向液性液晶、向熱性液晶等之任一種。向熱性液晶已知有向列型液晶、層列型液晶及膽固醇型液晶等,但可為任一種。 The type of the liquid crystal is not particularly limited, and may be a conventionally known liquid crystal such as an aromatic system, an aliphatic system, or a polycyclic compound, or may be any of a liquid-crystalline liquid crystal and a thermal-crystalline liquid crystal. As the thermotropic liquid crystal, a nematic liquid crystal, a smectic liquid crystal, and a cholesteric liquid crystal are known, but any of them may be used.
有機EL顯示器係例如圖1所示,首先,於透明支撐基板10上,製作由感光性樹脂組成物所形成之圖案[亦即,設於畫素20、及鄰接之畫素20之間的樹脂黑色矩陣(未圖示)]形成而成的彩色濾光片,於該彩色濾光片上經由有機保護層30及無機氧化膜40積層有機發光體500,藉此製作成有機EL元件100。 An organic EL display is shown in FIG. 1, for example. First, a pattern made of a photosensitive resin composition is produced on a transparent support substrate 10 [that is, a resin provided between a pixel 20 and an adjacent pixel 20. A black matrix (not shown)] is formed on the color filter, and the organic light-emitting body 500 is laminated on the color filter via the organic protective layer 30 and the inorganic oxide film 40 to produce an organic EL element 100.
尚且,於畫素20及樹脂黑色矩陣內,至少黑色矩陣為使用本發明之感光性樹脂組成物所製作者。作為有機發光體500之積層方法,可列舉例如於彩色濾光片上面逐次形成透明陽極50、電洞注入層51、電洞輸送層52、發光層53、電子注入層54、及陰極55的方法,以及將在其他基板上所形成之有機發光體500貼合至無機氧化膜40上的方法等。 In addition, among the pixel 20 and the resin black matrix, at least the black matrix is made by using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. As a method for stacking the organic light emitting body 500, for example, a method of sequentially forming a transparent anode 50, a hole injection layer 51, a hole transport layer 52, a light emitting layer 53, an electron injection layer 54, and a cathode 55 on a color filter may be sequentially formed. And a method of attaching the organic light-emitting body 500 formed on another substrate to the inorganic oxide film 40 and the like.
使用依此方式所製作之有機EL元件100,並依例如「有機EL顯示器」(Ohmsha,2004年8月20日發行,時任靜士、安達千波矢、波田英幸著)記載之方法等,可製作有機EL顯示器。 The organic EL element 100 produced in this way can be produced according to the method described in "Organic EL Display" (Ohmsha, issued on August 20, 2004, by Jing Shi, Anda Chiba, and Hideki Hata) Organic EL display.
尚且,本發明之彩色濾光片亦可應用於被動驅動方式之有機EL顯示器或主動驅動方式之有機EL顯示器。 Moreover, the color filter of the present invention can also be applied to an organic EL display using a passive driving method or an organic EL display using an active driving method.
以下列舉實施例及比較例,進一步具體說明本發明,但本發明在不超過其要旨之下,並不限定於以下之實施例。 Examples and comparative examples are given below to further describe the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples without exceeding the gist thereof.
將經由以下(步驟1-1)~(步驟1-9)而得的聚胺基甲酸酯化合物1使用作為分散劑1。 As the dispersant 1, the polyurethane compound 1 obtained through the following (Step 1-1) to (Step 1-9) was used.
化合物A:1-十二醇 Compound A: 1-dodecanol
化合物B:ε-己內酯 Compound B: ε-caprolactone
化合物C:丁氧化鋯觸媒 Compound C: zirconia catalyst
化合物D:甲苯二異氰酸酯(TDI) Compound D: toluene diisocyanate (TDI)
化合物E:二乙醇胺 Compound E: Diethanolamine
3級胺基化合物1:3-(二乙胺基)-1,2-丙二醇 Tertiary amine compound 1: 3- (diethylamino) -1,2-propanediol
聚醚化合物1:聚(丙二醇)單丁基醚(Mn=1100) Polyether compound 1: poly (propylene glycol) monobutyl ether (Mn = 1100)
(步驟1-1)將化合物A(114.6質量份)與化合物B(912.3質量份)於氮環境下,依150℃混合並均勻化。 (Step 1-1) Compound A (114.6 parts by mass) and compound B (912.3 parts by mass) were mixed and homogenized at 150 ° C under a nitrogen environment.
(步驟1-2)於(步驟1-1)所得之混合物中添加化合物C(4.0質量份),並依180℃反應20小時。 (Step 1-2) Compound C (4.0 parts by mass) was added to the mixture obtained in (Step 1-1), and reacted at 180 ° C for 20 hours.
(步驟1-3)將(步驟1-2)所得之反應物冷卻至室溫,得到蠟狀之聚酯化合物1。 (Step 1-3) The reaction product obtained in (Step 1-2) is cooled to room temperature to obtain waxy polyester compound 1.
(步驟1-4)將化合物D(83.46質量份)於氮環境下,置入反應容器並加熱為50~60℃ (Step 1-4) Put compound D (83.46 parts by mass) into a reaction vessel under a nitrogen environment and heat to 50-60 ° C
(步驟1-5)將(步驟1-3)所得之聚酯化合物1之800質量份以50℃進行熔融,並於(步驟1-4)所得之加熱為50~60℃之化合物D中歷時2小時進行添加。 (Step 1-5) 800 parts by mass of the polyester compound 1 obtained in (Step 1-3) was melted at 50 ° C, and the compound D heated in (Step 1-4) was heated to 50 to 60 ° C for a while. Add in 2 hours.
(步驟1-6)將(步驟1-5)所得之混合液,以60℃、1小時於攪拌下進行反應。 (Step 1-6) The mixed solution obtained in (Step 1-5) is reacted at 60 ° C. for 1 hour with stirring.
(步驟1-7)將(步驟1-6)所得之反應物冷卻為20℃,加入化合物E(50.37質量份)並依35℃進行反應直到殘留異氰酸酯消失為止,得到聚酯化合物2。 (Step 1-7) The reaction product obtained in (Step 1-6) was cooled to 20 ° C, compound E (50.37 parts by mass) was added, and the reaction was performed at 35 ° C until the residual isocyanate disappeared to obtain polyester compound 2.
(步驟1-8)將化合物D(26.68質量份)於氮環境下,置入反應容器中,接著,將溶媒之丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯131質量份、3級胺基化合物1(17.12質量份)、(步驟1-7)所得之上述聚酯化合物2 57.68質量份加入,於攪拌下加熱至70℃。 (Step 1-8) Put compound D (26.68 parts by mass) in a reaction vessel under a nitrogen environment, and then, 131 parts by mass of propylene glycol methyl ether acetate in the solvent and tertiary amine compound 1 (17.12 parts by mass) 57.68 parts by mass of the above-mentioned polyester compound 2 obtained in (steps 1-7) were added, and heated to 70 ° C. with stirring.
(步驟1-9):於(步驟1-8)所得之混合液中進一步加入聚醚化合物1(17.00質量份),依70℃進行反應2小時直到殘留異氰酸酯消失為止,藉此得到依GPC分析顯示重量平均分子量(Mw)為22000、數量平均分子量(Mn)為8800的聚胺基甲酸酯化合物1。 (Step 1-9): Polyether compound 1 (17.00 parts by mass) was further added to the mixed solution obtained in (Step 1-8), and the reaction was performed at 70 ° C for 2 hours until the residual isocyanate disappeared, thereby obtaining GPC analysis. The polyurethane compound 1 having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 22,000 and a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 8800 was shown.
將經由以下(步驟2-1)~(步驟2-13)而得的聚胺基甲酸酯化合物2使用作為分散劑2。 As the dispersant 2, the polyurethane compound 2 obtained through the following (step 2-1) to (step 2-13) was used.
化合物D:甲苯二異氰酸酯(TDI) Compound D: toluene diisocyanate (TDI)
化合物E:二乙醇胺 Compound E: Diethanolamine
化合物F:二甲胺基丙胺 Compound F: dimethylaminopropylamine
化合物G:2-羥乙基丙烯酸酯 Compound G: 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate
化合物H:2,6-二第三丁基-4-甲酚 Compound H: 2,6-Di-tert-butyl-4-cresol
聚醚化合物1:聚(丙二醇)單丁基醚(Mn=1100) Polyether compound 1: poly (propylene glycol) monobutyl ether (Mn = 1100)
聚酯化合物1:由上述(步驟1-3)所得。 Polyester compound 1: Obtained from the above (steps 1-3).
聚酯化合物2:由上述(步驟1-7)所得。 Polyester compound 2: Obtained from the above (step 1-7).
(步驟2-1)將化合物F(100質量份)、化合物G(113.8質量份)及化合物H(0.29質量份)依70℃、48小時,一起進行攪拌直到邁可加成反應完成為止,得到3級胺基化合物2。 (Step 2-1) Compound F (100 parts by mass), compound G (113.8 parts by mass), and compound H (0.29 parts by mass) were stirred at 70 ° C. for 48 hours until the Michael addition reaction was completed to obtain Level 3 amine compound 2.
(步驟2-2)於加熱至50℃之攪拌反應容器中,填充化合物D(25.0質量份)。 (Step 2-2) In a stirred reaction container heated to 50 ° C, Compound D (25.0 parts by mass) was filled.
(步驟2-3)將聚醚化合物1(125.0質量份,相對於TDI為約0.8莫耳當量)滴下填充至漏斗,維持為50~60℃之間的溫度,依4小時滴下至上述攪拌反應容器中。 (Step 2-3) Polyether compound 1 (125.0 parts by mass, about 0.8 mol equivalent relative to TDI) was dropped into a funnel, maintained at a temperature between 50 and 60 ° C, and dropped to the above stirring reaction in 4 hours. Container.
(步驟2-4)將(步驟2-3)所得之反應物,依70℃保持60分鐘。 (Step 2-4) The reaction product obtained in (Step 2-3) was kept at 70 ° C for 60 minutes.
(步驟2-5)藉由殘留異氰酸酯的滴定,決定反應之完成,將其反應混合物冷卻至20℃。 (Step 2-5) The completion of the reaction is determined by titration of the residual isocyanate, and the reaction mixture is cooled to 20 ° C.
(步驟2-6)於(步驟2-5)所得之反應混合物中,加入化合物E(24.14質量份,相對於TDI為約1.6莫耳當量),於室溫下保持直到藉由紅外分光分析可決定之異氰酸酯之殘留消失為止。 (Step 2-6) To the reaction mixture obtained in (Step 2-5), compound E (24.14 parts by mass, about 1.6 mole equivalents with respect to TDI) was added, and kept at room temperature until it was determined by infrared spectroscopic analysis. The residue of the determined isocyanate disappears.
(步驟2-7)將(步驟2-6)所得之生成物的混合物(其含有二乙醇胺與TDI的二加成物)溶解於二乙基醚中,藉矽膠層析管柱進行洗提。 (Step 2-7) The mixture of the product obtained in (Step 2-6) (which contains the diadduct of diethanolamine and TDI) was dissolved in diethyl ether and eluted with a silica gel column.
(步驟2-8)將於(步驟2-7)進行洗提之管柱以二乙基醚洗淨3次,合併分液,然後於真空中去除溶媒,得到90質量份之聚醚化合物2的固形生成物。 (Step 2-8) Wash the column that was subjected to elution in (Step 2-7) three times with diethyl ether, combine and separate the liquid, and then remove the solvent in vacuum to obtain 90 parts by mass of the polyether compound 2 Solid product.
於上述(步驟2-7)及(步驟2-8)中去除二乙醇胺與TDI的二加成物。 In step (2-7) and (step 2-8) described above, the diadduct of diethanolamine and TDI is removed.
(步驟2-9)將化合物D(26.68質量份)於氮環境下置入於反應器中。 (Step 2-9) Compound D (26.68 parts by mass) was placed in a reactor under a nitrogen atmosphere.
(步驟2-10)於含有上述化合物D之反應器中,添加作為溶媒之醋酸甲氧基丙酯(130.87質量份)、聚酯化合物2(15.23質量份)及聚醚化合物2(10.68質量份)及3級胺基化合物2(28.30質量份)。 (Step 2-10) In a reactor containing the above-mentioned compound D, methoxypropyl acetate (130.87 parts by mass), polyester compound 2 (15.23 parts by mass), and polyether compound 2 (10.68 parts by mass) were added as a solvent. ) And tertiary amine compound 2 (28.30 parts by mass).
(步驟2-11)將(步驟2-10)所得之混合物於攪拌下加熱為70℃。 (Step 2-11) The mixture obtained in (Step 2-10) is heated to 70 ° C with stirring.
(步驟2-12)將聚酯化合物1(26.09質量份)加入至(步驟2-11)的反應混合物中,以70℃保持2小時。 (Step 2-12) Polyester compound 1 (26.09 parts by mass) was added to the reaction mixture of (Step 2-11), and the mixture was kept at 70 ° C for 2 hours.
(步驟2-13):確認於(步驟2-12)所得之反應混合物並無殘留異氰酸酯,得到依GPC分析顯示重量平均分子量(Mw)為20000、數量平均分子量(Mn)為8000的聚胺基甲酸酯化合物2。 (Step 2-13): It is confirmed that there is no residual isocyanate in the reaction mixture obtained in (Step 2-12), and a polyamine group having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 20,000 and a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 8000 by GPC analysis is obtained Formate compound 2.
將經由以下(步驟3-1)而得的聚胺基甲酸酯化合物3使用作為分散劑3。 As the dispersant 3, the polyurethane compound 3 obtained through the following (step 3-1) was used.
(步驟3-1)於上述(步驟1-9)所得之反應液200質量份(聚胺基甲酸酯化合物1之含量為94.97質量份)中添加化合物I(2.35質量份,相當於反應物中之聚胺基甲酸酯化合物1中之3級胺的莫耳數之20%之 莫耳數的量),於70℃攪拌20小時,藉此得到聚胺基甲酸酯化合物1中之3級胺之一部分被4級化的聚胺基甲酸酯化合物3。 (Step 3-1) Compound 200 (2.35 parts by mass, equivalent to the reactant) is added to 200 parts by mass of the reaction solution obtained in the above (step 1-9) (the content of the polyurethane compound 1 is 94.97 parts by mass). 20% of the molar number of the tertiary amine in the polyurethane compound 1 Molar number), and stirred at 70 ° C. for 20 hours, thereby obtaining a polyurethane compound 3 in which a part of the tertiary amine in the polyurethane compound 1 was partially quaternized.
將經由以下(步驟4-1)而得的聚胺基甲酸酯化合物4使用作為分散劑4。 As the dispersant 4, the polyurethane compound 4 obtained through the following (step 4-1) was used.
化合物E:二乙醇胺 Compound E: Diethanolamine
(步驟4-1)於上述(步驟1-8)中,除了替代3級胺化合物1(17.12質量份,0.12莫耳),而加入相同莫耳數之化合物E(二乙醇胺,12.62質量份,0.12莫耳)以外,其餘以與(步驟1-1)~(步驟1-9)同樣之方式進行,得到聚胺基甲酸酯化合物4。 (Step 4-1) In the above (Step 1-8), in addition to replacing the tertiary amine compound 1 (17.12 parts by mass, 0.12 moles), and adding the same mole number of compound E (diethanolamine, 12.62 parts by mass, Except for 0.12 mol), the rest were carried out in the same manner as in (Step 1-1) to (Step 1-9) to obtain polyurethane compound 4.
將經由以下(步驟5-1)而得的聚胺基甲酸酯化合物5使用作為分散劑5。 As the dispersant 5, the polyurethane compound 5 obtained through the following (step 5-1) was used.
化合物J:1,6-己二醇 Compound J: 1,6-hexanediol
(步驟5-1)於上述(步驟1-8)中,除了替代3級胺化合物1(17.12質量份,0.12莫耳),而加入相同莫耳數之化合物J(14.18質量份,0.12莫耳)以外,其餘以與(步驟1-1)~(步驟1-9)同樣之方式進行,得到聚胺基甲酸酯化合物5。 (Step 5-1) In the above (Step 1-8), in addition to replacing the tertiary amine compound 1 (17.12 parts by mass, 0.12 moles), and adding the compound J (14.18 parts by mass, 0.12 moles) of the same mole number Except for), the rest are performed in the same manner as in (Step 1-1) to (Step 1-9) to obtain polyurethane compound 5.
將經由以下(步驟6-1)而得的聚胺基甲酸酯化合物6使用作為分散劑6。 As the dispersant 6, the polyurethane compound 6 obtained through the following (step 6-1) was used.
化合物K:三羥甲基丙烷 Compound K: Trimethylolpropane
(步驟6-1)除了於上述(步驟1-8)中,將化合物D增量為28.04質量份,加入化合物K(0.52質量份,0.004莫耳),於上述(步驟1-9)中,將聚醚化合物1增量為21.26質量份以外,其餘以與(步驟1-1)~(步驟1-9)同樣之方式進行,得到重量平均分子量(Mw)為23000、數量平均分子量(Mn)為9200的聚胺基甲酸酯化合物6。 (Step 6-1) In addition to the above (Step 1-8), the compound D was increased to 28.04 parts by mass, and compound K (0.52 parts by mass, 0.004 moles) was added. In the above (step 1-9), The polyether compound 1 was increased to 21.26 parts by mass, and the rest was performed in the same manner as in (Step 1-1) to (Step 1-9) to obtain a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 23,000 and a number average molecular weight (Mn). It is 9200 polyurethane compound 6.
將分散劑1~6之構成要素示於表1。 The components of the dispersants 1 to 6 are shown in Table 1.
依以下組成調配顏料、分散劑、分散助劑、溶劑,並依以下方法調製碳黑油墨1。 A pigment, a dispersing agent, a dispersing aid, and a solvent are prepared in the following composition, and the carbon black ink 1 is prepared in the following method.
首先,將顏料、分散劑、分散助劑之固形份依成為以下之方式進行調配。 First, the solid content of a pigment, a dispersing agent, and a dispersing assistant is prepared as follows.
‧顏料SB350(DEGUSSA公司製碳黑):100質量份 ‧Pigment SB350 (carbon black manufactured by DEGUSSA): 100 parts by mass
‧分散劑 分散劑1:20質量份(固形份換算) ‧Dispersant 1: 20 parts by mass (equivalent to solid content)
‧分散助劑(顏料衍生物)S12000(Lubrizol公司製,具有酸性基之酞菁顏料衍生物):2質量份 ‧Dispersion aid (pigment derivative) S12000 (Lubrizol company, acidic phthalocyanine pigment derivative): 2 parts by mass
‧溶劑 丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯:226.6質量份 ‧ Solvent Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate: 226.6 parts by mass
將上述各成分充分攪拌,並進行混合。 The above-mentioned components are sufficiently stirred and mixed.
接著,藉由塗料調理器於25~45℃之範圍進行分散處理6小時,得到分散液。作為珠球,係使用直徑0.5mm之氧化鋯珠,加入分散液60質量份與珠球180質量份。分散結束後,藉由過濾器將珠球與分散液分離,調製成固形份35質量%的碳黑油墨1。 Next, a dispersion conditioner was used for 6 hours in the range of 25-45 degreeC, and the dispersion liquid was obtained. As the bead ball, zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm were used, and 60 parts by mass of a dispersion liquid and 180 parts by mass of the bead ball were added. After the dispersion was completed, the beads and the dispersion liquid were separated by a filter to prepare a carbon black ink 1 having a solid content of 35% by mass.
<碳黑油墨2~14之調製> <Preparation of carbon black ink 2 ~ 14>
將碳黑油墨1之分散劑及顏料的種類變更為表2記載之分散劑及顏料,依與碳黑油墨1相同的方法進行攪拌、混合,以塗料調理器進行分散處理,調製成固形份35質量%的碳黑油墨2~14。 The type of the dispersant and pigment of the carbon black ink 1 was changed to the dispersant and pigment described in Table 2. Stirring and mixing were performed in the same manner as the carbon black ink 1, and the dispersion treatment was performed with a paint conditioner to prepare a solid content of 35. Mass% carbon black ink 2 ~ 14.
表2中之各成分的細節係如下所述。 The details of each component in Table 2 are as follows.
‧SB350:DEGUSSA公司製碳黑顏料,平均一次粒徑:31nm ‧SB350: Carbon black pigment made by DEGUSSA, average primary particle size: 31nm
‧MA77:三菱化學公司製碳黑顏料,平均一次粒徑:23nm ‧MA77: Carbon black pigment made by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, average primary particle size: 23nm
‧Disperbyk-161:BYK Chemie公司製分散劑,具有由甲苯二異氰酸酯多聚物所形成之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架藉骨架連接基所連接之構造的高分子量分散劑。具有鹼性官能基。 ‧Disperbyk-161: Dispersant manufactured by BYK Chemie, a high molecular weight dispersant with a structure in which a polyurethane frame formed by a toluene diisocyanate polymer is connected by a backbone linking group. Has a basic functional group.
‧Disperbyk-167:BYK Chemie公司製分散劑,具有由甲苯二異氰酸酯多聚物所形成之聚胺基甲酸酯骨架藉骨架連接基所連接之構造的中~低分子量分散劑。具有鹼性官能基。 ‧Disperbyk-167: a dispersant manufactured by BYK Chemie, a medium to low molecular weight dispersant with a structure in which a polyurethane frame formed by a toluene diisocyanate polymer is connected by a backbone linking group. Has a basic functional group.
‧Ajisper PB-821:味之素Fine、Techno公司製分散劑,具有 聚乙烯亞胺或聚乙烯/聚胺骨架的鹼性接枝聚合物。 ‧Ajisper PB-821: Ajinomoto Fine, a dispersant manufactured by Techno, with Polyethyleneimine or polyethylene / polyamine backbone basic graft polymers.
‧Flowlen KDG-2400:共榮社化學公司製分散劑,具有鹼性官能基之聚丙烯酸系接枝聚合物。 ‧Flowlen KDG-2400: Dispersant manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., a polyacrylic acid graft polymer with basic functional group.
‧HIPLAAD ED-701:楠本化成公司製分散劑,具有聚乙烯亞胺或聚乙烯/聚胺骨架的鹼性接枝聚合物。 ‧HIPLAAD ED-701: Dispersant manufactured by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd., a basic graft polymer with polyethyleneimine or polyethylene / polyamine skeleton.
‧Disperbyk-2000:BYK Chemie公司製分散劑,3級胺之4級銨鹽改質丙烯酸系嵌段共聚合體。 ‧Disperbyk-2000: Dispersant manufactured by BYK Chemie, grade 4 ammonium salt of grade 3 amine modified acrylic block copolymer.
‧Disperbyk-2001:BYK Chemie公司製分散劑,3級胺之酸改質丙烯酸系嵌段共聚合體。 ‧Disperbyk-2001: Dispersant manufactured by BYK Chemie, a grade 3 amine acid modified acrylic block copolymer.
將上述構造之環氧化合物(環氧基當量264)50g、丙烯酸13.65g、甲氧基丁基乙酸酯60.5g、三苯膦0.936g、及對甲氧苯酚0.032g,置入於安裝有溫度計、攪拌機、冷卻管的燒瓶中,於攪拌下依90℃進行反應直到酸價成為5mgKOH/g以下為止。反應需要12小時,得到環氧基丙烯酸酯溶液(1)。 50 g of the epoxy compound (epoxy equivalent 264) having the above structure, 13.65 g of acrylic acid, 60.5 g of methoxybutyl acetate, 0.936 g of triphenylphosphine, and 0.032 g of p-methoxyphenol were placed in the installation. In a thermometer, a stirrer, and a flask with a cooling tube, the reaction was performed at 90 ° C. with stirring until the acid value became 5 mgKOH / g or less. The reaction required 12 hours to obtain an epoxy acrylate solution (1).
將上述環氧基丙烯酸酯溶液(1)25質量份、三羥甲基丙烷(TMP)0.76質量份、聯苯基四羧酸2酐(BPDA)3.3質量份、及四氫酞酸酐(THPA)3.5質量份,置入於安裝有溫度計、攪拌機、冷卻管的燒瓶中,於攪拌下緩慢升溫至105℃而進行反應。 25 parts by mass of the epoxy acrylate solution (1), 0.76 parts by mass of trimethylolpropane (TMP), 3.3 parts by mass of biphenyltetracarboxylic acid anhydride (BPDA), and tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) 3.5 parts by mass was placed in a flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a cooling tube, and the temperature was gradually raised to 105 ° C. with stirring to perform a reaction.
在樹脂溶液變成透明後,以甲氧乙酸基丁酯進行稀釋,以固形份成為50質量%的方式進行調整,得到酸價115mgKOH/g、以GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)2600的鹼可溶性樹脂(1)。 After the resin solution became transparent, it was diluted with butyl methoxyacetate and adjusted so that the solid content became 50% by mass to obtain an acid value of 115 mgKOH / g and a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC ( Mw) 2600 alkali-soluble resin (1).
以與鹼可溶性樹脂(1)之製造同樣的方式進行,使環氧化合物(環氧基當量264)、丙烯酸、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、三苯膦、及對甲氧苯酚進行反應,得到環氧基丙烯酸酯溶液(2)。 In the same manner as in the production of the alkali-soluble resin (1), an epoxy compound (epoxy equivalent 264), acrylic acid, butyl methoxyacetate, triphenylphosphine, and p-methoxyphenol were reacted to obtain a ring. Oxyacrylate solution (2).
將上述環氧基丙烯酸酯溶液(2)25質量份、三羥甲基丙烷(TMP)0.37質量份、聯苯基四羧酸2酐(BPDA)4.76質量份、及四氫酞酸酐(THPA)1.02質量份,置入於安裝有溫度計、攪拌機、冷卻管的燒瓶中,於攪拌下緩慢升溫至105℃而進行反應。 25 parts by mass of the epoxy acrylate solution (2), 0.37 parts by mass of trimethylolpropane (TMP), 4.76 parts by mass of biphenyltetracarboxylic acid anhydride (BPDA), and tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) 1.02 parts by mass was placed in a flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a cooling tube, and the temperature was gradually raised to 105 ° C. with stirring to perform a reaction.
在樹脂溶液變成透明後,以甲氧基乙酸丁酯進行稀釋,以固形份成為50質量%的方式進行調整,得到酸價100mgKOH/g、以GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)10000的鹼可溶性樹脂(2)。 After the resin solution became transparent, it was diluted with butyl methoxyacetate and adjusted so that the solid content became 50% by mass, to obtain an acid value of 100 mgKOH / g and a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC ( Mw) 10,000 alkali-soluble resin (2).
將日本化藥(股)製「XD1000」(二環戊二烯‧酚聚合物之聚環氧丙基醚,環氧基當量252)300質量份、甲基丙烯酸104質量份、對甲氧苯酚0.2質量份、三苯膦5質量份、及丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯255質量份,填裝於反應容器,依100℃進行攪拌直到酸價成為3.0mg-KOH/g為止。接著再添加四氫酞酸酐145質量份,以120℃ 反應4小時,得到固形份50質量%、酸價106mg-KOH/g、以GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)1580的鹼可溶性樹脂(3)。 300 parts by mass of "XD1000" (dicyclopentadiene‧phenol polymer polyglycidyl ether, epoxy equivalent 252) made by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., 104 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, and p-methoxyphenol 0.2 parts by mass, 5 parts by mass of triphenylphosphine, and 255 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were filled in a reaction vessel and stirred at 100 ° C. until the acid value became 3.0 mg-KOH / g. Next, 145 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride was added, and the temperature was adjusted to 120 ° C. The reaction was performed for 4 hours to obtain an alkali-soluble resin (3) having a solid content of 50% by mass, an acid value of 106 mg-KOH / g, and a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 1,580 as measured by GPC.
將乙基咔唑(5g、25.61mmol)與鄰萘甲醯氯(5.13g,26.89mmol)溶解於30ml之二氯甲烷,以冰水浴冷卻至2℃並攪拌,添加AlCl3(3.41g,25.61mmol)。再於室溫攪拌3小時後,於反應液中加入巴豆醯氯(2.81g,26.89mmol)之15ml二氯甲烷溶液,添加AlCl3(4.1g,30.73mmol),再攪拌1小時30分鐘。將反應液置於冰水200ml,添加二氯甲烷200ml並將有機層分液。將回收之有機層以無水硫酸鎂乾燥後,進行減壓下濃縮,得到白色固體(10g)之二酮體。 Ethylcarbazole (5 g, 25.61 mmol) and o-naphthyl chloride (5.13 g, 26.89 mmol) were dissolved in 30 ml of dichloromethane, cooled to 2 ° C in an ice-water bath and stirred, and AlCl 3 (3.41 g, 25.61 was added) mmol). After stirring for 3 hours at room temperature, 15 ml of a methylene chloride solution of crotonyl chloride (2.81 g, 26.89 mmol) was added to the reaction solution, and AlCl 3 (4.1 g, 30.73 mmol) was added, followed by stirring for 1 hour and 30 minutes. The reaction solution was placed in 200 ml of ice water, 200 ml of dichloromethane was added, and the organic layer was separated. The recovered organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a diketone body as a white solid (10 g).
將二酮體(3.00g,7.19mmol)、NH2OH‧HCl(1.09g,15.81mmol)及醋酸鈉(1.23g,15.08mmol)混合至異丙醇30ml,迴流3小時。反應結束後,將反應液濃縮,於所得殘渣中加入醋酸乙酯30ml,以飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液30ml、飽和食鹽水30ml洗淨,以無水硫酸鎂進行乾燥。過濾後,將有機層進行減壓下濃縮,得到固體1.82g。將其以管柱層析法進行精製,得到淡黃色固體2.22g之肟體。 The diketone body (3.00 g, 7.19 mmol), NH 2 OH‧HCl (1.09 g, 15.81 mmol) and sodium acetate (1.23 g, 15.08 mmol) were mixed into 30 ml of isopropanol and refluxed for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated, 30 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the obtained residue, and the mixture was washed with 30 ml of a saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution and 30 ml of a saturated saline solution, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After filtration, the organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 1.82 g of a solid. This was purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.22 g of oxime as a pale yellow solid.
將肟體(2.22g,4.77mmol)與乙醯氯(1.34g,17.0mmol)加入至二氯甲烷20ml並冰冷,滴下三乙胺(1.77g,17.5mmol),直接反應1小時。藉由薄層層析法確認到原料消失後,加入水使反應停止。將反應液以飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液5ml洗淨2次、以飽和食鹽水5ml洗淨2次,以無水硫酸鎂進行乾燥。過濾後,將有機層進行減壓下濃縮,將所得殘渣以管柱層析法(醋酸乙酯/己烷=2/1)進行精製,得到0.79g之淡黃色固體的光聚合起始劑(1)。將光聚合起始劑(1)之1H-NMR的化學位移示於以下。 The oxime body (2.22 g, 4.77 mmol) and acetamidine chloride (1.34 g, 17.0 mmol) were added to 20 ml of dichloromethane and cooled with ice. Triethylamine (1.77 g, 17.5 mmol) was dropped and reacted directly for 1 hour. After confirming that the starting material disappeared by thin layer chromatography, water was added to stop the reaction. The reaction solution was washed twice with 5 ml of a saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, twice with 5 ml of a saturated saline solution, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After filtration, the organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate / hexane = 2/1) to obtain 0.79 g of a light yellow solid photopolymerization initiator ( 1). The chemical shift of 1 H-NMR of the photopolymerization initiator (1) is shown below.
1H-NMR(CDCl3):σ1.17(d,3H),1.48(t,3H),1.53(s,3H),1.81(s,3H),2.16(s,3H),2.30(s,3H),3.17-3.32(m,2H),4.42(q,2H),4.78-4.94(br,1H),7.45-7.59(m,5H),7.65(dd,1H),7.95(m,2H),8.04(m,2H),8.14(dd,1H),8.42(d,1H),8.64(d,1H) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ): σ1.17 (d, 3H), 1.48 (t, 3H), 1.53 (s, 3H), 1.81 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 3.17-3.32 (m, 2H), 4.42 (q, 2H), 4.78-4.94 (br, 1H), 7.45-7.59 (m, 5H), 7.65 (dd, 1H), 7.95 (m, 2H) , 8.04 (m, 2H), 8.14 (dd, 1H), 8.42 (d, 1H), 8.64 (d, 1H)
光聚合起始劑(1)之構造係如以下。 The structure of the photopolymerization initiator (1) is as follows.
使用先前所調製之碳黑油墨1,依成為表3所示比例之方式調配表3記載之各成分,藉攪拌子進行攪拌使其溶解,調製固形份濃度15質量%的抗蝕劑1。 Using the carbon black ink 1 previously prepared, each component described in Table 3 was prepared so as to have the ratio shown in Table 3, and it was dissolved by stirring with a stirrer to prepare a resist 1 having a solid content concentration of 15% by mass.
表3中之各成分的細節如以下。 The details of each component in Table 3 are as follows.
‧PM21:含有甲基丙烯醯基之磷酸酯(日本化藥公司製,KAYAMER(註冊商標)PM21,密黏提升劑)。 ‧PM21: a methacryl group-containing phosphate ester (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYAMER (registered trademark) PM21, adhesion promoter).
‧SH6040:環氧基矽烷偶合劑(東麗股份有限公司製,SH6040,密黏提升劑) ‧SH6040: epoxy silane coupling agent (manufactured by Toray Co., Ltd., SH6040, adhesion promoter)
‧F-559:界面活性劑(大日本油墨化學工業公司製,F559) ‧F-559: Surfactant (manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., F559)
使用表4、5及6所示之碳黑油墨,將抗蝕劑1之各成分的種類變更為表4、5及6記載的各成分,將此等依成為表3所示比例之方式進行調配,依與抗蝕劑1相同的方法,藉攪拌子進行攪拌使其溶解,分別調製固形份濃度15質量%的抗蝕劑2~16。其中,抗蝕劑15之IRG907及DETX-S之固形份濃度的合計,係依與抗蝕劑1中之光聚合起始劑(1)之固形份濃度成為相同的方式以4:1之質量比率混合使用。 Using the carbon black inks shown in Tables 4, 5 and 6, the type of each component of the resist 1 was changed to each of the components described in Tables 4, 5 and 6, and these were performed so as to have the ratios shown in Table 3. In the same manner as in the resist 1, the mixture was stirred by a stir bar to dissolve it, and the resists 2 to 16 having a solid content concentration of 15% by mass were prepared. Among them, the total solid content concentration of IRG907 and DETX-S in resist 15 is in the same manner as the solid content concentration of photopolymerization initiator (1) in resist 1 with a mass of 4: 1. Ratios are mixed.
表5及表6中之各成分的細節係如以下。 The details of each component in Tables 5 and 6 are as follows.
‧IRG907:IRGACURE907,Chiba Speciality Chemicals公司製,2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-啉基丙烷-1-酮。 ‧IRG907: IRGACURE907, manufactured by Chiba Speciality Chemicals, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2- Phenylpropane-1-one.
‧DETX-S:KAYACURE DETX-S,日本化藥(股)公司製,2,4-二甲基9-硫。於抗蝕劑15之固形份中含有1.6質量%。 ‧DETX-S: KAYACURE DETX-S, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., 2,4-dimethyl 9-sulfur . The solid content of the resist 15 was 1.6% by mass.
‧光聚合起始劑(2):OXE02,BASF公司製。具有以下之化學構造。 ‧Photopolymerization initiator (2): OXE02, manufactured by BASF. Has the following chemical structure.
藉由黏度計(東機產業公司製,RE105L)測定所調製之碳黑油墨1~14的黏度。任一碳黑油墨之黏度均為10~20mPa‧s之範圍。測定碳黑油墨剛調製後(剛分散後)、與在室溫靜置1週後的油墨黏度,依以下基準進行分類判定。將結果記載於表7。 The viscosity of the prepared carbon black inks 1 to 14 was measured with a viscometer (manufactured by Toki Sangyo, RE105L). The viscosity of any carbon black ink is in the range of 10 ~ 20mPa‧s. The ink viscosity immediately after the carbon black ink was prepared (immediately after dispersing) and after standing at room temperature for one week was measured and classified according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 7.
◎:油墨分散後,即使於室溫下放置1週亦幾乎無增黏。 :: Even after the ink was dispersed, the ink was hardly thickened even after being left at room temperature for one week.
○:油墨分散後,於室溫下放置1週雖有增黏,但穩定於20mPa‧s以內。 ○: After dispersing the ink, it was left to stand at room temperature for 1 week, although the viscosity was increased, it was stable within 20 mPa · s.
△:油墨分散後,於室溫下放置1週持續增黏,超過20mPa‧s。 △: After the ink is dispersed, it is left to stand at room temperature for 1 week to continuously increase the viscosity, exceeding 20 mPa‧s.
×:從油墨剛分散起後即大幅增黏,於3日以內超過20mPa‧s。 ×: The viscosity increased significantly after the ink was dispersed, and it exceeded 20 mPa‧s within 3 days.
藉黏度計(東機產業公司製,RE105L)測定所調製之抗蝕劑1~15之黏度。任一抗蝕劑之黏度均為2~5mPa‧s之範圍。測定抗蝕劑剛調製後、與於室溫靜置1個月後之抗蝕劑的黏度,依以下基準進行分類判定。將結果記載於表7。 The viscosity of the prepared resists 1 to 15 was measured by a viscometer (manufactured by Toki Sangyo, RE105L). The viscosity of any resist is in the range of 2 ~ 5mPa‧s. The viscosity of the resist immediately after the preparation of the resist and after standing at room temperature for one month was measured, and classified according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 7.
◎:抗蝕劑調製後,即使於室溫下放置1個月亦幾乎無增黏。 :: After the resist was prepared, even if left at room temperature for one month, there was almost no thickening.
○:抗蝕劑調製後,於室溫下放置1個月雖有增黏,但增黏程度為0.5mPa‧s以內。 ○: After the resist was prepared, it was left to stand at room temperature for 1 month, although the viscosity was increased, the degree of increase was within 0.5 mPa‧s.
△:抗蝕劑調製後,於室溫下放置1個月發生增黏,增黏程度超過0.5mPa‧s。 △: After the resist was prepared, it was left to stand at room temperature for 1 month to increase the viscosity, and the degree of increase was over 0.5 mPa‧s.
×:抗蝕劑調製後,於室溫下放置1週即發生增黏,增黏程度超過0.5mPa‧s。 ×: After the resist was prepared, it was thickened after being left at room temperature for one week, and the thickening degree exceeded 0.5 mPa‧s.
抗蝕劑之黏度由於在塗佈時造成大幅影響,故相較於油墨依如 上述般之嚴格基準實施評價。 Since the viscosity of the resist is greatly affected during coating, it is compared with ink The evaluation is carried out on the strict standards as described above.
將所調製之抗蝕劑1~16藉旋塗器塗佈於玻璃基板,減壓乾燥後,以加熱板依100℃乾燥150秒。接著,對所得之乾燥塗佈膜,藉高壓水銀燈依30mJ,經由具有圖案寬度6μm及5μm之開口部的曝光遮罩進行圖案曝光後,於室溫(23℃)下,使用以超純水調製為0.04質量%之KOH水溶液作為鹼顯影液而進行噴霧顯影,去除未曝光部後,以超純水進行噴霧洗淨。接著,以230℃之爐進行後烘烤30分鐘,製作膜厚約1μm的BM。 The prepared resists 1 to 16 were applied to a glass substrate by a spin coater, dried under reduced pressure, and then dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 150 seconds. Next, the obtained dried coating film was subjected to pattern exposure by a high-pressure mercury lamp at 30 mJ through an exposure mask having openings having a pattern width of 6 μm and 5 μm, and then prepared with ultrapure water at room temperature (23 ° C) The KOH aqueous solution of 0.04 mass% was spray-developed as an alkali developing solution, and after removing the unexposed part, it was spray-washed with ultrapure water. Then, post-baking was performed in a furnace at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to produce a BM having a film thickness of about 1 μm.
藉段差測定裝置Alpha-Step-500(KLA-Tencor公司)測定(2)所製作之BM膜厚,藉穿透濃度測定裝置GretagMacbeth D200-II(GretagMacbeth公司製)測定OD值。藉此求得每1μm之OD值(單位OD值)。抗蝕劑黏度評價結果為◎者及○者的單位OD值均為4.2/μm。 The BM film thickness produced in (2) was measured by a step measurement device Alpha-Step-500 (KLA-Tencor), and the OD value was measured by a penetration concentration measurement device GretagMacbeth D200-II (manufactured by GretagMacbeth). In this way, an OD value (unit OD value) per 1 μm was obtained. The unit viscosity OD of the results of the evaluation of the resist viscosity was 4.2 / μm.
使用複數具有6μm開口(寬度為6μm之開口)的曝光遮罩,將顯影時間設定為以下條件,依與(2)相同之製程進行塗佈、曝光、顯影,製作BM細線。以下,將使用具有6μm開口之曝光遮罩所製作的BM細線簡記為「6μm細線」。 Using an exposure mask having a plurality of 6 μm openings (openings with a width of 6 μm), the development time was set to the following conditions, and coating, exposure, and development were performed in the same process as in (2) to produce BM fine lines. Hereinafter, a BM thin line produced using an exposure mask having a 6 μm opening will be simply referred to as “6 μm thin line”.
若鹼顯影時間過短,有發生鹼可溶性樹脂之溶解殘留 及顏料殘存、基板污染明顯的情形;另一方面,若過長則有BM細線逐漸被鹼顯影液浸蝕,並剝離的情形。又,最短溶解時間(可確認到基板上之圖案化的最短時間)係表示感光性樹脂組成物之鹼顯影容易度。 If the alkali development time is too short, the dissolution of the alkali-soluble resin may occur And the pigment remains and the substrate is contaminated obviously; on the other hand, if it is too long, the BM thin line is gradually eroded by the alkaline developer and peeled off. In addition, the shortest dissolution time (the shortest time for which patterning on a substrate can be confirmed) indicates the ease of alkali development of the photosensitive resin composition.
進行BM細線評價時,不僅是最短溶解時間,亦有對最短溶解時間之數倍(例如1.5倍、2倍等)進行顯影時之BM線寬進行評價的情形,但隨著相對於最短溶解時間之倍數變大,線寬逐漸變細,或鹼顯影液滲透至基板與BM細線密黏之部分,而出現插陷部分,且容易剝離。又,隨著倍數變小,殘渣變得容易殘留。 In the BM thin line evaluation, not only the shortest dissolution time, but also the BM line width when developing several times (for example, 1.5 times, 2 times, etc.) the shortest dissolution time may be evaluated. The magnification becomes larger, the line width becomes gradually narrower, or the alkali developing solution penetrates to the portion where the substrate and the BM thin line are closely adhered, and the sag portion appears, and it is easy to peel off. Moreover, as the multiple becomes smaller, the residue tends to remain.
通常,在確認到圖案化時,由於來自曝光遮罩之折射光的影響而有BM線寬變粗的傾向,故為了於目標之線寬中進行評價,最短溶解時間之1.5倍之顯影時間為顯影適當點。又,視感光性樹脂組成物之組成而最短溶解時間相異,但若相對於最短溶解時間之倍數之值為相同的條件,則成為相同之顯影程度。 Generally, when patterning is confirmed, the BM line width tends to become thick due to the influence of refracted light from the exposure mask. Therefore, in order to evaluate the target line width, the development time of 1.5 times the minimum dissolution time is Develop the right spot. Also, the shortest dissolution time varies depending on the composition of the photosensitive resin composition. However, if the value of the multiple of the shortest dissolution time is the same, the same degree of development is achieved.
抗蝕劑(感光性樹脂組成物)1~16之最短溶解時間分別為40~60秒,故依其個別之1.5倍之60~90秒之間的顯影時間製作數個樣本並進行以下評價。 The minimum dissolution time of the resist (photosensitive resin composition) 1 to 16 is 40 to 60 seconds, respectively. Therefore, several samples are made based on the development time of 60 times to 90 seconds, which is 1.5 times of the individual, and the following evaluations are performed.
將上述(4)製造之樣本以光學顯微鏡於3處測定線寬。進而求得其平均值。將結果示於表7。 The sample prepared in (4) above was measured for line width at three places with an optical microscope. Further, the average value was obtained. The results are shown in Table 7.
細線係因鹼顯影液、或其後之水洗淋浴壓而被不均勻地浸蝕, 故有其直線性惡化的情形。藉由光學顯微鏡觀察,於基板上之3處觀察6μm細線的直線性,並依以下之方式進行分類。將結果記載於表7。 The thin threads are etched unevenly by the alkaline developer or subsequent shower pressure. Therefore, its linearity may deteriorate. By observing with an optical microscope, the linearity of a 6 μm thin line was observed at three places on the substrate, and the classification was performed in the following manner. The results are shown in Table 7.
◎:所有之6μm細線的直線性非常良好。 :: The linearity of all the 6 μm fine lines is very good.
○:可見到開始被鹼顯影液浸蝕之部分,但直線性惡化並不明顯。 (Circle): The part which started to be eroded by the alkali developing solution was seen, but linear deterioration was not remarkable.
△:全體可見到直線性惡化,亦可見到部分的缺陷等。 Δ: Deterioration of linearity was seen in the whole, and some defects were also seen.
×:全體直線性非常差,缺陷亦多。 ×: The overall linearity is very poor and there are many defects.
將所製作之6μm細線之一部分切出3點的該剖面以SEM照片觀察。藉由剖面觀察,觀察基板與6μm細線圖案之接黏面是否被鹼顯影液浸蝕而有插陷,並依以下分類進行評價。將結果記載於表7。 A section of the 6 μm thin line was cut out at three points, and the cross section was observed with a SEM photograph. By cross-sectional observation, it was observed whether the bonding surface between the substrate and the 6 μm thin line pattern was etched by the alkaline developer to be entrapped, and evaluated according to the following classification. The results are shown in Table 7.
A:於所觀察之3點均無插陷且良好。 A: None of the three points observed were trapped and were good.
B:混合存在完全無插陷且良好的點、與雖未有插陷但觀察到密黏面開始被浸蝕的點。 B: There are mixed no-sags and good points, and no-sags are observed, but the points where the dense surface begins to be eroded are mixed.
C:於所觀察之3點,均觀察到雖未有插陷但密黏面開始被浸蝕。 C: At all three points observed, it was observed that although there was no intrusion, the dense adhesive surface began to be eroded.
D:混合存在觀察到雖未有插陷但密黏面開始被浸蝕的點、與明顯有插陷的點。 D: There are mixed points where no sticking is observed, but the cohesive surface begins to be eroded, and points where there is obvious sticking.
E:於所觀察之3點均明顯見到插陷。 E: Insertion was clearly seen at all three points observed.
F:混合存在明顯見到插陷的點、與大幅插陷的點。 F: There is a point where an indentation is clearly seen and a point where a large intrusion is observed.
G:於所觀察之3點均發生大幅插陷。 G: Significant intrusion occurred at all three points observed.
進行了顯影處理之BM細線,係於其後進一步重疊塗佈紅、綠、藍之感光性樹脂組成物,故必須事先以高溫進行熱處理使其硬化。因此,對6μm細線以230℃進行熱處理30分鐘。藉由熱處理,由於未充分硬化之感光性樹脂組成物的流動、或殘留溶媒之脫離等,而有細線發生熱變形、線寬變粗的情形。 The thin line of BM that has undergone the development process is further coated with red, green, and blue photosensitive resin compositions. Therefore, it is necessary to perform heat treatment at a high temperature to harden it. Therefore, the 6 μm fine wire was heat-treated at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes. Due to the heat treatment, the thin wires may be thermally deformed and the line width may become thick due to the flow of the photosensitive resin composition that is not sufficiently hardened or the detachment of the residual solvent.
對熱處理後之6μm細線的線寬於3處進行測定。進而求得其平均值。又,由顯影後之線寬與熱處理後之線寬的差,求得增加線寬並設定以下之評價基準。將結果記載於表7。 The line width of the 6 μm thin wire after the heat treatment was measured at three places. Further, the average value was obtained. In addition, from the difference between the line width after the development and the line width after the heat treatment, the increase of the line width was determined and the following evaluation criteria were set. The results are shown in Table 7.
○:5.6~6.5μm之範圍內。 :: Within a range of 5.6 to 6.5 μm.
×:5.6~6.5μm之範圍外。 ×: Outside the range of 5.6 to 6.5 μm.
A:所觀察之3點均為0.1μm以下。 A: The three points observed are all 0.1 μm or less.
B:所觀察之3點係混合存在0.1μm以下者、與超過0.1μm且0.3μm以下者。 B: The observed three points are a mixture of 0.1 μm or less and a range exceeding 0.1 μm and 0.3 μm or less.
C:所觀察之3點均超過0.1μm且0.3μm以下。 C: All three points observed exceeded 0.1 μm to 0.3 μm.
D:所觀察之3點係混合存在超過0.1μm且0.3μm以下者、與超過0.3μm且0.4μm以下者。 D: The observed three points are a mixture of more than 0.1 μm and 0.3 μm and more than 0.3 μm and 0.4 μm.
E:所觀察之3點均超過0.3μm且0.4μm以下。 E: All three points observed exceed 0.3 μm and 0.4 μm or less.
F:所觀察之3點係混合存在超過0.3μm且0.4μm以下者、與超過0.4μm者。 F: The observed three points are a mixture of more than 0.3 μm and 0.4 μm or less, and more than 0.4 μm.
G:所觀察之3點均超過0.4μm。 G: All three points observed exceeded 0.4 μm.
又,將熱處理後之6μm細線、經評價了線寬與增加 線寬的樣本的一部分切出3點,進行SEM觀察。細線之剖面為梯形。將對應於細線與基板之接觸面的下底之兩端的底角稱為錐角。依以下基準評價此錐角。結果記載於表7。 The 6μm fine wire after heat treatment was evaluated for line width and increase. A part of the line-width sample was cut out at three points and observed by SEM. The cross section of the thin line is trapezoidal. The bottom angles corresponding to both ends of the lower bottom of the contact surface between the thin line and the substrate are referred to as a taper angle. This cone angle was evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 7.
A:所觀察之3點均為73度以上。 A: The three points observed are all 73 degrees or more.
B:混合存在73度以上之點、與63度以上且未滿73度的點。 B: A point of 73 degrees or more and a point of 63 degrees or more and less than 73 degrees are mixed.
C:所觀察之3點均為63度以上且未滿73度。 C: The three points observed are all 63 degrees or more and less than 73 degrees.
D:混合存在63度以上且未滿73度之點、與59度以上且未滿63度的點。 D: A point of 63 degrees or more and less than 73 degrees and a point of 59 degrees or more and less than 63 degrees are mixed.
E:所觀察之3點均為59度以上且未滿63度。 E: The three points observed are all 59 degrees or more and less than 63 degrees.
F:混合存在59度以上且未滿63度之點、與未滿59度的點。 F: A point of 59 degrees or more and less than 63 degrees and a point of less than 59 degrees are mixed.
G:所觀察之3點均為未滿59度。 G: The three points observed are all below 59 degrees.
如表7所示,實施例1~7之顯影後的6μm細線均直線性非常良好,且完全無插陷。另一方面,比較例1~9之顯影後之6μm細線可見到直線性惡化,於與基板間之接黏部可見到插陷。 As shown in Table 7, the 6 μm fine lines after development in Examples 1 to 7 all had very good linearity and no sags at all. On the other hand, in the 6 μm thin lines of Comparative Examples 1 to 9 after development, linearity was deteriorated, and sags were seen in the adhesion portion between the substrate and the substrate.
又,實施例1~7之熱處理後之6μm細線,均係線寬維持在5.6μm~6.5μm的範圍內,可良好地形成6μm細線。增加線寬均抑制為0.3μm以下,錐角亦均為63度以上,故成為良好之細線。 In addition, the 6 μm fine wires after the heat treatment in Examples 1 to 7 all maintained a line width within a range of 5.6 μm to 6.5 μm, and 6 μm fine wires could be formed satisfactorily. Increasing the line width is suppressed to 0.3 μm or less, and the taper angle is also 63 degrees or more, so it becomes a good thin line.
另一方面,比較例1~9均為熱處理後之6μm細線,係增加線寬超過0.3μm,錐角亦為未滿63度,線寬超過6.5μm,無法形成5.6~6.5μm的6μm細線。尤其是使用了肟酯光聚合起始劑以外之起始劑的比較例9係顯影後與熱處理後均惡化。 On the other hand, Comparative Examples 1 to 9 were all 6 μm thin wires after heat treatment, which increased the line width to exceed 0.3 μm, the taper angle was also less than 63 degrees, and the line width exceeded 6.5 μm, and it was impossible to form 6 μm thin lines of 5.6 to 6.5 μm. In particular, Comparative Example 9 using an initiator other than the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator deteriorated after development and after heat treatment.
進而針對使用具有5μm開口之曝光遮罩所製作的BM細線(5μm細線),亦依與6μm細線同樣的評價方法及評價分類進行評價。將結果示於表8。 Furthermore, the BM thin line (5 μm thin line) produced using an exposure mask having a 5 μm opening was also evaluated by the same evaluation method and evaluation classification as the 6 μm thin line. The results are shown in Table 8.
(線寬評價(平均值)) (Line width evaluation (average value))
○:4.6~5.5μm之範圍內。 :: Within a range of 4.6 to 5.5 μm.
×:4.6~5.5μm之範圍外。 ×: Outside the range of 4.6 to 5.5 μm.
如表8所示,含有分散劑1、與肟酯光聚合起始劑之 感光性樹脂組成物的實施例1之顯影後的5μm細線,由於較6μm細線更細,故更容易受到鹼顯影液或熱處理之影響,多少可見到直線性降低的徵兆,或線寬稍微變粗0.1μm,錐角稍微變小5度,但可良好地形成4.6~5.5μm之5μm細線。 As shown in Table 8, the photopolymerization initiator containing dispersant 1 and oxime ester In the photosensitive resin composition of Example 1, the 5 μm thin line after development was thinner than the 6 μm thin line, so it was more susceptible to the influence of alkali developing solution or heat treatment. Some signs of linearity reduction were seen, or the line width was slightly thickened. 0.1 μm, the taper angle is slightly reduced by 5 degrees, but 5 μm fine lines of 4.6 to 5.5 μm can be formed well.
又,可認為實施例6由於顏料之1次粒徑小至23nm且表面積較大,故分散劑容易吸附至顏料,隨此使吸附於顏料之分散劑之親溶媒基與鹼可溶性樹脂間有效地相溶,結果與6μm細線時同樣地,可形成直線性及插陷良好的5μm細線。 In addition, it is considered that in Example 6, since the primary particle diameter of the pigment is as small as 23 nm and the surface area is large, the dispersant is easily adsorbed to the pigment, and the affinity between the hydrophilic media group of the dispersant adsorbed on the pigment and the alkali-soluble resin is effectively reduced. As a result, similar to the case of the 6 μm fine line, a 5 μm fine line with good linearity and good interstitial can be formed.
本實施例之抗蝕劑所使用的聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑,由於與鹼可溶性樹脂之組合而使分散劑之親溶媒基與鹼可溶性樹脂良好地相溶並形成良好之立體障礙部,黏度與OD均良好且分散性亦佳。 The polyurethane dispersant used in the resist of this embodiment, due to the combination with the alkali-soluble resin, makes the dissolving agent's affinity vehicle group and the alkali-soluble resin well compatible and forms a good three-dimensional obstacle. Both viscosity and OD are good and dispersibility is good.
又,實施例中,係使用於1分子內具有紫外線吸收部位、能量傳達部位及自由基產生部位的肟酯光聚合起始劑,藉此,即使在紫外線難以到達之基板密黏面附近,亦可使鹼可溶性樹脂等有效地聚合。藉此,可認為鹼可溶性樹脂與聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑之親溶媒部的交纏變得更加牢固,在紫外線照射所進行之硬化時,亦抑制顏料凝集而可維持良好分散狀態,結果,來自顏料之耐鹼顯影性及耐熱性係於細線中均勻表現,直線性良好,插陷及因鹼顯影液所造成之浸蝕變少。 In the examples, an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator having an ultraviolet absorption site, an energy transmission site, and a free radical generating site within one molecule was used, and thus, even in the vicinity of the adhesive surface of the substrate, where ultraviolet rays are difficult to reach, The alkali-soluble resin and the like can be effectively polymerized. Therefore, it is considered that the entanglement of the alkali-soluble resin and the hydrophilic solvent portion of the polyurethane dispersant becomes stronger, and during curing by ultraviolet irradiation, the aggregation of the pigment is suppressed, and a good dispersion state can be maintained. The alkali-resistant developing property and heat resistance from the pigment are uniformly expressed in the thin line, the linearity is good, and the entrapment and the erosion caused by the alkali developing solution are reduced.
又,可認為由於實施例1、2、3所使用之分散劑之吸附基全部為懸掛型,故與顏料間之吸附力提升、游離分散劑量減低。藉此,可認為於熱處理時,游離分散劑發揮如潤滑劑般之作用,可防止錐角降低、線寬增加的情形。 In addition, it can be considered that the dispersing agent used in Examples 1, 2, and 3 has a pendant adsorption group, so the adsorption force with the pigment is improved, and the amount of free dispersing agent is reduced. Accordingly, it is considered that during the heat treatment, the free dispersant functions as a lubricant, and it is possible to prevent a decrease in the taper angle and an increase in the line width.
另一方面,可認為比較例9之感光性樹脂組成物係併用主要具有自由基產生部分之IRG907起始劑、與主要具有紫外線吸收部位之DETXS起始劑而產生自由基,但因使用2種之光聚合起始劑故自由基產生效率差,尤其在基板密黏面附近等紫外線難以到達之部分的聚合難以進行,隨此於熱處理時發生熱變形。 On the other hand, it is considered that the photosensitive resin composition of Comparative Example 9 is based on the combination of an IRG907 initiator mainly having a radical generating portion and a DETXS initiator mainly having an ultraviolet absorption site. The photopolymerization initiator has poor radical generation efficiency, and particularly, it is difficult to polymerize the parts that are hard to reach by ultraviolet rays, such as near the substrate adhesion surface, and thermal deformation occurs during heat treatment.
又,使用了不具吸附基之分散劑5的比較例1、以及使用了屬於聚胺基甲酸酯骨格以外之接枝聚合物的分散劑的比較例4、5及6,係與顏料間之吸附力弱,於抗蝕劑中之顏料的分散性不足。 In addition, Comparative Example 1 using a dispersant 5 having no adsorption group, and Comparative Examples 4, 5 and 6 using a dispersant which is a graft polymer other than polyurethane skeleton, are between pigments. The adsorption force is weak, and the dispersibility of the pigment in the resist is insufficient.
因此,可認為於彩色濾光片製造時,在熱處理時顏料與分散劑間之鍵結變弱,發生顏料之凝集,來自顏料之耐鹼顯影性及耐熱性未充分表現,而發生熱變形。 Therefore, it is considered that during the manufacture of a color filter, the bond between the pigment and the dispersant becomes weaker during heat treatment, aggregation of the pigment occurs, the alkali-resistant developing property and heat resistance from the pigment are not sufficiently expressed, and thermal deformation occurs.
又,使用了具有胺基甲酸乙酯鍵之市售分散劑的比較例2及3,由於係由具有3個以上異氰酸酯之甲苯二異氰酸酯的多聚物數個藉骨格連接基所連接的骨格、與數個親溶媒基或吸附基所構成的分散劑,故對顏料之包覆效果降低,此外亦產生對吸附基的立體障礙,故對顏料之吸附性能較低。此外,可認為親溶媒基之量或吸附基之量均較實施例所使用之聚胺基甲酸酯分散劑少,親溶媒基與鹼可溶性樹脂間之相溶不足,發生顏料凝集,來自顏料之耐鹼顯影性及耐熱性無法充分表現。 In addition, Comparative Examples 2 and 3 using a commercially available dispersant having a urethane bond were formed by a plurality of bone chains connected by a bone chain linking group by a polymer of toluene diisocyanate having three or more isocyanates. A dispersant composed of several solvent-soluble or adsorbent groups reduces the coating effect on the pigment, and also creates a three-dimensional obstacle to the adsorbent group, so the pigment's adsorption performance is low. In addition, it can be considered that the amount of the soluble vehicle group or the adsorption group is less than that of the polyurethane dispersant used in the examples, the compatibility between the soluble vehicle group and the alkali-soluble resin is insufficient, and pigment agglomeration occurs. The alkali developability and heat resistance cannot be fully expressed.
進而,可認為使用了丙烯酸系AB嵌段型分散劑的比較例7及8,由於吸附基集中於分散劑之一方,故顏料吸附基彼此產生立體障礙而無法充分吸附於顏料,使游離分散劑量增加。因此,可認為於顏料與基板間無法充分獲得經由分散劑的基板密黏 力,鹼顯影耐性降低而難以得到圖案化。 Further, in Comparative Examples 7 and 8 using an acrylic AB block dispersant, it is considered that since the adsorption groups are concentrated on one of the dispersants, the pigment adsorbing groups are sterically hindered from each other, and the pigments cannot be sufficiently adsorbed to disperse the free dispersing amount. increase. Therefore, it is considered that the substrate adhesion via the dispersant cannot be sufficiently obtained between the pigment and the substrate. Strength, alkali development resistance is reduced, and patterning is difficult to obtain.
使用特定態樣詳細說明了本發明,但對於本領域中具有通常知識者而言,當知在未脫離本發明意圖與範圍之下可進行各種變更及變形。尚且,本申請案係根據2014年7月11日所申請之日本專利申請案(特願2014-143279),將其全體藉引用而援用於此。 Although the present invention has been described in detail using specific aspects, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. Furthermore, this application is based on the Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-143279) filed on July 11, 2014, and the entirety thereof is incorporated herein by reference.
Claims (14)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2014-143279 | 2014-07-11 | ||
JP2014143279 | 2014-07-11 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201606430A TW201606430A (en) | 2016-02-16 |
TWI637237B true TWI637237B (en) | 2018-10-01 |
Family
ID=55064297
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW104122601A TWI637237B (en) | 2014-07-11 | 2015-07-13 | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix and image display device |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP6617703B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20170031135A (en) |
CN (1) | CN106489100B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI637237B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2016006669A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR102674718B1 (en) * | 2016-01-18 | 2024-06-14 | 듀폰스페셜티머터리얼스코리아 유한회사 | Black photosensitive resin composition and black column spacer prepared therefrom |
JP6607054B2 (en) * | 2016-01-20 | 2019-11-20 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, and image display device |
JP6744921B2 (en) | 2016-09-27 | 2020-08-19 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Dispersion, composition, film, method for producing film and dispersant |
WO2018155104A1 (en) * | 2017-02-23 | 2018-08-30 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photosensitive composition, cured film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device |
JP2018205605A (en) * | 2017-06-07 | 2018-12-27 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Coloring photosensitive resin composition, cured product, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and illumination |
CN111095104B (en) * | 2017-09-27 | 2024-01-16 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, black matrix, and image display device |
KR20210115795A (en) * | 2020-03-16 | 2021-09-27 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Black Photosensitive Resin Composition, Black Matrix and Display Device |
DE112021002060T5 (en) * | 2020-03-31 | 2023-01-26 | Tdk Corporation | RESIN COMPOSITION AND LAMINATED BODY |
KR20210137678A (en) * | 2020-05-11 | 2021-11-18 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Polymer and a hard mask composition comprising the same |
CN113314851B (en) * | 2021-05-19 | 2022-10-18 | 中南大学 | Polarization insensitive frequency reconfigurable super surface wave absorber |
WO2023068201A1 (en) * | 2021-10-20 | 2023-04-27 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Pigment dispersion, photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, and image display device |
TW202346399A (en) * | 2022-03-18 | 2023-12-01 | 日商三菱化學股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, and image display device |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2009222762A (en) * | 2008-03-13 | 2009-10-01 | Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd | Colored photosensitive resin composition, black matrix, color filter and liquid crystal display |
JP2013148857A (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2013-08-01 | Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd | Photosensitive resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device |
Family Cites Families (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE3109699A1 (en) | 1981-03-13 | 1982-09-23 | Th. Goldschmidt Ag, 4300 Essen | Process for the preparation of polymers containing pendant polyalkylene oxide chains |
JP3789965B2 (en) | 1995-12-21 | 2006-06-28 | 新日鐵化学株式会社 | Color resist ink for color filters |
JP3509512B2 (en) | 1996-11-29 | 2004-03-22 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Resist composition for color filter, resist composition for forming light-shielding film, and color filter |
US6136890A (en) | 1998-02-17 | 2000-10-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Ink jet ink containing polyurethane dispersant |
US6506899B1 (en) | 1999-08-09 | 2003-01-14 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Pigment dispersants formed by reacting an isocyanate with a poly (ethylene glycol) alkyl ether, a polyester or polyester or polyacrylate and a diamine |
JP2002031713A (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2002-01-31 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Composition for color filter, and color filter |
DE10159315A1 (en) | 2001-12-04 | 2003-06-12 | Basf Ag | Compounds suitable as dispersants for pigments |
JP4368134B2 (en) * | 2003-03-24 | 2009-11-18 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Pigment dispersion for coloring resist, photosensitive coloring composition, and color filter |
JP5251918B2 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2013-07-31 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device |
JP4319567B2 (en) * | 2004-03-04 | 2009-08-26 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Polymerizable composition and planographic printing plate precursor |
JP2006225432A (en) * | 2005-02-15 | 2006-08-31 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Alkali-soluble polyurethane resin, polymerizable composition and lithographic printing original plate |
TWI432472B (en) | 2006-12-04 | 2014-04-01 | Lubrizol Advanced Mat Inc | Polyurethane dispersants, non-aqueous composition and non-aqueous millbase, paint or ink including the same |
DE102008010705A1 (en) | 2008-02-22 | 2009-08-27 | Byk-Chemie Gmbh | Wetting and dispersing agents, their preparation and use |
JP2011075629A (en) * | 2009-09-29 | 2011-04-14 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Pigment dispersion liquid for color filter, negative resist composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device |
WO2012117763A1 (en) * | 2011-03-03 | 2012-09-07 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Silica dispersion composition |
JP2013011845A (en) * | 2011-05-31 | 2013-01-17 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescent display |
JP2013195538A (en) * | 2012-03-16 | 2013-09-30 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display |
JP2013231898A (en) * | 2012-05-01 | 2013-11-14 | Fujifilm Corp | Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitivity laminate, flexible circuit board, and perpetual pattern formation method |
-
2015
- 2015-07-09 CN CN201580036578.5A patent/CN106489100B/en active Active
- 2015-07-09 WO PCT/JP2015/069806 patent/WO2016006669A1/en active Application Filing
- 2015-07-09 JP JP2016532974A patent/JP6617703B2/en active Active
- 2015-07-09 KR KR1020177000622A patent/KR20170031135A/en unknown
- 2015-07-13 TW TW104122601A patent/TWI637237B/en active
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2009222762A (en) * | 2008-03-13 | 2009-10-01 | Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd | Colored photosensitive resin composition, black matrix, color filter and liquid crystal display |
JP2013148857A (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2013-08-01 | Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd | Photosensitive resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2016006669A1 (en) | 2016-01-14 |
JPWO2016006669A1 (en) | 2017-04-27 |
CN106489100A (en) | 2017-03-08 |
JP6617703B2 (en) | 2019-12-11 |
CN106489100B (en) | 2020-04-03 |
TW201606430A (en) | 2016-02-16 |
KR20170031135A (en) | 2017-03-20 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI637237B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix and image display device | |
JP5343410B2 (en) | Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display | |
JP7283519B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and image display device | |
TWI647270B (en) | Resin, photosensitive resin composition, cured product, color filter, and image display device | |
JP2013011845A (en) | Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescent display | |
JP5957952B2 (en) | Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2013195681A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display | |
TW201906875A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, and image display device | |
JP2013065000A (en) | Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display | |
JP2012083549A (en) | Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display | |
JP6344108B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product obtained by curing the same, black matrix, and image display device | |
JP6607054B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, and image display device | |
JP2018159930A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product obtained by curing the same, black matrix and image display device | |
TWI786191B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix and image display device | |
JP2020003819A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product obtained by curing the same, black matrix and image display device | |
WO2023182350A1 (en) | Pigment dispersion liquid, photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, image display device, and method for producing pigment dispersion liquid | |
KR101760147B1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device | |
TW202323447A (en) | Pigment dispersion, photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, and image display device | |
TW202231700A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, and image display device | |
TW202223008A (en) | Method for producing carboxy-group-containing resin and method for controlling molecular weight of carboxy-group-containing resin | |
TW202225243A (en) | Method for producing carboxy-group-containing resin-containing solution and method for stabilizing carboxy-group-containing resin |